Workbook one word or two

Asked by: Jacinto Gerhold

Score: 4.3/5
(29 votes)

a manual of operating instructions. a book designed to guide the work of a student by inclusion of questions, exercises, etc.

Is workbook 1 or 2 words?

In modern spreadsheet applications, several spreadsheets, often known as » worksheets» or simply » sheets», are gathered together to form a «workbook». …

What workbook means?

1 : a worker’s manual. 2 : a booklet outlining a course of study. 3 : a record of work done. 4 : a student’s book of problems to be solved directly on the pages.

What is workbook and handbook?

A Workbook is a study companion, may contain key Power Point Slides used in a study, with an area for you to take notes (see pictured below of our Commentary Workbook — left). A Handbook is the study notes of a particular study (sometimes referred to as Supplemental Notes, PDF Study Notes or PDF Notes).

What is workbook and worksheet?

Workbook is an excel file containing many worksheets. A worksheet has a single spreadsheet containing data. 2. Workbook cannot be added within the worksheet.

35 related questions found

.

There are some rules for joining two different words into one, but they do not cover all cases

AREAS OF UNCERTAINTY ABOUT JOINING WORDS TOGETHER

Is it correct to write bath tub, or should it be the single word bathtub? Is every day a correct spelling, or everyday? Uncertainties like this are widespread in English, even among proficient users. They are made worse by the fact that in some cases both spellings are correct, but mean different things.

Are there any guidelines for resolving such uncertainties? It seems that in some cases there are and in some there are not. I wish here to indicate some of these guidelines. They mostly involve combinations that can make either one word or two, depending on meaning or grammar.

.

ORDINARY COMPOUNDS

Ordinary compounds are the area with the fewest guidelines. They include words like coursework, which I like to write as a single word but my Microsoft Word spellchecker tells me should be two. As a linguist, I usually disregard computer advice about language (see 68. How Computers Get Grammar Wrong), but the question of why ordinary compound words give especial problems is interesting. First, these words need to be defined.

One can think of a compound as two or more words joined together. Linguists, though, like to speak of joined roots or stems rather than words, partly because the joining into a compound stops them being words (a few are not even words by themselves, e.g. horti- in horticulture).

Another problem with “joined words” is that some, such as fearless, are not considered compounds at all. The -less ending is called not a “root” but an “affix”, a meaningful word part added to a root to modify its meaning. Most affixes (some named suffixes, e.g. -less, -ness, -tion, -ly, -ing; some prefixes, e.g. -un-, in-, mis-, pre-) cannot be separate words, but a few like -less can (see 106. Word-Like Suffixes and 146. Some Important Prefix Types). Thus, words like fearless, unhappy and international are not compounds because they have fewer than two roots. Other compounds are swimsuit, homework and eavesdrop.

Suggestions for recognising a compound are not always very helpful. The frequency of words occurring together is no guide because it ignores the fact that many frequent combinations are not compounds (e.g. town hall and open air). The grammatical classes of the words and the closeness of the link between them are sometimes mentioned, but are unreliable. The age of a combination is also suggested, the claim being that compounds originate as two separate words, and gradually evolve through constant use first into hyphenated expressions (like fire-eater or speed-read – see 223. Uses of Hyphens), and eventually into compounds. However, some quite recent words are already compounds, such as bitmap in computing.

Much more useful is the way compounds are pronounced. Single English words generally contain one syllable that is pronounced more strongly than the others (see 125. Stress and Emphasis). This means compounds should have just one strong syllable, while non-compounds should have more. The rule applies fairly universally (see 243. Pronunciation Secrets, #3). For example, home is the only strong syllable in homework, but one of two in home rule. I write coursework as one word because course- is stronger than work.

The only problem with this approach is that you have to know pronunciations before you start, which is not always the case if English is not your mother tongue. The only other resort is a dictionary or spellcheck!

.

NOUNS DERIVED FROM PHRASAL VERBS

Happily, some compound words have some other helpful features. Most are words whose roots, if written as two words, are also correct but have different meaning and grammar, so that the meaning indicates the spelling or vice versa. A particularly large category of such words is illustrated by the compound noun giveaway (= “obvious clue”). If its two roots are written separately as give away, they become a “phrasal” verb – a combination of a simple English verb (give) with a small adverb (away) – meaning “unintentionally reveal” (see 244. Special Uses of GIVE, #12).

There are many other nouns that can become phrasal verbs, e.g. takeover, takeaway, makeup, cutoff, breakout, setdown, pickup, washout, login and stopover. In writing there is always a need to remember that, if the two “words” are going to act as a verb, they must be spelled separately, but if they are going to act as a noun, they must be written together.

.

OTHER CHOICES THAT DEPEND ON WORD CLASS

In the examples above, it is the choice between noun and verb uses that determines the spelling. Other grammatical choices can have this effect too. The two alternative spellings mentioned earlier, every day and everyday, are an example. The first (with ev- and day said equally strongly) acts in sentences like a noun or adverb, the second (with ev- the strongest) like an adjective. Compare: 

(a) NOUN: Every day is different.

(b) ADVERB: Dentists recommend cleaning your teeth every day.

(c) ADJECTIVE: Everyday necessities are expensive. 

In (a), every day is noun-like because it is the subject of the verb is (for details of subjects, see 12. Singular and Plural Verb Choices). In (b), the same words act like an adverb, because they give more information about a verb (cleaning) and could easily be replaced by a more familiar adverb like regularly or thoroughly (see 120. Six Things to Know about Adverbs). In (c), the single word everyday appears before a noun (necessities), giving information about it just as any adjective might (see 109. Placing an Adjective after its Noun). It is easily replaced by a more recognizable adjective like regular or daily. For more about every, see 169. “All”, “Each” and “Every”.

Another example of a noun/adverb contrast is any more (as in …cannot pay any more) versus anymore (…cannot pay anymore). In the first, any more is the object of pay and means “more than this amount”, while in the second anymore is not the object of pay (we have to understand something like money instead), and has the adverb meaning “for a longer time”.

A further adverb/adjective contrast is on board versus onboard. I once saw an aeroplane advertisement wrongly saying *available onboard – using an adjective to do an adverb job. The adverb on board is needed because it “describes” an adjective (available). The adjective form cannot be used because there is no noun to describe (see 6. Adjectives with no Noun 1). A correct adjective use would be onboard availability.

Slightly different is alright versus all right. The single word is either an adjective meaning “acceptable” or “undamaged”, as in The system is alright, or an adverb meaning “acceptably”, as in The system works alright. The two words all right, on the other hand, are only an adjective, different in meaning from the adjective alright: they mean “100% correct”. Thus, Your answers are all right means that there are no wrong answers, whereas Your answers are alright means that the answers are acceptable, without indicating how many are right.

Consider also upstairs and up stairs. The single word could be either an adjective (the upstairs room) or an adverb (go upstairs) or a noun (the upstairs). It refers essentially to “the floor above”, without necessarily implying the presence of stairs at all – one could, for example, go upstairs in a lift (see 154. Lone Prepositions after BE). The separated words, by contrast, act only like an adverb and do mean literally “by using stairs” (see 218. Tricky Word Contrasts 8, #3).

The pair may be and maybe illustrates a verb and adverb use:

(d) VERB: Food prices may be higher.

(e) ADVERB: Food prices are maybe higher.

In (e), the verb is are. The adverb maybe, which modifies its meaning, could be replaced by perhaps or possibly. Indeed, in formal writing it should be so replaced because maybe is conversational (see 108. Formal and Informal Words).

My final example is some times and sometimes, noun and adverb:

(f) NOUN: Some times are harder than others.

(g) ADVERB: Sometimes life is harder than at other times. 

Again, replacement is a useful separation strategy. The noun times, the subject of are in (f), can be replaced by a more familiar noun like days without radically altering the sentence, while the adverb sometimes in (g) corresponds to occasionally, the subject of is being the noun life.

.

USES INVOLVING “some”, “any”, “every” AND “no”

The words some, any, every and no generally do not make compounds, but can go before practically any noun to make a “noun phrase”. In a few cases, however, this trend is broken and these words must combine with the word after them to form a compound. Occasionally there is even a choice between using one word or two, depending on meaning.

The compulsory some compounds are somehow, somewhere and somewhat; the any compounds are anyhow and anywhere, while every and no make everywhere and nowhere. There is a simple observation that may help these compounds to be remembered: the part after some/any/every/no is not a noun, as is usually required, but a question word instead. The rule is thus that if a combination starting with some, any, every or no lacks a noun, a single word must be written.

The combinations that can be one word or two depending on meaning are someone, somebody, something, sometime, sometimes, anyone, anybody, anything, anyway (Americans might add anytime and anyplace), everyone, everybody, everything, everyday, no-one, nobody and nothing. The endings in these words (-one, -body, -thing, -way, -time, -place and –day) are noun-like and mean the same as question words (who? what/which? how? when? and where? – see 185. Noun Synonyms of Question Words).

Some (tentative) meaning differences associated with these alternative spellings are as follows: 

SOME TIME = “an amount of time”

Please give me some time.

SOMETIME (adj.) = “past; old; erstwhile”

I met a sometime colleague

.

SOMETHING = “an object whose exact nature is unimportant”.

SOME THING = “a nasty creature whose exact nature is unknown” (see 260. Formal Written Uses of “Thing”, #2).

Some thing was lurking in the water.

.

ANYONE/ANYBODY = “one or more people; it is unimportant who”

Anyone can come = Whoever wants to come is welcome; Choose anyone = Choose whoever you want – one or more people.

ANY ONE = “any single person/thing out of a group of possibilities”.

Any one can come = Only one person/thing (freely chosen) can come; Choose any one = Choose whoever/whichever you want, but only one.

ANY BODY = “any single body belonging to a living or dead creature”.

Any body is suitable = I will accept whatever body is available.

.

ANYTHING = “whatever (non-human) is conceivable/possible, without limit”.

Bring anything you like = There is no limit in what you can bring; Anything can happen = There is no limit on possible happenings.

ANY THING = “any single non-human entity in a set”.

Choose any thing = Freely choose one of the things in front of you.

.

EVERYONE/EVERYBODY = “all people” (see 169. “All”, “Each” and “Every” and 211.General Words for People).

Everyone/Everybody is welcome.

EVERY ONE = “all members of a previously-mentioned group of at least three things (not people)”.

Diamonds are popular. Every one sells easily.

EVERY BODY = “all individual bodies without exceptions”.

.

EVERYTHING = “all things/aspects/ideas”.

Everything is clear.

EVERY THING = “all individual objects, emphasising lack of exceptions”.

Every thing on display was a gift.

.

NO-ONE/NOBODY = “no people”

No-one/Nobody came.

NO ONE = “not a single” (+ noun)

No one answer is right.

NO BODY = “no individual body”.

.

NOTHING = “zero”.

Nothing is impossible.

NO THING = “no individual object”. 

There are other problem combinations besides those discussed here; hopefully these examples will make them easier to deal with.

cReading and Use of English

Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. A new life AS I used to work (0) an accountant in a large furniture factory in London. I had a responsible job and was earning (1) good living until the company started having problems. Eventually, I was (2) redundant. My husband and I had always wanted to go (3) business together, and we both felt that now was a good time to take a risk and do (4) different. Jonathan, my husband, gave (5) his well-paid but stressful job in the City and we bought a pub in a village near York. It took (6) both quite a long time to get used to living in the countryside. Everything happens at a much slower pace here, but the people are friendlier than in London and we couldn’t imagine going back (7) to live. We still work as hard (8) we did before, but it’s so much more satisfying working for yourself.

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

Don’t forget! You may need to use the negative form of an adjective or adverb.

A driving instructor Susan Bird has been a driving (0) INSTRUCTOR in London for twenty years. ‘You need a great deal of (1) to do this job,’ she explains, ‘and the (2) to repeat things several times without getting (3) Susan says she generally finds that women are better students then men. ‘Although they are often accused of being bad drivers, women tend to drive more carefully than men and don’t mind being told what to do. Men, on the other hand, have more (4) but aren’t very good listeners.’ She talks about the reactions of other road users to learner drivers. ‘On the whole, other drivers understand what it’s like to be a learner and are very considerate. (5) however, some can be very intolerant; there are times when I have been shouted at and even (6) by drivers who haven’t been able to overtake.’ But her face suddenly (7) when she is asked whether she enjoys her work. ‘Yes, of course!’ she exclaims. ‘It’s an extremely (8) job, particularly when your students pass!’

INSTRUCT PATIENT ABLE ANNOY

CONFIDENT

FORTUNATE THREAT BRIGHT SATISFY

41

-11Doing what you have to

‘Reading and Transformations ll wairi se of English

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. 1 The sign says that cigarettes must be extinguished. HAVE According to the sign, 2 What’s their expected time of arrival? SUPPOSED What time

out your cigarette.

arrive?

3 I don’t think you should drink any more coffee. BETTER You any more coffee. 4 You shouldn’t be so impatient. OUGHT You

patience.

5 I’m not allowed to stay out later than 10 o’clock. LET My parents out later than 10 o’clock. 6 The science teacher made me clean all the test tubes. MADE all the test tubes by the science teacher.

(Writing Nes

) Letter of application 1

Read the following Part 2 instructions. You see the following advertisement in your local English-language newspaper.

Summer holiday job opportunity I am looking for a friendly young person to look after my elderly mother during the summer holiday period. You would be expected to do some housework and cook. Personal qualities are just as important as experience and a reasonable knowledge of English is essential. Please write to me, Mrs Adams, saying why you think you would be suitable for the job.

Write your letter of application in 140-190 words.

2 Sentences ad are from a letter which was written in reply to the advertisement in exercise 1. Put them in the correct order and arrange them into paragraphs. Complete the paragraph plan below. 1 Reason for writing 2 Personal details and qualities 3 Experience 4 Relevant skills 5 Closing comments

42

Doing what you have to

Dear Mrs Adams. a

As well as being honest and reliable. I an, always cheerful and can keep smiling in any situation. lam 18 years old and I will be starting university in September. In return, my grandmother has taught me to cook and thanks to her. I have become quite skilled in the kitchen. I also have a great deal of patience. particularly when dealing with other people. I hope you will consider my application and I look forward to receiving your reply. I know I would enjoy helping your mother and I feel I have the necessary qualities for thiajob. lam writing to apply for thejob you advertised in last month’s issue of ‘English Weekly’. Apart from my personal qualities. I have experience of looking after my own grandmother. who lives here at home with us. Fina4 I also have a reasonable level of English and an about to take the Cambridge English: First Certificate examination. I help to wash hen go out for short walks with her and occasionally read to hen Yours sincerely Dalia Vaivadaite

3

Underline the correct alternative to explain how to end a letter. a When we give the name of the person we are writing to at the beginning of the letter (e.g. ‘Dear Mrs Adams’), we put ‘Yours faithfully/sincerely’ at the end. b When we write ‘Dear Sir or Madam’ at the beginning of the letter, we put ‘Yours faithfully/sincerely’ at the end.

4 Write an answer to the following Part 2 task, using the paragraph plan and accompanying comments and questions to help you. You should write between 140 and 190 words.

Before you write Read the information about Letters of application on pages 20-21 of the Coursebook.

You see this advertisement in an English newspaper. We are looking for a lively young person to look after our two children (aged eight and six) during the summer holidays. Applicants should enjoy being with children and be capable of keeping them occupied and entertained both inside and outside of the house. Please write to Mr and Mrs Jackson. saying why you think you would be suitable for the job.

Write your letter of application. Paragraph plan 1 Reason for writing In which issue of which newspaper did you see the advertisement? 2 Personal details and qualities Mention your age and say what you do. Why are you interested in the job? What qualities do you have which might be appropriate? 3 Experience What experience do you have of being with children? 4 Relevant interests and skills What interests and skills do you have which might be useful for this job? Remember, you can invent information! 5 Closing comments End in an appropriate way. Will you write Yours sincerely or Yours faithfully?

43

Relative relationships c Reading and Use of English Part 6

Gapped text You are going to read an article about Sydney Chaplin, the brother of the silent film star, Charlie. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A—G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

THE OTHER CHAPLIN This is the story of a man named Chaplin, who extracted himself from poverty with the discovery that he could make people laugh, first in British music halls and later in Hollywood. By the early 1920s, he was shooting big-budget features on a million-dollar contract. But this man’s name was not Charlie. In the early 20th century, there was room in the world for two Chaplins. Their names appeared together in print on the pages of fan magazines, and side by side in ink on the document that founded United Artists. Even among silent-film specialists, his work is not well known.

•

Mention his name to any of Charlie’s older children, however, and their faces light up with pleasure. ‘Uncle Sydney was our favourite!’ Geraldine Chaplin told me. Michael, Charlie’s eldest son, can still conjure the distinctive smell of his cigars. Geraldine can remember the traces of a London accent in his voice. 2 ‘He loved to drive his great big Cadillac along the narrow Swiss roads,’ Geraldine,told me. ‘He’d drive very, very slowly — it took him about an hour to get from Lausanne — and other cars would be honking around him.’ Best of all, they remember the good-natured anarchy which he brought to Vevey, their childhood home in Switzerland. ‘As a kid,’ Michael said, ‘it was a relief to see him. j 3 He was always clowning about — in contrast to my father, who, to me, was always a more severe man, always on my back about working hard at school and getting a good education.’ Sydney Chaplin was born in 1885, the first son of a seamstress named Hannah Hill. ‘It seems strange to me,’ reflected Hannah’s sister, Kate Mowbray, in 1916, ‘that anyone can write about Charlie Chaplin without mentioning his brother Sydney. 4 I Syd, of quiet manner, clever brain and steady nerve, has been father and mother to Charlie. Charlie has always looked up to Syd, and Sydney would suffer anything to spare Charlie.’ 5 Sydney had become a leading member of Fred Karno’s gang of acrobatic comedians, touring the States on a weekly salary of $36. In 1908, he persuaded Karno to admit his brother to the company on a trial basis. Karno sent Charlie to do the next American tour, in the autumn of 1910. Before long, Charlie had accepted a contract with Mack Sennett’s Keystone Pictures in Edendale, California. Not forgetting that one good turn deserves another, he persuaded Sennett that Sydney would make a useful addition. By November 1914, the Little Tramp had been joined by Sydney’s most famous character, Gussle — a buffoon with a cane, tiny fedora hat and big moustache.

Throughout his life, Sydney put his own performing career on hold to manage Charlie’s affairs. He negotiated his brother’s first million-dollar contract in 1917; represented him in the foundation of United Artists in 1919; and quashed reports in 1931 about Charlie’s affair with a woman named May Reeves by pretending that he had enjoyed an affair with her himself. ‘They had a very close relationship,’ Michael told me. ‘My father didn’t have that many friends. 6 But he never said anything derogatory about Sydney. They really loved each other.’

44

Relative relationships A This observation was never more true than in their twenties and thirties, when they were building their careers as comedians. And both recall his cautious attitude to motoring. C They have been inseparable all their lives. D His failure to take anything seriously created tensions. Yet while Charlie remains famous the world over, the memory of his brother has largely been forgotten. F He would always joke and play magic tricks, make coins disappear, fall off a chair. He was a hard man to get along with. Homographs are words which have the same spelling but different meanings. They may also be pronounced in different ways. They had a very close relationship. &bus/ = strong Pll close the window — it’s cold in here. /Moue = shut

2

Complete sentence b with a homograph from sentence a. Decide if the two words have the same or a different pronunciation. Write S for the same and D for different. a Their names appeared together in print on the pages of fan magazines. b I’ll turn the fan on — it’s hot in here. S 1 a Their faces light up with pleasure. b My e-book reader weighs just 170 grams — it’s very 2 a They have been inseparable all their lives. b My grandmother next door to us. 3 a Sydney would suffer anything to spare Charlie. b Come and stay with us — you can sleep in the 4 a One good turn deserves another. b Chaplin began performing at the

bedroom.

of the century.

5 a He negotiated his brother’s first million-dollar contract in 1917. b Metal will expand if you heat it, and when it cools down. 6 a My father was always on my back about working hard at school. b He was a man to get along with. 7 a I’m sony, but I don’t really understand what you mean. b I don’t think he’s generous. On the contrary, he’s very 8 a When I was a boy, I used to go fishing with my uncle. b I didn’t have a pen, so I a pencil instead. 9 a I’ve just read a fascinating book about identical twins. b The restaurant gets busy, so you’ll need to a table. 10 a The big wheel is the only ride I’ll go on at the fair. b She’s got lovely long hair.

45

U ‘ .

11Relative relationships

( Vocabulary Wordlist on page 207 of the Coursebook

A Adjectives of personality 1 Match the descriptions 1-8 to an adjective from the box. affectionate ambitious bossy clumsy

dull

fussy reserved stubborn

1 2 3 4

She worries too much about detail. He’s always telling people what to do. She keeps dropping things. He won’t change his mind. 5 She’s a bit boring. 6 You never know what he’s thinking or feeling 7 She wants to get to the top of her profession 8 He never stops kissing his girlfriend. 2

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words in capitals at the end of each line. You may need to write a negative form. I Stop being so and think about others for a change! 2 You can’t trust Paul to do a good job — he’s very 3 She’s got long hair which comes down to her waist. 4 Sally’s so — she gets upset at the slightest criticism. 5 Come on, hurry up and make a choice! Don’t be so 6 Such smooth skin — hard to believe my face used to be . 7 Learn to be more and accept that people are different. 8 Why is our meal taking so long? I’m getting now.

SELF RELY FLOW SENSE DECIDE SPOT TOLERATE PATIENCE

Language focus Grammar reference on page 214 of the Coursehook

A Causative passive Write sentences using the prompts and the correct form of causative have or get. Add any other necessary words. 0 I/ have / coat / dry-clean / week ago I had my coat dry-cleaned a week aeo. 1 We / have / car / repair / yesterday 2 I want / get / my ears / pierce 3 She / never! have / teeth / whiten / before 4 I / get / hair / cut / 5 o’clock / tomorrow 5 They / probably / have / house / paint / next month 6 I / always / have / my suits / make / Milan / now

46

Relative relationships B Phrasal verbs There are four types of phrasal verb. 1 Intransitive verbs — verbs not followed by a direct object 2 Transitive separable verbs the direct object can go: — before the particle (i.e. it separates the verb from the particle) or after the particle (the object pronoun can only go before the particle) 3 Transitive inseparable verbs — the direct object can only go after the particle (i.e. it cannot separate the verb from the particle) the object pronoun can only go after the particle 4 Transitive inseparable verbs with two particles the same rules apply as for transitive inseparable verbs with one particle

e.g. to grow up Of course I know Portsmouth. That’s where I grew up. e.g. to let someone down You have let the whole school down. You have let down the whole school. You have let us down. (NOT You have let down us.) e.g. to fall for someone 1 fell for Gillian the moment I saw her (NOT: I fell Gillian for.) 1 fell for her. (NOT I fell her for.) e.g. to go out with someone She wants to go out with Ewan. She wants to go out with him.

Deciding which type a verb is In many dictionaries the position of someone (or something) in the infinitive will tell you if the verb is separable or inseparable. Separable to let someone down (type 2) (someone appears between the verb and the particle)

Inseparable or

to fall for someone (type 3) (someone appears after the particle) to go out with someone (type 4)

The verbs in the following exercise all appear in the Phrasal verb list on pages 130-131. One sentence in each of the following pairs contains a mistake which is related to the use of the phrasal verb. Rewrite the incorrect sentence to make it correct. I a I’m very fond of my grandmother. I’ve always looked her up to. b My boyfriend was getting too serious so I decided to split up with him. 2 a I think I take my father after rather than my mother. b We haven’t taken to the new science teacher; he’s much stricter than Mr Lee. 3 a Liz and Sue have fallen out again; Liz borrowed Sue’s watch without asking. b I don’t earn a great deal but I get it by. 4 a I blame the parents. They haven’t brought up him very well. b The head teacher told me off for running in the corridor. 5 a I still haven’t got over the shock of my ex-girlfriend marrying my cousin. b It was a tough interview but I think I got it through OK.

47

fill

Relative relationships C Relative clauses Complete the sentences with appropriate relative pronouns, giving alternatives where more than one answer is possible. Add commas if necessary. 1 Mr Jones has taught here for 15 years will be leaving the school at the end of term. He has accepted the post of head teacher at St Mary’s, the school in he began his teaching career in 1990. 2 A: Yesterday I spoke to the boy has just moved into the house on the corner. B: Do you mean the one mum looks like Meryl Streep? 3 A: Do you know a good place we could go for an Indian meal? B: Yes, we could go to that restaurant has just opened in Farndale Street. 4 The reason we’re going skiing in March is because it’s much cheaper then. Obviously we’d prefer to go in January the snow’s better, but we can’t afford it. 5 The fox is normally a very shy animal can often be seen in city centres. It tends to keep to residential areas food is usually easy to find. 6 You’re the only student hasn’t written the essay. What’s more, it’s the third piece of homework in a row you haven’t done. 7 I lost that necklace I was wearing on Friday made me very unpopular at home. It belonged to my eldest sister boyfriend gave it to her for her birthday.

«Reading and Transformations Use of English j Part 4

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. 1 Someone broke into our house last night. HAD We last night. 2 I want them to dye my hair red at the hairdresser’s. HAVE I want red at the hairdresser’s. 3 I have a great deal of respect for Susie, so I asked her. WHOM I asked Susie a great deal of respect. 4 Naomi is the girl who lent me a ruler during the exam. WHOSE Naomi is the girl during the exam. 5 My grandfather is the person I most admire. LOOK The person I most

my grandfather.

6 His parents said he was a disappointment to them and they expected his behaviour to improve. DOWN His parents said he had and they expected his behaviour to improve.

48

Relative relationships

Reading and U se of English j

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Home-alone fathers The number of (0) fathers has increased considerably in recent years in it all. Steve, Britain. We spoke to one such dad, Steve Baker, about how he (1) up two 43, has (2) up his two teenage sons since he and his wife (3) years ago. difficult for a man than it is for a woman,’ says Steve. ‘It’s a fullIt’s no (4) in time job, whoever you are. Fortunately for me, my employers were very (5) the first few months and they let me take time off work to get myself organized. As (6) as the housework is concerned, I don’t mind cooking, as I’ve always been ! Generally speaking, the boys and I get good at that; it’s the ironing I can’t (7) on very well together but, of course, sometimes we have rows. That’s when I really having someone there with me to help me out.’ (8) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

A alone A gets by A taken A divorced A very A comprehensive A far A support A miss

B only B copes with B made B separated B more B understandable B well B hate B regret

C 51021.e C looks after C grown C parted C much C sympathetic C much C stand C want

D unique D takes care D brought D split D at all D supported D soon D help D need

Reading and Open cloze Use of English For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. 11E011r1 Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. Sleepovers The sleepover has worked (0) ITS way into our culture from the United States. It is particularly popular among pre-adolescent and adolescent girls, (I) parents are persuaded to open their house up, often to whole groups of youngsters intent on (2) fun. It consists of children inviting their friends round to stay for the night, and doing the kinds of things that children like to do together. Precisely (3) that involves depends, to a large extent, (4) the age of the children, but it generally means tired parents having to put (5) with noise and unruly behaviour until the early hours of the morning. Some schools are opposed to sleepovers and many send out letters asking parents (6) to organize them during term time. Even though sleepover parties normally place at weekends, they can still affect pupils’ ability to concentrate at school (7) during the week. It is not unusual (8) children to sleep for just an hour or two at a sleepover and it can take them several days to recover.

49

_11Relative relationships Writing

Essay I

Read the following Part I instructions and the model answer below, then answer these questions. 1 Does the writer agree or disagree with the statement? 2 Does the writer a offer arguments both for and against the statement or b offer only arguments which support his or her genera] opinion? In your English class you have been talking about the generation gap. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. You will see the essay title and some notes you have ‘.1,artj…tisitsallailliiiltistelltillitert1111111111till’01 written on the right. Write an essay using essatj ctResttos, their all the notes and weVer fullo uvuatersta odd give reasons for your caw Parewts point of view. probLems. t0oov. agree?

IV

1 11

teevvage

NOteS

, c;(1,-eferevvce tvu age betweewparev.ts Rost eleadreo wow attok to, the past probLevus faced bo teevogers (ootkr owvu totea)

Wrtte about:

3 ………………………………………………

Write your essay in 140-190 words.

Children often go through difficult times during their teenage years. Although some parents fail to provide support, many others are able to understand their child’s problems and give them the help they need. Firstly, parents age is an advantage. Because they are much older than their children, they are usually also wiser and able to give an objective opinion on the problems they face. They can see the issue from the outside and offer advice which is not affected by emotions. Moreover, most teenage problems nowadays are related to relationships, something which was also true in the past. Consequently, many parents know exactly what their children are feeling as they have had similar experiences themselves. Finally, the Internet means that parents are more able than ever to understand the problems of young people. They can discuss issues with and get help from other parents in online forums and chats, tools which did not exist when they were teenagers. To sum up, it is not true that parents are incapable of understanding their teenage children’s problems. If they have not been in similar situations themselves, they can always look online for help.

2 What point does the writer make for ‘your own idea’, number 3 in the Notes section in exercise 1?

3 The writer of the answer in exercise 1 makes good use of a range of linking words and expressions. Underline the linking devices.

Although some parents fail … 50

Relative relationships 4 Do one of the following tasks, a or b. Write your answer in 140-190 words. a Write your own answer to the question in exercise 1 on page 50, agreeing with the statement. b Write an answer to the following question. If you choose this option, do exercises 5 and 6 in the Before you write box before you plan and write your answer. In your English class you have been talking about marriage. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. You will see the essay title and some notes you have written on the right. Write your essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

atiatilittitt aitalet atiatinalsv i t.amin clu.tstLoo. it is better to wait Rota uou are at Least 30 out agree? before oou get marrteol. Do

ESsREj

, Notes Write about: t Life as a stogLe persoo. ecoommic, factors 2

Lttea)

3 ………………………………….. (00ktir °Win. 1

Before you write The following tasks are designed to give you ideas when planning your answer to the question in 4b above.

5 Match a-f to points 1 and 2. 1 life as a single person 2 economic factors a a I can’t afford to get married yet — the cost of a wedding is far too high. b I want to be single for as long as possible — you have much more freedom to do what you want. c Living with someone else is cheaper than living on your own, so we’re getting married sooner rather than later. I want to get married as soon as possible — I don’t want to be on my own and lonely. If! leave it too late, I’ll have trouble finding a partner and Ill be single for the rest of my life. f I’m not earning enough to buy a house and bring up children. I can save money by living with my parents. 6 Point 3 in the Notes section asks you to give your own idea. Match the statements a-f to the appropriate couple, A or B. Couple A: We got married in our early twenties. Couple B: We got married in our mid-thirties. a, a By that time, we’d each been in enough relationships — both short-term and long-term — to know for certain that we were made for each other. b We wanted to have children while we were still young enough to enjoy them. We didn’t want to be ‘old parents’. c We were wiser, more mature and felt able to make the marriage last. We loved each other and even though we were still at university, we knew we wanted to spend the rest of our lives together. For the previous ten years, we’d each worked in a number of different places. We were both settled in our jobs and happy in the town where we lived. f In our country it’s normal for people to marry young. We just did what everyone else does.

51

Value for money Reading and Use of English

Multiple matching .1 You are going to read a magazine article in which four people are interviewed. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-1)). The people may be chosen more than once. Which of the people says the following? I have made unsuccessful complaints. I get on very well with the people below. I lived in the flat before I decided to buy it. I do not often have problems because of noisy customers. The character of the area has changed for the worse. My sleep was often interrupted. I used to have perfect working conditions. I intend to go and live somewhere else A lot of people I know make the wrong assumptions. I am a regular customer down below.

fr 1, •

rl 5 71

10

Living above a shop Living above a shop may be handy if you need something in a hurry but it also has its disadvantages. Lynn Haywood spoke to four people with a story to tell. A

Gwen Crowley I bought my flat in Chelsea with some money I inherited. I’ve been here since the 1970s when I rented it from a friend of a friend. By the 80s I’d fallen in love with it and just had to have it for myself. It’s on the King’s Road, a bustling shopping street with fantastic amenities, all of which are right on my doorstep. I live above a supermarket, which was a nuisance at first; I was regularly woken up by people stacking shelves at night and then, of course, there were the early morning deliveries. I always refused to set foot in the place and would buy all my food further down the road. However, the owners were very reasonable when I complained and they sound-proofed the ceiling, which really cut down the noise. Now I shop there almost every day. Paul Burton When I first moved here I had the peace and quiet I needed to write the novel I was working on. The shop below sold wool and knitting accessories and there was a butcher’s, a baker’s and one or two other specialist shops in the street. They’ve all gone now, unfortunately; they couldn’t compete with the out-oftown shopping malls and supermarkets which were springing up everywhere. The wool shop turned into a hairdresser’s and now, you wouldn’t believe what I have to put up with. If it isn’t loud music, it’s the television at full volume, and then there’s everyone shouting above the noise of the hairdryers. I’ve had a moan at them about it on more than one occasion, but they just ignore me.

52

C

Judie Marland Everyone thinks that living above a pub must be a nightmare. I’ve been lucky, though; the landlord of the pub is very considerate and, apart from the occasional drunk singing outside at midnight, so are the people who drink there. A few years ago the landlord and I came to an agreement that he wouldn’t play music above a certain volume after 10 o’clock. After a while he decided to cut out music altogether, and all I hear now is a gentle hum of conversation coming up through the floor. Many of my friends take it for granted that I must spend a lot of time in there, but I won’t go into pubs on my own and my boyfriend always wants to go to his favourite place in the town centre. Arthur Short It’s the smell which has forced me to put my flat up for sale. Fish and chip shops are, by their nature, very smelly and there is no way I or the owner can do anything about it, so there’s no point complaining. In fact, I’m on first-name terms with everyone down there and I often pop in to say hello, though never to buy anything — I don’t think I’ll ever eat fish and chips again as long as I live! It’s noisy, but that isn’t a problem; this is a lively part of town and I’ve always preferred places where I can hear people coming and going. I’ll be sad to move out, but I’m tired of friends screwing their faces up and holding their noses every time they come and visit me. I’ve got my eye on a flat down in the port area — its busy and there are some great views out to sea.

Value for money 2 Find the phrasal verbs 1-6 in the text. The letters in brackets refer to the relevant paragraphs. Match the phrasal verbs to the meanings a-f. I cut down (A) 2 spring up (B) 3 turn into (B) 4 put up with (B) 5 cut out (C) 6 move out (D)

a stop (playing/doing/eating, etc.) b tolerate c stop living in a house/flat d reduce e become (something different) I appear suddenly

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of an appropriate phrasal verb from exercise 2. 1 There were clear blue skies at first, but then it a really horrible day. 2 It’s so noisy here; I don’t know how you it. 3 They had a big row, after which Jim and went to live with his mother. 4Not so long ago there were no children’s clothes shops in the town; now they’re all over the place. 5 The doctor says he should on the amount of coffee he drinks, but he doesn’t have to caffeine altogether. 4

Find expressions in the text which have the following meanings. The letters in brackets refer to the relevant paragraphs. 1 I would never go in (A) 2 I’ve complained to them (B) 3 made a decision together (C) 4 advertise that we want to sell (D) 5 I’m friendly with (D) 6 I’m interested in buying (D)

( Vocabulary Wordlist on page 207 of the Coursebook

A Shopping 1 Find 14 words related to shopping in the wordsearch and write them in the spaces given below. There are seven shopkeepers and seven things you find in a shop or a supermarket. The words go forwards or backwards, up or down, or diagonally. T

T

F

RT

I

I

EA

ER

R

ON

GL

LA

OGH

E

LE

OF

LC

ER

E

T

LG

01

EH

LE

C

N

EA

DR

WE

SHK

U

YS

S

TS

IR

SE

OL

CI

FG C

CO

OHWAH

JK

AT

U

C

HE

MI

ST

AU

T

CNN

IA

GR

AB

T

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14

53

Value for money 2 In sentences 1-10, decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. 1 If you decide you don’t like it, bring it back and we’ll give you a A receipt D reward B refund C guarantee 2 I’m sorry, we don’t have any in stock at the moment, but they are on A request B demand C order D ask 3 You get good for money in this store — quality products at competitive prices. A worth B price C value 13 cost 4 They didn’t have any peas; only tinned or frozen. A fresh B convenient C new D recent 5 If it’s not working, take it back to the shop. They have to replace goods by law. D incorrect A mistaken B faulty C lazy 6 Do you like my new dress? I bought it in the January A cuts B discounts C bargains sales 7 I only got the cheese because it was on it was £5 a kilo instead of £7. A offer B reduction C counter impulse 8 It says £5.60 on the label. You’ve me £6.50. A taken B deducted D charged C reduced of dog food. 9 I have to buy Doggy Chunks for Fill; she won’t eat any other A selection B brand D variation C mark 10 This car was the most expensive purchase I’ve ever A made B taken C put D done

B Towns and villages 1 Choose an adjective from the box to describe each of the places in 1-5. bustling

prosperous

depressing

quaint

run-down

1 This is a wealthy town, with many successful businesses and high-quality housing. 2 We loved the market, a lively place full of people, noise and activity. 3 This inner-city area has been neglected, and the buildings are in very poor condition. 4 It’s an attractive village, unusual and rather old-fashioned. 5 The grey Victorian buildings have the same effect on me as the miserable weather.

2 Write the word from the box that can be used with each set of three words to form common collocations. area 0 1 2 3 4 5

54

town office pedestrian building residential industrial

block

eetttre

shopping apartment shopping caravan conservation housing

estate leisure tower one-way historic rural real

site

street centre

Value for money C Paraphrasing Complete the pairs of sentences with prepositions. The sentence pairs have the same meaning. 0 He’s staring into space. He’s looking straight ahead at nothing. 1 She’s gone search of food. She’s gone to look food. 2 We don’t know that certain. We can’t be sure that. 3 The conversation turned sport. People started talking sport. 4 Get rid those children! Make those children go away here! 5 The banks are to blame this crisis. The banks are the cause this crisis.

( Language focus Grammar reference on page 215 of the Coursebook

A Present perfect simple, present perfect continuous and past simple Complete the sentences with the present perfect simple, present perfect continuous or past simple form of the verbs in brackets. 1 Over the last century life expectancy in Britain (increase) dramatically. At the beginning of the 1900s men generally (expect) to live to 45, while women (live) four years longer. Since then the figure (rise) to 78 and 82 respectively. 2 In the last ten years we (move) house no fewer than six times, and so far during this period we (never/stay) in the same place for more than two years. The first time we (sell) our house, we’d only been living there for nine months; then my dad (change) his job and we (move) around the country ever since. 3 My friend Alice is 84 years old and I (know) her since we were at school together. I (try) to get in touch with her all afternoon I (phone) her four times but there’s no answer. It’s half past four now and she said she’d be at home at this time, so I’m beginning to worry something (happen) to her. It’s all a bit strange, because I (go) to see her this morning and she (seem) fine. 4 Sorry, Jean, I’ll have to go now. My son (just/walk) in through the door. He (play) football all morning and he’s absolutely filthy. He (make) friends with a group of older boys last week and he (go) to the park with them every day. 5 Ever since I (retire) I (be) so busy! For one thing, I (take) up gardening again. I (lay) a new lawn last week and I (put) up a new fence this morning — I hope to finish it this afternoon.

B Correcting mistakes Find the mistakes in the following sentences and correct them. I My father’s been worked as a shop assistant for over 15 years. 2 .I’ve been breaking my leg three times in the last few years. 3 Charlie Chaplin has been one of the greatest comic actors of the silent movies. 4 Do you realize how long time I’ve been waiting here for you? 5 This is the first time I see this film. 6 James and I have known each other since many years. 7 It’s over two years since I play football. 8 I cleaned three rooms of the house so far today; I’ll do the other two this afternoon.

55

Value for money C Expressing preferences Complete the sentences with words from the box. There are three extra words you do not need to use. had

much

not

prefer

rather

than

to

very

would

1 Carmen prefers reading books watching films. 2 What would you do tonight — eat at home or go out to a restaurant? 3 I’d prefer to look for a job rather go to university. 4 I’d rather go for a walk today, if you don’t mind. 5 Paul says he rather watch paint dry than go to see a ballet. 6 Laura doesn’t want to go out today. She’d rather stay at home.

cReading and .‘ Multiple-choice cloze cr_i llse of English

For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Money-making houses If times are hard and you are (0) of cash, your house might (1) you with the solution to your problem. Renting out a (2) room in your house can be a good way of making extra money. What’s more, a government scheme (3) you to receive up to £4,250 each year from lodgers without paying tax. You could also install solar panels on your roof and become sell some back to the self-sufficient in electricity. If you produce enough, you can (4) of money, but it is satisfying to know that National Grid. You won’t make a huge (5) the electricity in your house is green. as you don’t Offering your house as a film location is another possibility, as (6) mind having 30 to 40 people in your living room for a week, changing the furniture the neighbours by parking round, painting your walls a different colour and (7) option, giving you the enormous lorries in the street outside. It’s certainly a (8) chance to earn hundreds of pounds each day.

56

0 1 2 3 4

A lacking A offer A further A accepts A even

5 6 7

A number Afar A animating

8

A disposable

B broke B provide

C short C give

B bonus B agrees B still

C second C allows

C yet B amount C range B muchC soon B arguing B rentable

C upsetting C profitable

D poor D propose D spare D lets D until D total D long D working up 13 considerable

Value for money Reading and Open cloze Use of English For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. MZIZEM-1 Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

My favourite shop Many people have a shop they love to go back to again and again, (0) WHERE the from buying. pleasure comes as much from browsing (I) the world’, situated in My own favourite is Hamleys, ‘the finest toy shop (2) walking distance of the hotel where I usually stay during my Regent Street, (3) trip to the regular visits to London. For me, and I’m sure for many others, (4) capital would be complete without spending time in this seven-storey toy paradise. in business for over 250 years, and I have been a customer Hamleys has (5) now my oldest daughter was a baby. My two children are grown (7) (6) and have both left home, but I still go there to look around and take in the atmosphere. end just strolling round the store, watching the I could spend hours (8) assistants demonstrate the latest toys. I still make the occasional purchase, perhaps for my young nephew, or even for myself. I am just a child at heart.

/Reading and Use of English

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. Village life POLLUTE In 2004, tired of the noise and (0) POLLUTION of the city, best-selling author Will Smith and his family moved out to Chersey, a village set in magnificent countryside, with 53 PICTURE (1) INHABIT (2) and one shop. Three years later they sold their BEAUTY 16th-century cottage and moved back to London, (2) where they now live in a smart new neighbourhood on the outskirts of the city. So what happened? ‘Chersey seemed an idyllic place to live,’ explains Will, ‘a quiet, peaceful old village in extremely PLEASE surroundings. However, we soon became aware (4) ADVANTAGE of village life. With so little to of a number of (5) do in Chersey, and because the buses were so (6) FREQUENT DEPEND on us to take them our teenage children became (7) everywhere in the car. As for our own social life, the neighbours were FRIEND rather cold and (8) so we felt rather isolated and lonely. It was not the rural idyll we had expected.’ 57

IF_

Value for money Reading and Use of English WEila

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write only the missing words IN CAPITAL LETTERS. 1 I had my hair cut a month ago. SINCE It I had my hair cut. 2 We haven’t seen each other for ten years. LAST The each other was ten years ago. 3 I’d prefer to leave later if you don’t mind. YET I’d rather if you don’t mind. 4 I’d rather walk than catch a bus. RATHER I’d prefer

a bus. 5 It is not the government’s fault that there is an economic crisis. BLAME The government is the economic crisis.

6 Lucy only started sweating when the race had finished. INTO Lucy sweat until after the race had finished.

(Writing Part 2

) Review 1

Read the following Part 2 instructions. You have seen this notice in an English-language magazine.

Reviews needed! Is there are a website you particularly like using? If so, could you write a review of it? Tell us what you use it for and why you like it, and mention anything you don’t find quite so useful. We’d also like to know who you’d recommend the site to. The best reviews will be published next month.

Write your review for the magazine in 140-190 words.

A Structure Read the model answer and match the summaries a-d to one of the paragraphs. a b c d

58

Useful features Recommendation Features the writer does not find useful The website and reasons for using it

Value for money

Amazon love, reading and, listening to music and. I normally buy my books a.nd.. CDs from Amazon. The prices are always extremely compel-it/we and the service is fast and, efficient: sometimes an order can arrive, the next day. What I find particutzuly tise/ful about the website are the customer reviews, which are usually very informative. There are often several of these for one book or CD, so you get a. fairly good, idea, of what something to like. I also like the fact that Amazon gives you recommendations of what to buy next, based, on the books or music, you have already ordered. It sells a. range of other items, too, including cameras, domestic appliances and, sports equipment, but personally, I prefer going to shops for those kinds of things. You can also download books and music from the site, but as I don’t have an e-book reader or an MP3 player, it’s not a. service I use. ra, recommend the site to anyone who shares my interests. It’s especially handy if, like me, you prefer print versions to e-books but don’t live near a. decent bookshop. B Language analysis 1 Read the model answer again and answer the following questions. 1 Which adjectives are used to describe the positive features? competitive, … 2 Which words are used to modify adjectives? extremely (competitive), … 3 Which adverbs of frequency are used? normally, …

2 Complete the sentences from the model answer. the website are the customer reviews. 1 What I find particularly useful 2 I also like the that Amazon gives you recommendations. , I prefer going to the shops for those kinds of things. 3 who shares my interests. 4 rd recommend the site to

C Planning your review Now plan your own review, following these steps. 1

Decide which website you are going to write about. Choose one you know reasonably well and make notes under the following headings: What I use it for Why I like it Features I don’t find useful Who I would recommend it to

2 Decide on a few adjectives you could use to describe the positive features. 3 Write your review in 140-190 words. Follow the paragraph plan in A and include relevant language from B.

59

Up and awaa (Reading and Use of English -Ma

multiple choice 1

You are going to read an article about a cruise to Australia. For questions 1-6, choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

Destination Australia Forget long-distance flights and take the boat if you want to arrive in Australia full of energy You might even enjoy the holiday of a lifetime on the way, says Jan Etherington. My son, Torn, made the announcement on New Year’s Eve. ‘Fran and I are getting married … ‘ Hurrah! ‘ … in Australia.’ Now, I’ve always wanted to go to Australia but like most people, I’m put off by the flight and the thought of arriving pale, exhausted and needing a week to recover. Even with a stopover, you face two long-distance flights. But it doesn’t have to be like that. I found a way to arrive suntanned, refreshed, and ready for action. I went by boat, on the Saga Rose world cruise. If I’d had the time and money, I could have gone all the way round the world, but the great thing about this cruise is that you can embark and disembark wherever you wish. If you want to get to Australia or New Zealand, take a shorter flight somewhere, join the world cruise and arrive in civilized style. I picked it up in Valparaiso (the port for Santiago, Chile) and sailed on from there to Sydney. The Saga Rose is a good-looking ship. Launched in 1965, she is highly regarded by maritime experts for her elegant lines. Passenger capacity is 587, but we were fewer than 400, with 350, largely Filipino, crew who were smart, efficient and full of good humour. It was the cleanest ship I’d ever seen and the variety and freshness of the meals was impressive, with a welcome freedom to dine in the evening at any time betweeh 7.15 and 9pm. I met lots of accomplished, funny, clever, attractive people on the ship. Good company and a well-run ship are important, because, on this stretch of the journey, we were together for a month — long enough to learn a skill. I took up salsa, inspired by dance teacher, Thabo, who made us believe we were good enough to perform in front of passengers and crew. Julia’s jewellery-making classes were surprisingly popular. Even cynics (like me) were impressed as, using seeds and beads from local sources, students produced desirable costume jewellery. And the watercolour classes gave amateurs the tools to capture the passing scenes more imaginatively than with a digital camera.

60

Each day brought a once-in-a-lifetime experience. From Santiago, we sailed west, across the South Pacific. As we neared each island, usually at dawn, peering sleepily through binoculars, the dot on the horizon would slowly form a personality. There were no two alike. Easter Island was soft, undulating, like a huge, warm, green pillow. But the knowledge that the islanders had used up their resources and destroyed their environment, by their obsessive building of the giant Wei statues, lent it a terrible sadness and mystery. Tahiti looks as if it needs ironing. The volcanic hills are jagged and sharp. Lush and green, it is full of waterfalls and wild forests. A dramatic place, it seems conscious of its role as the most important island in French Polynesia. Each Pacific island is a long way from its neighbour, which meant many ‘sea days’. These proved a lovely way to catch up on reading and while away hours scanning the horizon, where every wave appeared to be a whale or a dolphin. I kept fit by walking the promenade deck every morning (seven circuits is a mile), swimming in the seawater pool and forgoing puddings and cakes (I had a wedding outfit to get into). As we cruised into Sydney at sunrise, it was like sailing into a familiar postcard. We passed the Opera House, slid under the Harbour Bridge and, on the quayside, Tom and Fran waved banners of welcome. I leapt off, relaxed, fit and full of energy. ‘Let’s go shopping for a hat!’

Up and away 1 In the first paragraph we learn that the writer A does not like travel. was not in very good health. C had not been to Australia before. had not seen her son for a long time. 2 What, according to the writer, is the main advantage of the Saga Rose cruise? A It offers the traveller flexibility. It is more affordable than flying. C It takes the traveller right round the world. It is more comfortable than other cruises. 3 The writer says she was pleased that • A the ship was not completely full. the crew was mainly Filipino. C she could choose her evening mealtime. she had decided to travel alone. 4 The writer says she had not expected A to have to spend so long on board the ship. to get on so well with her fellow travellers. C to enjoy the organized activities so much. to see such good results from one of the classes. 5 What does the writer say about the islands in the South Pacific? A She only ever saw them from a distance. They were all very different from each other. C There were two that she did not particularly like. She would not choose to return to any of them. 6 Whilst sailing through the South Pacific, the writer says A she spent a long time on board ship. she saw a wide variety of marine life. C she was able to go swimming in the sea. she ate a large amount of sweet food. 2 Match the phrasal verbs in bold in the text with the meanings a-e. Use the context to help you. The meanings are in the infinitive form. a start doing a new activity b spend time doing an activity you have not had time to do recently c make you decide not to do something d finish a supply of something e join and follow a journey or route 3 Complete the extracts from the text 1-5 with a preposition. Then check your answers in the text. 1 I found a way to arrive suntanned, refreshed, and ready action. I went boat, _ the Saga Rose world cruise. 2 … the variety and freshness the meals was impressive, a welcome freedom to dine the evening any time____ 7 15 and 9pm. 3 … this stretch of the journey, we were together a month … 4 From Santiago, we sailed west, the South Pacific. As we neared each island, usually dawn, peering sleepily binoculars, the dot the horizon would slowly form a personality. 5 Lush and green, it is full waterfalls and wild forests. A dramatic place, it seems conscious its role as the most important island French Polynesia.

61

Up and away •

Vocabulary Wordlist on pages 207-208 of the Coursebook

A Travel Underline the correct alternative. 1 Everyone thought the holiday was great fun/funny but I didn’t have such a good time. 2 The area near the palace gates was full/crowded with tourists. 3 The facilities on this camping/campsite are excellent. 4 Have you decided where you’re going on holiday/holidays yet? 5 We always stay/live in the same hotel when we go to London. 6 All the hotels at the ski station/resort are fully booked, unfortunately. 7 We didn’t bring back any souvenirs/memories from our holiday. We didn’t see anything worth buying. 8 From the top of the cathedral tower there are some spectacular sights/sites/views of the surrounding countryside. 9 The cost of the trip/journey/travel includes two nights in a four-star hotel with half board. 10 She didn’t enjoy the Mediterranean voyage/cruise/tour at all; she was seasick most of the time.

B Phrasal verbs Complete the sentences with phrasal verbs from the box. catch on

come across

get about

head for

turn out

1 I’ve never such a horrible person in all my life! 2 A huge crowd is expected to to see the president give his speech. 3 The island is very small and the best way to is by bicycle. 4 It’s very hot here in July, so we usually get out of the city and the beach or the mountains. 5 When he commented on the level of noise at the party, I didn’t to what he meant at first. Then I realized it was his way of saying he wanted to leave.

C Sleep Complete the sentences with either the infinitive with to or the gerund form of words from the box. tall

Set

nod

sleep

stay

take

to Ret 0 It took me ages to sleep last night. 1 Are you planning on a nap after lunch? 2 The speech was so boring I found it hard awake. 3 It’s not like Mike asleep in front of the telly. He must have been exhausted. 4 I was so tired I kept off during the film. 5 Don’t phone me before 11 o’clock tomorrow morning — I’m going to try in if I can.

62

Up and away

Language focus Grammar reference on pages 215-216 of the Coursebook

The future 1

Each of the underlined future forms is inappropriate. Rewrite each sentence with a more suitable future form. 1 Have you cut your finger? Come into the bathroom and I put a plaster on it. 2 Congratulations! I hear you will have a baby. 3 I’ve arranged to play tennis with Miguel tomorrow morning. We’re about to meet at the sports centre at 10 am. 4 Can you wake me up before you will leave for work tomorrow morning? 5 I don’t think I’m getting more than 50 per cent in tomorrow’s exam; I never do well at Physics. 6 This time tomorrow we’re going to sit on the plane, probably somewhere over France. 7 What rlo you do next weekend? Have you made any plans? 8 Phone me on Friday. I’m speaking to Greg by then, so I’ll have more information.

2

Complete the sentences with an appropriate future form of the verb in brackets. 1 That bag looks very heavy. I (carry) it for you, if you want. 2I (have) my eyes tested on Saturday. My appointment’s at 10.30. 3 The autumn term birthday. I

(end) on December 23rd, the same day as my (be) 15 then. No, don’t phone me at 8 o’clock. I (watch) the match at that time. Phone me at 9 instead; it (finish) by then. 5I (get) some new clothes tomorrow; I want to change my look. 6 I think we should wait until Kevin (get) back. 7 Don’t forget that when they get here this evening, they (travel) for over 12 hours, so I expect they (want) to go straight to bed. 8 ‘Liz? Hi, it’s Graham. Listen, I’m on the train at Croydon, so I (be) at Brighton station at five past nine. Can you pick me up?’

63

Or

Up and away 3

In 1-5, complete the first gap with a word from box A and the second gap with the correct form of a verb from box B.

after

as

A by until

when

finish

1 ‘When can I watch TV?’

‘Not

2 ‘When will the bats come out?’

Not long

3 ‘When shall we leave?’

‘As soon

4 ‘When can I eat my sweets?’

‘Only

5 ‘When will dinner be ready?»

(Reading and Use of English Part

get

say

you

set

stop

your homework.’ the sun it

I the time you

raining.’ you can.’ home, hopefully.

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Neil Armstrong Astronaut Neil Armstrong’s love of air (0) began at a very early age. He was five years old when, in 1936, his father took him for his first flight in an aeroplane, a Ford Trimotor, also (1) as the ‘Tin Goose’. He had flying lessons whilst still at school and (2) his pilot’s licence aged just 15. After a period spent as a pilot in the navy, Armstrong finished his (3) in aeronautical engineering at Purdue University and (4) on to become an experimental research test pilot at Edwards Air Force Base. He flew rocket planes such as the X-15, in which he (5) speeds of nearly 6,500 kilometres per hour In 1962 he became a NASA astronaut. He made just two trips into space, entering the history books on both (6) . In 1966, as the command pilot for the Gemini 8 mission, he carried (7) the first manned docking of two spacecraft Then, on 20 July 1969, he stepped off the ladder of the lunar landing module Eagle and became the first man to (8) foot on the surface of the Moon. 0 A journey 1 A called 2 A gained 3 A career 4 A applied 5 A arrived 6 A times 7 A out 8 A set

04

B trip B titled B accomplished B study B changed B reached B events B up B put

C travel C known C succeeded C title C went C won C occasions C on C touch

D voyage D identified D managed D degree D took D earned D circumstances D away D place

Up and away en

Reading and Use of English

`Erzar’

Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. A place in the sun Southern Spain’s Costa del Sol, which stretches from Nexja in the east to ManiIva in the west, is one of the most famous tourist areas (0) IN the world. Blessed with an average of 320 days of sunshine (1) year, the coastline offers the perfect holiday destination for anyone wanting to switch off and unwind. As (2) as its beautiful sun-soaked beaches and excellent gastronomy, the region boasts no fewer (3) 30 golf courses, providing amateurs and professionals alike (4) year-round golfing opportunities. If you are looking for a more cultural experience, the city of Malaga (5) well worth a visit. With its Roman theatre, Renaissance-style cathedral and Arab castle, Malaga is a historical centre on (6) different peoples and cultures have left their mark over the centuries. It is also the birthplace of Picasso, (7) house still stands today just a short distance from the Museo Picasso, (8) of over 20 museums in the city.

Reading and Use of English Part 3

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. Ageing adventurers It was the end of an epic journey. In a (0) PICTURESQUE PICTURE harbour on the Caribbean island of St Maarten, Anthony Smith stood on his raft, graCiously accepting (I) from a crowd CONGRATULATE of well-wishers on the quayside. The crowd seemed (2) FASCINATE by two things in particular firstly, Mr Smith and his three-man British crew had sailed the raft AntiIci 2,600 miles across the Atlantic from the Canary Islands, with a single sail and no engine. Secondly, Mr Smith was 85 and the rest of the crew in their fifties and sixties. The men, all with beards and many pounds (3) than when LIGHT they set out 66 days before, looked tined but (4) well SURPRISE after their (5) journey. ‘People said I was mad to do ORDINARY it at my age,’ commented Mr Smith. ‘But age is (6) RELEVANT The four men knew that spending nearly ten weeks on a small craft with few comforts could have been claustrophobic. But they insist they had no serious (7) . Their age helped, they AGREE believe, making them more (8) of their differences TOLERATE and faults.

65

. Up and away /leading and Transformations Use of English 2 .

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

-Ma

Not& Each of these transformations requires you to use a phrasal verb from Units 1-8. 0 I’ve had enough of your rudeness. PUT TO PUT UP WITH I am not going

your rudeness anymore.

1 I just can’t wait to go on holiday! LOOKING on holiday! 2 They’ll probably employ him for two months in the summer. LIKELY They on for two months in the summer. 3 I think he’s on the point of starting his own company. SET I think he’s about 4 Their relationship seems very good. GET It looks as

his own company.

very well with each other

5 Have you thought of a name for your dog yet? COME Have you a name for your dog yet? 6 Sue and Alan ended their relationship a long time ago. SPLIT Sue and Alan each other a long time ago.

(Writing CIS

) Report 1

Read the following Part 2 instructions. You do not need to write an answer. The school where you learn English has decided to organize a weekend trip to celebrate the end of the school year. You have been asked to write a report for the principal suggesting at least two places where you could spend the weekend. In your report you should explain why these places would be suitable for the trip. Write your report in 140-190 words.

2

66

Read the answer on page 67 to the task in exercise I. Why are the underlined sentence beginnings 1-8 inappropriate for this report?

Up and away

Introduction What I’m going to do is offer two suggestions for the end-of-year school trip Wickwood’s Activity Centre It’d be really cheap aid fun if we went to Wickwoods. the residential outdoor activity centre situated just kibmetres from the school. (3) We woukin’t have to pay much to get there and accommodation is included in the overall price (V) You can do stuff like canoeing. rock climbing aid orienteering and the centre also organizes evening events such as sports competitions aid games. (5) We couH have a real together in a very deferent atmosphere from that of the school. Rington (6) Something that’d be a bit more relaxing. and an ideal way to unwind after the exams.

would be a trip to the seaside resort of Rington Students could enjoy gentle walks on the coastal path sunbathing on the beach and even a swim in the sea if the water is warn enough (1) There’s loads to do in the evening, including the numerous seafood restaurants for which the town is known Conclusion (8) Where

we end up going depends on how much sturionts are willing to pay aid whether they prefer an active or a more relaxing trip Frrwarrwreaft

3 Choose a more formal alternative a-h for each of the sentence beginnings 1-8 in exercise 2 above. Example: Id, a An inexpensive, yet very enjoyable option would be a weekend at b A rather more relaxing alternative c Activities include The aim of this report is to e The final choice of destination f Students could have a great deal of fun Rington also offers plenty of evening entertainment Travel costs would be low

4 The question in exercise 1 asks you to ‘explain why these places would be suitable for the trip’. What reasons does the writer of the answer in exercise 2 give for his/her two suggestions?

5 Now write your own answer to the question in exercise 1 on page 66.

Don’t forget! Write your report in a consistently formal style. Explain why your suggestions would be suitable. Give each section a heading.

67

8

Mystery and imagination Theading and Use of English Part 6

Gapped text 1 You are going to read an article about a government report on UFOs. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use. Don’t forget! look for connections between the language in the text and the language in the missing sentences. To help you, key words and phrases have been underlined in the missing sentences. One of the sentences A-G is not required.

Just a load of hot air! They glow, move across the sky at incredible speed and are invisible to radarThe mysterious shapes have for decades been cited by UFO enthusiasts as proof that we have attracted visitors from another world. After four years of study they concluded that they are not flying saucers. but ‘plasmas’ of gas caused by charges of electricity in the atmosphere.The study by the Defence Intelligence Staff examined 30 years of apparent flying saucer sightings, which average about 100 a year Their 400-page report found that most of those who reported seeing UFOs — usually as glowing round or cigar-shaped objects — were not fantasists or hoaxers playing tricks. The bright plasmas are created by charges of electricity When air flows into them they are transformed into aerodynamic shapes which appear to fly at incredible speeds. The electromagnetic fields can also cause responses in the brain, tricking observers into thinking they are seeing even more vivid impressions, the study found. Because they are electrically charged, plasmas can change shape or colour when struck by another energy source— such as radio signals sent out by UFO spotters. The scientists concluded they now have ‘a reasonably justified explanation’ for the sightings that had previously been difficult to describe. The aim of the study, codenamed Project Condign, was to assess any military threat from sightings of unexplained flying objects, many of which appeared to ‘hover, land, take off, accelerate to exceptional velocities and vanish’.The study was released under the Freedom of Information Act. Files previously released under this law showed that the Ministry of Defence maintained a special unit to log sightings of UFOs by the public and the military. They described seeing ‘bright objects hanging over the sea’ around three miles from the coast at a height of around 5,000ft.

•

68

In July 1976, the captain of a British Airways Tri-Star on a return flight from Portugal told air traffic controllers of ‘four objects — two round brilliant white, two cigar-shaped’ 18 miles north of Faro. A spokesman for the Ministry of Defence said: We have to check any report of an unidentified flying object to ensure iVs not a threatThat’s what this report was about Once we are satisfied there is no threat, as this report concluded, we take no further action. We are not a UFO club.’ ‘Even physicists studying plasma clouds do not fully understand them: she said, ‘so it is ridiculous for the Government to use a little known and poorly understood phenomenon as the main explanation for most UFO sightings: She added:It may account for some, but by no means all. It does not explain incidents where ground trace evidence of UFOs has been left behind or where there is film footage of flying objects.The MoD will never release any documents that suggest there may be some mystery surround ng UFO sightings, but the simple fact is that some are mysterious’

Mystery and imagination A These included a report by Flight Lieutenant A M Wood and two non-commissioned officers in Northumberland in July 1977. ‘This has led ufologists to imagine that an alien response is being given to their signals,’ said the report. C Judy Jaafat; secretary of the British UFO Research Association, critirind the report. D Defence chiefs, however have a rather less exciting explanation for the glowing objects in the sky. However the Government seems to agree that not all incidents such aithe e can be explained scientifically. F Fighter planes were sent to investigate and shortly afterwards the crew on two other commercial flights in the same area reported similar sightings. G They were describing unusual but entirely natural events in the atmosphere. 2

Match the words in bold in the text with the meanings a—h. Use the context to help you. The meanings are in the infinitive form. a hit b deceive; make someone believe something which is not true c be the explanation or cause of something produce a continuous light mention (in order to support a belief) f record officially move continuously stay in the same place in the air

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the bold verbs in the text. 1 Believing the email — supposedly from Boyd’s Bank — to be genuine, she was into disclosing her credit card details. 2 Poor exam results were as evidence of the failure of the Government’s education policies. 3 The demonstration was monitored by two police helicopters noisily overhead. 4 We saw a large, burnt-out tree which had probably been by lightning. 5 Bad weather 76 per cent of delays at UK airports last year. 6 They live next to a motorway, so a constant stream of traffic past their house. 7 She knew he was still there: she could see his smartphone in his pocket. 8 Before itemized telephone bills we had to all personal calls from the office in a red notebook.

Vocabulary Wordlist on page 208 of the Coursebook

A Ways of looking Underline the correct alternative. 1 Lucy gazed/glimpsed in admiration at Tom in his smart new uniform. 2 Her eyes locked onto his and she glared/glanced at him with hatred and anger. 3 Jake peered/stared wide-eyed in horror at the cut on his arm. 4 I didn’t see the prince very well — I just caught a brief glimpse/peer of him. 5 I haven’t read the newspaper — I only had a quick gaze/glance at the front page. 6 Unable to control his curiosity, Alex glared/peered through the crack in the fence.

69

Mystery and imagination B Phrasal verbs with give Phrasal verb list on pages 130-132 Match 1-7 to a-g to make logical sentences. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

As soon as I gave up The cooker was giving off Suspected of giving away He listened closely as they gave out She said we had to give in Street Aid is a charity which gives out He says he can’t give back

a state secrets, he was arrested and held in jail. b the homework tomorrow morning. c smoking, I felt a lot better. d food to homeless people. e a strange smell, so I got someone to look at it. f the money I lent him until Friday. g the winning lottery numbers on the news

C Expressions with give Lexical phrase list on pages 133-134 Complete the sentences with words from the box. call example hand idea impression lift party permission 1 ‘Risk’ is a verb which takes the gerund. Can anyone give another 2 Dave gave me a to work in his new car this morning. 3 I can’t move this table on my own. Can anyone give me a 4 The manager has given me to take two days off work. 5 He gave me the that he was bored; he kept sighing during the lesson. 6 I won’t be at home tomorrow, but can you give me a on my mobile? 7 Would you give me some of what time you’ll be coming home, so I’ll know when to have dinner ready? 8 Linda is thinking of giving a to celebrate her husband’s 40th birthday. D Collocations One adjective in each group is not normally used with the noun in capital letters. Underline the word which does not fit. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

70

deep piercing tender full lengthy long-haul loud sedentary live

impatient loud big precise luxurious tender spotty nasty outstanding

open-air blank passionate nervous impressive broad nervous great convincing

loud high-pitched baggy relevant boring friendly cruel terrible curly

SIGH SCREAM KISS DETAILS SPEECH SMILE LAUGH SHOCK PERFORMANCE

Mystery and imagination E Word formation 1 Write the adjective and adverb forms of the nouns 1-10. Noun 0 noise I humour 2 passion

Adjective noisy

Adverb noisily

3 finance 4 anger 5 mystery 6 7 8 9 10

nature success attraction enthusiasm offence

2 Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in capitals. You may need to write a negative form. NOISILY 0 The children were playing think straight. 1 Seventy-eight-year-old Bill Baxter has

and I couldn’t

completed his third marathon. 2 I think its an extremely building; it’s far too big and it ruins the character of the area.

NOISE SUCCESS ATTRACTION

3 The former minister spoke about the PASSION need for more investment in education. 4 When I was at school, history lessons were really boring; ENTHUSIASM the teacher was so dull and 5 Bees are not aggressive and will NATURE sting only when threatened. 6 Our company is experiencing a few FINANCE problems. 7 During the conversation, Paul suddenly and unexpectedly got up and stormed out of the room. 8 I don’t know why he got so annoyed; it was a completely comment.

ANGER OFFENCE

C Language focus Grammar reference on pages 216-217 of the Coursebook

A Modal verbs of speculation 1 There is a mistake in five of the sentences below. Find the mistakes and rewrite the sentences so that they are correct. 1 I can’t find my keys. I think I might leave them on my desk at work. 2 The dog’s barking a lot. He might be trying to tell us something.

71

Mystery and imagination 3 Sally’s not answering the phone. She can have gone away for the weekend, or perhaps she’s just gone to the shops. 4 It’s his birthday tomorrow, so he must be excited. 5 They said they’d found out what was wrong with the washing machine, but they can’t have done because it’s still not working properly. 6 A: Andrea never wears that blouse we bought her B: Well, she might not like the colour, it may not go with her skirts or it could not be the right size. Who knows? 7 Jim mustn’t be going out with Sue; she’s just got engaged to Doug. 8 You’ve got nearly all the homework answers wrong. You couldn’t have been paying attention in the lesson. 9 It’s a shame Mark hasn’t come. He must decide to stay at home. 10 The tennis rackets aren’t in the car. You must have forgotten to put them in.

2 Use modal verbs to write one or more explanations for the following situations. 0 He can’t drive for two months. He could have broken his leg or his wife might be using the car. 1 He looks exhausted. 2 She isn’t eating very much at the moment. 3 There’s a lot of traffic in the city centre today. 4 The plants have all died. 5 The police came to speak to the neighbours this morning. 6 John seems very happy these days.

B Question tags Complete the sentences with an appropriate question tag. 1 He hasn’t been here long, 2 I’m getting old 3 He plays for Barcelona 4 You’d like to come 5 She said she was ill 6 Don’t make too much noise 7 Help me lift this box 8 Let’s go to the cinema 9 Nothing serious happened, 10 No one lives here now

C Contrast linkers Choose the most appropriate option, A, B or C. Sometimes more than one answer is possible. 1 I’m not keen on shopping for clothes, whereas A my brother isn’t either. B my sister loves it. C I’m not fond of shopping for food.

72

Mystery and imagination 2 I often had rows with my brother. A However, we sometimes fell out. B However, we always remained good friends. C However, we never hit each other. 3 I enjoy living in the town centre, despite A the noise. B it’s so noisy. C being so noisy. 4 Although we arrived late for the concert, A we missed the first few songs. B they wouldn’t let us go in. C we managed to get a good seat. 5 We got on well when we shared a flat, in spite A of the difference in our ages. B of her being much older than me. C the fact I was much younger than her. 6 I’m glad I went to the sales, despite A the long wait in the cold. B of the fact the queue was so long. C having to wait so long in the cold.

(Reading and Use of English Part 1

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). The wild man of China Most people are (0) with the yeti, a large hairy man-like creature, which is (1) to live in the Himalayas. (2) , you might not have heard of the yeren or ‘wild man’ of China, which was mentioned and drawn for the first time more than 2,000 years ago. In recent decades there have been over 200 (3) of the yeren in the Shennongjia Nature Reserve in central Hubei province. Those who claim to have (4) a glimpse of it have described it as approximately 1.6 metres tall, with long red hair, rounded eyes and a broad forehead. It also seems (5) of an incredible range of calls and noises. When disturbed, it is said to sound like a dog, a wolf, a donkey and even a crying child. Some years ago a Chinese scientist (6) up in a gorilla costume and entered a forest in the (7) of getting a closer look at a yeren. Not surprisingly he failed, as have so many others who have gone in (8) of this elusive creature. 0A 1A 2A 3A 4A 5A 6A 7A 8A

aware reported Actually views caught able wore attempt search

B B B B B B B B B

conscious informed Instead visions found competent dressed hope look

C C C C C C C C C

familiar noticed However looks appeared capable put order hunt

D known D announced D Moreover D sightings D watched D powerful D changed D wish D sight

73

al Mystery and imagination (Reading

and Use of English

Open doze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. Bad luck superstitions There are several superstitions (0) WHICH are common to a number of different cultures, and most of these have their origins in the distant past. Spilling salt, for example, is considered in many countries (1) bring bad luck. One reason for this is to do (2) cost; for many hundreds of years, salt was a precious resource, difficult to extract and, (3) a result, very expensive. Not only was it a valuable preservative, (4) it was also linked with health and a long life, so spilling salt would have (5) seen as both wasteful and a threat to longevity. Another superstition says that breaking a mirror will bring seven years’ bad luck. Apparently, the Romans are responsible (6) this one, since they believed that a person’s reflection in a mirror represented their soul, so damaging a mirror corrupted the soul of the person that broke (7) . They also believed that the soul renewed itself every seven years, so the soul would (8) be restored until the next sevenyear period had passed.

(Writing Mai=

) Essay 1 Read the following Part 1 instructions. In your English class you have been talking about how best to spend local authority money. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

ine essau ctuestLo

autkovitits to sputa it ts better for Local. rather thatk libretrtes. mouto OVt, 144-utseuttivt5 Do uott agree?

1 Notts Wrtte about: 14 are vuore tvviportaikt to us writc, wintch meol the vuotiveu more

2 3 ……………………………………. (01-ty OWtn. LGleR)

Write your essay in 140-190 words. You must use grammatically correct sentences with accurate spelling and punctuation in a style appropriate for the situation.

26 Read the model essay below and answer these questions. 1 Is the style formal or informal? 2 Is it appropriate for the situation? b Read the model essay again and complete the essay with words from the box.

conclude hand invest more opinion result pay spend too whereas

In recent years museums have become more interactive, and as a (1) attract more visitors. The number of adults entering libraries, on the other (2) has fallen, as e-book readers have become more popular. Which of these two places should local authorities (3) more money in? Certainly, museums are important to us as places to store objects which tell us about our past. Libraries (4) though, are places where knowledge is kept for future generations, in a world where information-storage devices and formats are constantly changing.

74

Mystery and imagination

However, museums can raise money by charging entrance fees, (5) libraries provide free access to Internet services and books to families who therefore, libraries are cannot afford to buy them. In my (6) more in need of local authority money than museums. investment in libraries would increase the number What is (7) of visitors by enabling them to become dynamic and interactive like museums. for talks by authors or Libraries could use the money to (8) storytellers, and organize other cultural activities, such as workshops for children. more money on local authorities should (10) To (9) libraries to help them become as popular as museums. 3 What point does the writer make for ‘your own idea’, number 3 in the Notes section in exercise 1 on page 74?

4 Underline the linking words and expressions the writer uses in the model essay in 21, on pages 74-75.

… and as a result attract more visitors. 5 Write an answer to one of the following questions, A or B.

A In your English class you have been talking about the advantages and disadvantages of using tablets rather than books in the classroom. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view. earebtahilletiela Write your essay in 140-190 words. ±L itrittti-

civ.estinow it is better for schooLs to speuzt memo ou, , books. tabtets for their stuaetAks rather thou

eSSCI

B In your English class you have been talking about the best ways for governments to spend money. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay.

Do uoy. agree?

Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

Notes Write about: effect ow stuctetAt covt,ceotrattow replacemeAt 2 cost of repatr or DMA, tdea)

Write your essay in 140-190 words.

3 …………………………….. (00ikr

‘9 ,allaimatialluv cikestion• . 1 it is better Foy I on preservin govern.ruents to spend nkonee / E.Ssae

/

g the enviroktruent rather than. exploring other planets. no eou agree? Notes Write about: 1 which is nkore in 2 which is ritor kportant for hi-.: e ntanite expensive 3 ……………………………………

(eour owl&

idea) 75

Nothing but the truth r Reading and Use of English

—

Multiple matching You are going to read an article about techniques used by thieves. For questions 1-10, choose from the people (A-fl). The people may be chosen more than once. A Steve Sheppardson B David Shamash C Ita Kelly D Barry Sheppard Which of the people suggests the following? I was shortly going to be leaving the city. I was unable to chase the thieves as they fled. It made me suspicious for the rest of my visit. I had problems understanding them. I took action to avoid being robbed. I was not the first person to be tricked in this way. My actions made it obvious I was not a local. I gave a small reward. Something which smelled bad was used to create confusion. I only discovered I had been robbed several hours later.

Travellers’ tales Hanging on to your money

ii

2 31 4 5 6 71 8 91 10

When I reported that three men recently attempted to rob me at Krakow bus station, several readers got in touch with their own stories.

Steve sheppardson reports an experience in Manhattan: ‘We were sitting on a park bench and I was carrying a large camera bag over my shoulder. When a group of teenagers ran past and around us, 5 I held tightly on to the camera thinking this might be more than just youngsters having fun. ‘Five minutes later, somebody pointed to the back of my jacket and held their nose — when I took off the jacket, the back was covered in a wet, sticky Hi substance with an unpleasant odour. At this point we got lucky — a shop assistant came out invited us in to clean up and told us what had happened: the kids we saw had squirted my back with something like washing-up liquid that sticks and makes a mess. 15 In the confusion, many people put their bag down to take their jacket off and the bag is snatched when they are least expecting it. This account comes from David Shamash: ‘I was driving into Barcelona recently when the car in front 20 stalled at the lights when they went green — the driver got out and in the confusion (as I soon found out) knifed my back tyre. Naturally I pulled over to investigate the puncture and in the few seconds I was out of the car my bag was stolen. By the time

76

25 I realized this, they had driven off in their car and I was completely helpless. The police informed me that it was a common technique.’ And Ka Kelly reports an incident that occurred on a visit to Madrid: ‘I made the mistake one morning 30 of looking at a tourist map just near the entrance to the Plaza Mayor. A few minutes later a young man walked towards me and dropped some coins at my feet. As I helped him pick them up, a pickpocket

Nothing but the truth took my wallet which was inside my buttoned-

35 up back pocket. All this happened in the space of seconds and I didn’t feel a thing. Not until I got back to my hotel in the evening did I realize what had happened. Luckily I had left my credit cards in the hotel so I didn’t suffer too much inconvenience, 40 but I was left feeling angry and paranoid for what remained of my stay.’

Barry Sheppard tells of an incident in Italy: ‘I was in Florence and preparing to move to Venice. I had been to the station to check the train times for 45 the next day and was walking back towards my

2

50

55

hotel when two women approached and pushed a newspaper under my eyes. They spoke quickly and excitedly, pointing violently at a photograph in the paper; I had no idea what they were on about so I just smiled and moved on. A sixth sense made me feel for my wallet, which, of course, was gone. ‘Naturally, the women had disappeared, but a man was hurrying towards me waving my wallet! He turned out to be a local who had seen what was happening and had managed to snatch the wallet back from them. All it cost me was a Campari and soda.’

Match the words from the text 1-6 to the meanings a—f. The line numbers are given in brackets. 1 pointed (7) 2 squirted (13) 3 sticks (14) 4 snatched (16) 5 stalled (20) 6 waving (53)

a drew attention to something by holding out a finger b taken quickly c covered with a liquid (from a tube or similar) d moving the hand from side to side e becomes attached f stopped working

3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from exercise 2. 1 As she walked out of the hotel, a man her bag from her and ran off. 2 We used to use an old washing-up liquid bottle to water at each other. 3 She was shouting excitedly, her certificate in the air. 4 During my driving test my car on a hill and I started rolling backwards. 5 She sat on some chewing gum and it to her jeans. 6 He at the door and told me to get out of his office. 4 Complete the extracts from the text 1-5 with the correct form of verbs from the box. The verbs are the same for a and b. get

have

hold

leave

make

take

0 a In the confusion, many people put their bag down to take off their jacket … b As I helped him pick them up, a pickpocket took my wallet … 1 a When a group of teenagers ran past and around us I tightly onto the camera. b Five minutes later, somebody pointed to the back of my jacket and their nose. 2 a … something like washing-up liquid that sticks and a mess. bI the mistake one morning of looking at a tourist map … 3 a … several readers in touch with their own stories. b Not until I back to my hotel in the evening did I realize what had happened. 4 a Luckily I had my credit cards in the hotel … b I was feeling angry and paranoid for what remained of my stay. 5 a … thinking this might be more than just youngsters fun. b I no idea what they were on about, so I just smiled and moved on.

77

Nothing but the truth

Vocabulary Wordlist on page 208 of the Coursebook

A

Crime and punishment

1 Match the crimes in the box to descriptions 1-5. arson blackmail burglary kidnap pickpocketLig robbery 0 By the time he realized his wallet was missing, it was too late. The bus had stopped and the two men had run off in different directions. uickpocketink 1 Police believe the building may have been burned down by an ex-employee who was sacked from the company three months ago. 2 Three armed men each wearing a stocking over his head, ordered the customers to lie still on the floor while the cashier emptied the safe. 3 We must have left a window open. They took both computers, the television and all my jewellery. The neighbours didn’t hear a thing. 4 Mrs Brandon received a note demanding £1 million in return for the release of her husband 5 He was demanding regular monthly payments of £3,000 in return for his silence over the politician’s affair with his secretary. 2

Complete the text with the correct form of verbs from the box. acquit give order sentence The victims were hoping that all three men would be (1) to at least ten years in prison. However, Brent was the only one to be (2) a prison sentence and he will be behind bars for a maximum of five years. Taylor was to pay a fine of £3,000 and do 300 hours of community service, while (3) Jackson was (4) of all charges and released.

B Paraphrasing Complete each gap with a preposition. The sentence pairs have the same meaning. 1 It could cost thousands to repair. Repair costs could run thousands. perfect. 2 The plan isn’t at all perfect. The plan is far playing tennis. 3 Lara’s a very good tennis player. Lara’s very good sight. 4 We couldn’t see anybody. There was nobody 5 Paul went to the concert alone. 6 You aren’t the only intelligent one.

Paul went to the concert You don’t have a monopoly

his own. intelligence.

C Phrasal verbs Phrasal verb list on pages 130-132 1

Complete each pair of sentences with words from the box. The words are the same for a and b. out of out with up with up to 1 a The chair had been smashed to pieces, but no one owned breaking it. b I look my dad; I admire the way he has made a success of his life. 2 a I’m trying to come a plan to get rich, but nothing legal occurs to me. b Eli’s split

Jim; she couldn’t put

his arrogance any longer.

3 a Joey’s parents finally ran patience and threw him out of the house. b She tried to get paying the speeding fine by claiming she had been rushing her sick mother to hospital. 4 a Paul and Sue have been going

78

b Lucy fell

each other for three years now.

her mum on her birthday and hasn’t spoken to her since.

Nothing but the truth laa 2 Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs from the box. give nod show take tell 1 The teacher me off for shouting and made me stay in during breaktime. 2 I kept off during the film, it was so boring. 3 The hairdryer was off a smell of burning so I stopped using it. 4 I wish you’d stop off about how well you can speak German. off after he won a television talent show. 5 His music career

( Language focus Grammar reference on page 217 of the Coursebook

A Active and passive Complete the sentences with an appropriate active or passive form of the verb in brackets. You may need to use more than one word in each gap. 1 Glenn Lambert (release) from prison yesterday, ten years after (find) guilty of a crime he (not commit). 2 Our car (repair) at the garage at the moment. I (tell) yesterday that it probably (not be) ready until next Friday. 3 A: I (ask) to give a talk at the conference next month. B: So have I. I (not prepare) mine yet. How about you? 4 A: What (happen) to those boys who (catch) spraying paint on the walls of the school last year? B: Don’t you remember? They (make) to clean it all off. It (take) them three days altogether. 5 Three million chocolate bars (produce) at this factory each week. Over one million of these (sell) in the UK, and the rest (export) to other European countries. 6 My great grandfather (give) a beautiful clock when he retired in 1960. When he (die) in 1980, the clock (stop) working; it still (not fix). 7 A Roman necklace, which (think) to be worth over £2 million, (find) last week by Audrey Perham while she (walk) her dog in Queen’s Park, Brighton. 8 There were two of them, both about ten years old. They came into my garden and (destroy) all the flowers. The police still (not do) anything about it. It’s not right — they shouldn’t (allow) to get away with it!

B Passive of reporting verbs Rewrite the sentences beginning with the underlined words. 0 They do not believe that the escaped prisoner is dangerous. The escaped prisoner is not believed to be dangerous. 1 Police know that the family runs a number of illegal businesses. 2 They think that smith broke into several homes. 3 Everyone expects she will be given a life sentence. 4 They say that Robinson is enjoying prison life. 5 It is considered that Corelli was the mastermind behind the crime.

79

10

Nothing but the truth Reading and Use of English

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). A novel programme Inmates in four federal prisons (0) some of Brazil’s most notorious criminals will be able to read up to 12 (1) of literature, philosophy, science or classics to trim a maximum 48 days off their (2) each year, the government announced. Prisoners will have up to four weeks to read each book and write an essay which must ‘(3) correct use of paragraphs, be (4) of corrections, use margins and legible joined-up (5) ‘ said the notice published in the official gazette. A special panel will decide which inmates are eligible to (6) in the programme entitled ‘Redemption through Reading’. ‘A person can (7) prison more enlightened and with an enlarged vision of the world,’ said Sao Paulo lawyer Andre Kehdi, who (8) a book donation project for prisons. 0 A staying 1 A pieces 2 A arrest 3 A take 4 A free 5 A word 6 A involve 7 A release 8 A charges

B locking B works B sentence B put B loose B letter B occupy B leave B rules

C C C C C C C C C

holding parts capture give empty lyric participate liberate heads

D dealing D sections D fine D make D lack D writing D include D outcome D gains

Reading and .‘ Open cloze Use of English

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. House-sitters Nowadays (0) THERE are far too many stories of homeowners who have been away on holiday and come home to find that their house has been broken (1) Unfortunately, simply locking the doors and cancelling the newspapers is (2) enough to keep out burglars. A much better way to prevent your home from (3) burgled is to employ a professional house-sitter, either through an agency (4) by placing an advertisement in a magazine. House-sitters are paid a daily rate (5) around E20, including a food allowance, to live in a house while the owners are away. An extra charge is made if the house-sitter is required to (6) care of one or more pets. Agencies, which charge a considerable fee for their services, accept full responsibility anything which might go wrong. House-sitters are therefore chosen very (7) carefully; as (8) as the usual interview and personal references, inquiries are made about any previous criminal convictions.

80

Nothing but the truth Reading and Use of English

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

CCTV cameras Closed-circuit television cameras are a fact of life in modern Britain. They can be seen in office (0) BUILDINGS shopping centres, areas and even parks, and it is estimated banks, (1) that the average Briton is filmed over 300 times a day. It is believed in certain types of crime, that CCTV leads to a (2) and street violence. Its such as car theft (3) way of improving supporters defend it as an (4)

BUILD RESIDENT REDUCE ROB EFFECT CRIME PRESENT INVADE EVIDENT

security in town centres, and of helping to bring (5) to justice. Civil liberties groups, who object to the (6) of the cameras, feel that they constitute a serious (7) that they of privacy and say that there is little (8) reduce offending.

rReading and 9 Use of English

..

MUM=

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 He’s too short to be a good goalkeeper. ENOUGH He’s

a good goalkeeper.

2 I couldn’t concentrate because it was too noisy. TOO I couldn’t concentrate because

noise.

3 They made him eat alone in the kitchen. MADE He his own in the kitchen. 4 The problem is being dealt with at this very moment. SORTED The problem at this very moment. 5 The witness had invented the whole story. MADE The whole story had

the witness.

6 People say swimming is good exercise for your back. SAID Swimming good exercise for your back.

81

Ti

-0

Nothing but the truth

anWriting

) Informal email

1

Read the following Part 2 instructions and the two answers which were written by students. Which email do you think would be given a higher mark? You have just returned from a holiday abroad, during which something of yours was stolen. Write an email to your penfriend, telling him/her about the incident and what you did to try to recover the stolen item. Write your email in 140-190 words. Student A

Dear Paul I arrive to the station to caught the train to the airport. I feeling sad because of I finish my holiday. I enjoyed with the holiday very much and I didn’t want to come to home. I have decided to go to the shop for to buy some sweets and make me felt happier. I put my suitcase to the ground and paid to the woman for the sweets. I wanted to pick up my suitcase but it was not there anymore! Where was my suitcase? What a shock! Somebody stealed it. Consequently, I feeling sadder. It was a horrible way to finish of a holiday. Helmut Braun

Student B

Dear Esther

How are you? Did you get mg postcard from Italy? You’ll never guess what happened to me after I’d posted it to goal I was walking down the main street on my way to the beach when I heard everyone shouting behind me. I looked round and there on the pavement coming towards me was a young man on a motor scooter. Before I knew what was happening, he had snatched my bag and was riding off into the distance. I started to run after him but it was useless — you know how unfit I ami Anyway. at that moment a car pulled over beside me and the driven who had seen the incident told me to get in. We chased after the thief. and as soon as he realbed he was being followed, he dropped the bag and disappeared. You can imagine how relieved I felt And I was so grateful to the driver — thanks to him my holiday wasn’t ruined. How about you, Esther? Did anything exciting happen on your holiday? Write and tell me all about it Lots of love Angela

82

Nothing but the truth IL_ A Analysis Read the two emails again and answer Yes or No to the following questions A

Content 1 Has the writer answered all parts of the question? 2 Would the reader understand what happened and know what the writer did to try to recover the stolen item? Organization 3 Is the email organized into suitable paragraphs? 4 Are ideas connected with appropriate linking words? 5 Does the email have an appropriate beginning and ending? Language 6 Is there a good range of vocabulary? 7 Has the writer used a variety of tenses? 8 Is the English reasonably accurate? Style and format 9 Is the email written in an informal style? 10 Is the answer clearly set out as an email?

111111111111

B Accuracy Look back at Student As answer. Find the following mistakes and correct them. 1 eight mistakes related to verb forms, e.g. I arrived 2 eight mistakes related to the incorrect use of prepositions, e.g. at the station

C Addressing the reader Look back at Student B’s answer. Underline sentences in which the writer talks directly to the reader of the email.

How are you? D Writing task Now

write your own answer to the question.

Don’t forget! Set your answer out as an informal email. Include suitable opening and closing paragraphs. See pages 14-15 in Unit 1 of the Coursebook for useful language. Use a range of vocabulary and structures when describing what happened. Organize your ideas into logical paragraphs. You could have one paragraph to describe how the item was stolen and another to say how you tried to recover it.

83

Se What on earth’s going on? (Reading and . Gapped text i ar Use of English 1 You are going to read a newspaper article about a shop that does not provide packaging. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences A-G the one which fits each gap 1-6. There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

Unpackaged It sells everything you could ever need for a great meal. There’s only one catch — it won’t give you anything to take it all home in. If you ever catch yourself looking at the kitchen bin guiltily, with its huge pile of plastic packets, cardboard containers and wrappers, you might be interested to know there’s a whole movement that aims to go one better than even recycling: precycling, or cutting out packaging in the first place. Among those at the forefront of this consumer revolution is Unpackaged, a first-of-its-kind shop that avoids all packaging and invites you to provide your own containers to stock up on essentials such as flour, cereals, nuts, pasta, rice and lentils. Simply weigh your container when you arrive so it can be deducted from the overall weight and then get filling. Not only will you save money, but by foregoing packaging you’ll reduce the amount of material waste being either sent to landfills or incinerated. In its large store in Hackney, East London, Unpackaged offers a wide range of products, as well as a bar and café, run by Kate de Syllas, a well-known local chef. She started out doing market stalls specializing in eco products and a small range of wholefoods and nuts. ‘I wanted to see how people reacted. Would they bring their own containers and refill?’ Conway says. ‘It did really well and we ended up with two market stalls, but it was a bit impractical lugging all the stuff around.’ The company has a clear philosophy that includes sourcing organic, fair-trade products where possible, supporting artisan local producers and applying the principles of ‘reduce, reuse, recycle’ to all parts of its operation. 3 As well as using unsold produce in the café, it uses black tiles with erasable white wax pencils instead of printing off labels for products. It even has a solution for that most eco-unfriendly product, the takeaway paper coffee cup, with its The 1000 Cup Countdown’ scheme. Unpackaged has promised to provide 1000 biodegradable cups, each of which comes complete with an REID (radio frequency identification) tag that will tell you more about the company’s aims and if returned, will earn you a free coffee. tra•

84

‘We want to be the local store,’ Conway says. ‘We want them to come here rather than go to a supermarket.’ But at the moment Unpackaged finds its dedicated customers are travelling from all over. ‘They’re coming for the atmosphere as much as what we’re trying to do.’

an RFID t ag The whole point is to take people on a journey with you,’ Conway says. ‘If someone comes in and they’re not green and they don’t have any containers, I don’t want to say that I won’t serve them, because they go away with such an awful view of what we do. Whereas if we say that this time we’ll provide them with a small paper bag and next time they can bring their own, then it takes them two or three goes and they’ll end up bringing their own.’

What on earth’s going on? la A This commitment to reducing waste and packaging is present in every aspect of the store. B With the larger space it can now offer a greater range of products. C When it runs out of them, customers will provide their own takeaway mug or sit in for their morning cappuccino. D But what if someone new to the values of the store wanders in looking for some pasta? E Bring bottles for oils, apple juice, wine and even gin. F She hopes to spend more time developing an own line of Unpackaged products and she also hopes to set up other branches around London. G It was founded by Catherine Conway, who got the idea while pouring rice from a plastic packet into a jar at home.

2 a Complete each pair of sentences with the correct form of words from the box. The words are the same for a and b. catch come de go run 0 a It did really well and we ended up with two market stalls …’ b ‘They’re coming for the atmosphere as much as what we’re trying to do 1 a … there’s a whole movement that aims to one better than recycling. b … it takes them two or three and they’ll end up bringing their own. 2 a Unpackaged has promised to provide 1000 biodegradable cups, each of which complete with an RFID tag … b ‘We want them to here rather than go to a supermarket.’ 3 a Unpackaged offers … a bar and café by Kate de Syllas b When it out of them, customers will provide their own takeaway mug or sit in for their morning cappuccino. 4 a There’s only one — it won’t give you anything to take it all home in b If you ever yourself looking at the kitchen bin guiltily … b Match the meanings 1-5 to the expressions in bold in exercise 2a. 0 it was very successful 1 includes 2 there are none left 3 tries to improve on 4 there’s just one problem 5 they need two or three attempts

it did really well

( Vocabulary Wordlist on page 208 of the Coutsebook A The environment 1

Match 1-6 to a-f to make logical sentences. 1 One of the aims of Greenpeace is to raise 2 I strongly believe that anyone caught dropping 3 The ship’s captain denied he had been dumping 4 Several species of birds and animals face 5 The local authorities talk of the need to recycle 6 Not enough is being done to preserve

a extinction in this country as a result of modern fanning methods. b paper, but they have not provided enough containers to enable us to do this. c awareness of the environmental problems facing our planet. d litter should be ordered to pay a heavy fine. e wildlife in this country. f waste of any kind at sea.

85

What on earth’s going on? 2 Match 1-7 to a-g to form compound nouns. 1 bottle 2 dog 3 greenhouse 4 oil 5 sea 6 exhaust 7 power

a effect b pollution c mess d bank e slick f station g fumes

3 Complete the sentences with compound nouns from exercise 2. 1 are responsible for a great deal of the pollution in our cities. 2 The huge is moving slowly towards Ireland, and several miles of coastline are under threat. 3 It’s almost impossible to walk on the pavement in this city without stepping in , the result of an increase in 4 Global warming is caused by the the amount of carbon dioxide and other gases in the Earth’s atmosphere. 5 Environmentalists have been protesting at the construction of a new nuclear on the outskirts of the city.

B The weather Complete the crossword using the following clues. 1 3 •

5

6

•

7 • 8 9 11

10

Across 1 a long period of time without rain 6 a large amount of water covering an area which is normally dry 7 a very strong wind storm is a very bad one 8 a sea has lots of small 9 a waves caused by the wind 11 rain consists of very small raindrops by 12 ‘Several trees were lightning during the storm.’ 13 a is a short, sudden period of strong wind

Down 2 small hard balls of frozen rain 3 ‘Look at those thick, black — I think it’s going to rain.’ 4 ‘After the earthquake came a wave, which destroyed several houses on the coast.’ 5 a gentle is a very light wind to predict the weather accurately’ 6 ‘You can’t always rely on the weather 10 ‘to with rain’ means ‘to rain very heavily’

86

What on earth’s going on? C Lexical phrases: revision Lexical phrase list on pages 133-134 Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs from the box. Use each verb

twice. get

give

put

take

1 This is the first time I my feet up all day! 2 Would you mind care of our plants while we’re on holiday? 3 I hope they don’t make me a speech at the Christmas dinner. 4 If I had Alana’s email address I in touch with her. 5 Pressure on the minister to resign once the scandal became public. 6 It’s unusual for Paul an interest in sport, but he’s mad about squash. 7 Now that we have children, we rarely the chance to go to the theatre. 8 She read his letter, a deep sigh then tore it up and threw it in the bin.

Language focus Grammar reference on pages 217-218 of the Coursebook

A So, neither and nor 1

Match the statements 1-8 to the replies a-h. I She doesn’t like that type of music. 2 We didn’t enjoy the film. 3 I went swimming last night. 4 My favourite food is pasta. 5 She’s never been abroad. 6 I’d rather go to the cinema. 7 He’s going to the demonstration. 8 I have to do a lot of homework tonight.

a So would I. b I’m not. c Tim does. So did my brother. Neither did they. f We don’t. Neither have I. So is mine.

2 Complete the sentences with so, neither or nor and an appropriate auxiliary verb. 0 He can’t drive and neither can I. I I’m older than Harry, and Stuart. 2 He never writes to me, and Kate. 3 Her parents are going to France, and mine 4 Seamus came to the party, and Patrick. 5 Hermione won’t tell anyone, and I. 6 I’ve already seen that film, and Elisa. 7 I wouldn’t be happy if you went alone, and your father. 8 I’d better go to bed, and you, young man.

87

Er

=111 What on earth’s going on? B Conditionals 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets. 0 If I had (have) more time, I would help (help) you, but I’m afraid I’m just too busy. 1I (buy) you a new pair of football boots as long as you (promise) to look after them properly. 2 Why did you tell your parents? If you (not/say) anything, we (not/get) into trouble. 3 If he (sleep) for less than eight hours he (usually/be) bad-tempered all morning. 4 It’s a shame you weren’t at the party. If you (go), you (meet) my sister. 5 We (finish) top of the league this season, providing we (win) at least one of the last two games. 6 There’s a quicker way to do it. If you (press) ‘Control’ and ‘U’, it (underline) your work as you type. 7 If I (be) you, I (go) to the doctor’s. 8 We (be) there by 6 o’clock this evening unless we (get) stuck in a traffic jam. 9 If we (stop) that taxi earlier, we (be) at home by now.

2 Rewrite the sentences to form second, third or mixed conditional sentences. 0 I don’t have to pay to get into the museum because I’m unemployed. ill wasn’t unemployed. I’d have to pay to Let into the museum. 1 We didn’t go sailing because there wasn’t enough wind. 2 We don’t go abroad on holiday because I’m afraid of flying. 3 He’s broken his leg so he can’t drive. 4 I couldn’t take any photos because I forgot to pack my camera. 5 He isn’t going to the wedding because he hasn’t got a suit. 6 He’s feeling ill because he ate too much last night.

7 She didn’t pass her exams so she couldn’t go to university. 8 They didn’t watch the news so they didn’t hear about the earthquake.

3 Complete the sentences in an appropriate way. 1 If I had to spend a year living abroad, I 2 If I had the power to change one thing in my country, I 3 I probably wouldn’t have met my best friend if 4 I’d be really pleased if 5 I’ll pass the First exam, providing 6 If the computer hadn’t been invented,

88

What on earth’s going on?

[Reading and Use of English MCIa

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Global warming Few people now (0) the reality of global warming and its effects on the world’s climate. Many scientists (1) the blame for recent natural disasters on the increase in the world’s temperature and are convinced that, more than ever before, the Earth is at (2) from the forces of the wind, rain and sun. According to them, global warming is making extreme weather events, such as hurricanes and droughts, even more (3) and causing sea levels all around the world to (4) Environmental groups are putting (5) on governments to take action to reduce the amount of carbon dioxide which is given (6) by factories and power plants, thus attacking the problem at its source. They are in favour of more money being spent on research into solar, wind and wave energy devices. Some scientists, (7) believe that even if we stopped releasing carbon dioxide and other gases into the atmosphere tomorrow, we would have to wait (8) hundred years to notice the results.

0 A hesitate 1 A give 2 A threat 3 A strict 4 A lilt 5 A force 6 A off 7 A whereas

8 A several

B question B put B danger B severe B arise B pressure B away B although B over

C disagree C take C risk C strong C raise

C C C C

persuasion up despite numerous

D concern have harm heavy rise D encouragement over however D various

Reading and Open cloze U ..n se of English ,

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

Light pollution When you gaze up into the sky at night, (0) HOW clearly can you see the stars? According to the British Astronomical Association (BAA), less than 10 per cent of the UK population are fortunate enough (1) observe a clear night sky. For the rest, it is obscured by light from artificial sources (2) as neon advertising signs, car headlamps and street lighting, which throws as much light upwards (3) it does downwards. This is (4) is known as ‘light pollution’, huge amounts of light shone wastefully into the sky, squandering resources and making it difficult (5) us to appreciate the full beauty of the stars. The BAAs Campaign for Dark Skies aims to preserve and restore that beauty ‘(6) campaigning against excessive, inefficient and irresponsible lighting that shines where it is (7) wanted nor needed.’ The light from some of the stars in our galaxy takes thousands of years to reach our eyes. It seems a shame not to be able to welcome it (8) the end of its long journey.

89

.111

What on earth’s going on? leading and Use of English Mara

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. 1 They have postponed the concert until September. PUT The concert

until September.

2 We’ll play badminton later unless it’s windy. LONG We’ll play badminton later as

any wind.

3 Simon missed the early train because he overslept. NOT If Simon had

caught the early train.

4 We’ve had some heavy rain recently. RAINING It

recently.

5 Christina and Fiona both had a good time. SO Christina enjoyed

Fiona.

6 You need to spend longer on your homework. MORE You need to put

(Writing Part 2

your homework.

) Article 1 Read the following Part 2 instructions and the model answer below. You see this announcement in an international magazine: Write your article in 140-190 words.

WRITING COMPETITION The best and the worst The theme of our writing competition this month is the weather. Write an article about your favourite and least favourite weather conditions, telling our readers why you feel the way you do. The best articles will be published in the magazine.

The, highs and. tows of mountain weather yOu lived in the mountains like me, what would., be your favourite type of weather? Glorious sunshine to sunbathe in? Deep snow to ski in?

Surprisingly, perhaps, it’s the rain I most. enjoy. Whether it’s fine or heavy, spitting or pouring, I love wet weather! The rain on my face as I walk across the fields is cool and refreshing and.. alwcuds puts me in a. good, mood… It makes me feet optimistic about the future: after the rain, the sun comes out; after a. shower the countryside is greener; and after my walk there’s the promise of a. warm fire and. a_ cup of hot cocoa.. And. what wot you find, it hard. to put up with? Where I lin it’s the Vita, which blows almost continuously for t.J.Qo weeks every August. Clothes are blown off washing lines, tiles are Nazi off roofs and. athiMiki,g5 such as walking and cycling become very difficult. Who wouldn’t feel bai-tempered. by the end of it mit? But whatever the weather, I know I’d. hate it if it was always the same.

90

What on earth’s going on?

2

The model answer is written in a fairly informal style. Find examples in the anicic the following features. Examples

A relevant title Questions to involve the reader A range of vocabulary related to the weather Elements of informal language, e.g. contractions, phrasal verbs, linking words Examples to illustrate a point Adverbs expressing opinion or attitude 3

The hip/is and lows of mountain weather

Either: a Write your own answer to the question in exercise 1 on page 90, b Write an answer to one of the following questions, in 140-190 words.

or

You see this announcement in an international magazine:

You see this notice in an international magazine: People and places

Competition

We are looking for articles on the following question:

Write an article about a situation when you experienced severe weather conditions, telling our readers how you were affected by them.

How does the climate in your country affect

The best article will win a prize.

The best article

the way people feel and behave?

will be published in our

magazine.

Write your article

Write your article.

Before you write Read more about writing articles on pages 134 and 135 of the Coursebook. Read the following advice about style and do exercise 4 below. In each of the questions above, the article will be written for readers of an international magazine. The style of your writing can be formal, neutral or informal, but it must be consistent throughout the article; in other words, you should not mix different styles in the same piece of writing. 4

The following extracts a—e were each written in answer to one of the three writing questions in exercises I and 3 above. Match each extract to one of the questions. Which of the extracts is not written in a consistent style?

I’ve never really been keen on going out in the snow — and I can’t understand why people get so excited about it. Your feet get soaking wet, your fingers nearly freeze off, and where’s the fun in having a snowball pushed down the back of your neck? I’d love to have enough money to be able to get away from here when it snows.

Moreover: the conbinahon of horsh winters and warm summers has an interesting effect on the personality of those who be in the more remote, rural parts of my country. Inhabitants of these areas tend to withdraw into themselves between December end March becoming shy cnd reserved In spring, however: they undergo a transformation — its really amazing! They’re just so incredbly dfferent — you’d almost tNnk you were in another country! Huge. waves crashe,cL onto the. beach, sending sand and, stones high into the, air. (-ale—force winds caused destruction to buadings along the seafront, and maxte walking in the street extremely difficult. We spent, the day sheiirring in the lounge area of ow- hotel?, wondering when, vi ever, the storm woubd die. down. 91

irr-

@Looking after yourself /Reading and Use of English

Multiple choice You are going to read an article about an Italian cookery writer. For questions 1-6,

choose the answer (A, B, C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

Anna Del Conte Anna Del Conte is the woman who switched the British from tinned spaghetti to authentic Italian cooking. The 87-year-old Italian cookery writer drives, cooks every day and has ‘never, ever bought prepared, prefabricated food’. She is quick and decisive in her conclusions and gestures. Conversation ranges widely from the philosophical to 5 literature, to politics, to gossip about which chefs she rates and which she doesn’t. The only concession she makes to her age is a nap in the afternoon. ‘I work best after 5pm, and 1 read recently that many old people work best at that time,’ she says. 10 Del Conte was born into a Milanese family who appreciated good food. Every day her mother would take her to shop for it in the grand emporia of the nearby via Montenapoleone, where the little girl would be given a wafer-thin slice of Parma ham by the shopkeepers. Her mother, though deeply 15 interested in food, was an intellectual who disdained the humdrum of everyday meal preparation. ‘But she was a great cook. After the war, with no cook, she did it all. That’s why Maria, our family cook, learnt so well.’ Maria was with the family when Del Conte was a child. She loved little Anna, who 20 spent hours in the kitchen helping her. Del Conte was lucky that, unlike an upper-class English girl of that era, for whom the kitchen would have been a forbidden place, and discussing food a social taboo, she gained an early appreciation of the traditional gastronomy of her own region, 25 Lombardy, as well as enjoying Maria’s local dishes from Friuli. And her food education extended beyond choosing the right ingredients in shops: ‘Though I was a city child, we would hunt for wild mushrooms in the woods, and pick dandelion and summer savory in the fields.’ 30 Life in Milan after the war, when her family had lost everything, was far from joyful and, after a spell at university, Del Conte decided to come to England as an au pair. ‘I ate well every day of my life until I came to England,’ she says, for, though she was grateful for the kindness and skilful

92

35 cooking of her hostess in East Molesey, rationing in postwar Britain made it hard to produce anything approaching her diet in the Emilia-Romagna. ‘The 40 food in Britain was terrible. Well, the meat was good, better than it is now, but the rest was terrible — how do you make a pudding when you can 45 only get salted butter?’ she asks. Every Sunday she and her husband would go to church and then to the shops in Soho, among them Lina Stores and Camisa, which served the Italian community in London. 50 While bringing up her children, Del Conte worked part-time. It was in 1973, during a coaching session for Italian A-level, that she casually mentioned to her pupil that her brothers were constantly urging her to write a book of pasta recipes. That night the girl’s father, a publisher, rang up and commissioned 55 Del Conte’s first book, Portrait of Pasta, which appeared in 1976. It was a bold move, as in those days most people in Britain experienced pasta via macaroni cheese or tinned spaghetti. Her second book, the encyclopaedic Gastronomy of Italy, appeared in 1984. More books followed, each clearly 60 written, practical, and with recipes that taste authentically Italian but could be made easily by British cooks. They are full of recipes you want to cook every day. Del Conte has a habit of deflecting praise by changing the subject. When I ask if she is proud of all that she has done 65 for food in Britain (for which she received the Lifetime Achievement Award of the British Guild of Food Writers in 2011) or promoting the understanding of Italian food in Britain (for which she received the Italian Order of Merit in 2010), she simply says, ‘Well, it just happened. I was just there 70 at the right time. I couldn’t do it now, because it has all been done. I was extremely lucky. My … excuse me …»cleverness» was in catching the right moment.’

1 In the first paragraph, the writer suggests that Del Conte A is too fussy about what she eats. B does not work many hours each day. C is very critical of others in her profession. D is not very typical of someone of her age. 2 The phrase ‘disdained the humdrum’ in lines 15-16 suggest that Del Conte’s mother A believed cooking shared certain qualities with music. B felt that cooking was too dull an activity for her. C was too busy to devote much time to cooking. D enjoyed cooking but not all the time.

Looking after yourself 3 What do we learn about Del Conte’s early relationship with food? A Her family background enabled her to eat only the best food. B Her favourite dishes were those based on local ingredients. C She was not allowed to talk about food as a child. D She had a very practical food education. 4 What explanation does Del Conte give for the poor quality of food in postwar Britain? A The dishes were all very similar B There were not many good cooks in Britain. C It was difficult to obtain the right ingredients. D British people were unwilling to cook with foreign produce. 5 What does the writer say about Del Conte’s first book? A Publishing it was a risk. B It was not an immediate success. C She wrote it with her family’s help. D She initially had problems finding a publisher. 6 The impression we gain of Del Conte in the last paragraph is that she is A modest. B ambitious. C intelligent. D dissatisfied. 2 a Cover the reading text. Complete the extracts from the text 1-7 with one word. The words are the same for a and b. 0 a While bringing up her children, Del Conte worked part-time. (50) b That night the girl’s father, a publisher, rang up and commissioned Del Conte’s first book … (53-55) 1 a Del Conte decided to come to England an au pair. (32) I, It was a bold move in those days most people in Britain experienced pasta via macaroni cheese or tinned spaghetti. (56-58) 2 a It was in 1973, during a coaching session for Italian A-level she casually mentioned to her pupil that … (50-52) b I ask if she is proud of all she has done for food in Britain … (64-65) 3 a That’s why Maria, our family cook, learnt so (17-18) b … she gained an early appreciation of the traditional gastronomy of her own region, Lombardy, as as enjoying Maria’s local dishes from Friuli. (23-25) 4 a Her mother, though deeply interested food, was an intellectual … (14-15) b ‘My … excuse me … «cleverness» was catching the right moment.’ (71-72) 5 a Conversation ranges widely from the philosophical … to gossip about chefs she rates and she doesn’t. (4-6) b … promoting the understanding of Italian food in Britain (for she received the Italian Order of Merit in 2010) … (67-69) 6 a The only concession she makes her age is a nap in the afternoon. (6-7) b … her brothers were constantly urging her write a book of pasta recipes. (52-53) 7 a … unlike an upper-class English girl of that era, for whom the kitchen have been a forbidden place … (21-23) I, Though I was a city child we hunt for wild mushrooms in the woods … (27-28) b Now uncover the reading text and check your answers. The line numbers are given in brackets.

93

IF

-El Looking after yourself

Vocabulary Wordlist on page 208 of the Coursebook

A Food and drink 1 Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs from the box. bolt chew drink eat gulp leave sip swallow 1 Come on, up your dinner — don’t any food on your plate. 2 helps break down the food you eat, making it easier to digest. 3 I don’t have a glass for your juice — can you it straight from the bottle? 4 My two-year-old nephew a stone last night and had to go to hospital. 5 You’re supposed to hot tea, not it down in two seconds! 6 She rushed in down her lunch and rushed straight out again.

2 Which word could be used to describe the food in each of the following cases? Match the adjectives in the box to a statement. bitter bland crunchy greasy rich savoury sickly sour spicy stodgy 0 This coffee really needs a little more sugar adding to it. 1 There’s rather a lot of fat on these chips. 2 You’ve put a lot of butter and cream in this sauce.

bitter

3 No, it’s not a sweet dish. It’s got salt and a few herbs in it. 4 I’m sorry, I don’t like this — it’s like eating a lemon. 5 That chocolate mousse was far too sweet — it made me feel quite ill. 6 Sorry about the noise — this celery’s just so fresh. 7 I’m not very keen on curry; it’s too hot for me. 8 The food in our school canteen is very heavy; it takes ages to digest. 9 It hasn’t really got a lot of flavour, has it?

B Health Complete the sentences with a noun or adjective from the box. Nouns: Adjectives:

ache attack bleed decay pressure black runny sore sprained stiff

1 I woke up with a neck this morning. I need to get a new pillow. 2 Is it true that high blood can lead to a heart 3 If your nose is get a handkerchief and blow it. 4 The dentist says I’ve got dental caries — that’s tooth or holes in the teeth. 5 I’ve got a very throat — it really hurts when I swallow. 6 My ankle’s not broken, just •I twisted it coming down the stairs. 7 I ate too much, too quickly and now I’ve got a really bad stomach

8 A boy at school accidentally hit him in the face and gave him a eye. Then he walked into a door and gave himself a nose

94

Looking after yourself C

Have, put, give and take Match 1-8 to a-h to make logical sentences.

2 He had another

a plaster on her cut b an injection in his leg.

3 They put him

c own temperature.

4 She put a

d operation on his leg.

5 6 7 8

They gave him

e his legs in plaster for six weeks.

He gave her

f pill for her headache. g on a course of antibiotics. h a prescription, which she took to the chemist’s.

I He had both

She took a He took his

C Language focus Grammar reference on pages 218-220 of the Coursebook A Reported speech The following comments from two teachers were recorded by Lynda Johnson when doing a survey at school on healthy living. Read the questions and comments and then complete the extracts from Lynda’s report.

What do you do to keep fit? Mr Bracewell: I enjoy all kinds of sport, particularly running — I’m competing in a marathon tomorrow. Ms Hallam: I do aerobics every morning, but I’m thinking of taking up jogging instead.

Can you give us any advice about what to eat? Mr Bracewell: Personally, Teat a lot of carbohydrates because of my running, but in general, a balanced diet is the best way to stay healthy. Ms Hallam: The advice I always give to my students is that they shouldn’t eat snacks between meals. And of course, everyone should eat a balanced diet. Do you think diets are a good way to lose weight? Mr Bracewell: I don’t know — I’ve never needed to go on one! Ms Hallam: I went on a diet once and I lost about five kilos. I wouldn’t do it again, though — I like eating too much. Healthy living As part of a project on healthy living, I spoke last week to Mr Bracewell, the French teacher, and Ms Hallam, who teaches biology, and I asked them to comment on various aspects related to this topic. Firstly, I asked both teachers what (0)

they did to keep fit

. Mr Bracewell

said he enjoyed all kinds of sports, particularly running: he added that (1) . Ms Hallam said (2) instead. every morning, but that (3) When I asked them (4) any advice about what to eat, both teachers recommended (5) a balanced diet. Ms Hallam said that she always advised (6) snacks between meals, and Mr Bracewell commented that he ate a lot of carbohydrates because of his running. I then asked the teachers (7) a good way to lose weight. Mr Bracewell replied that he did not know, because (8) Ms Hallam said that (9) and had lost five kilos. She went on to say that (10) however, as she (11) too much.

95

Looking after yourself B Reporting verbs Underline the correct alternative. 1 The waitress suggested/recommended me to try the oven-baked salmon. 2 Martin’s personal trainer encouraged/threatened him to run a marathon. 3 A friend of mine has offered/invited me to stay at his house in Brighton. 4 Tara’s teacher warned/refused her not to go outside without her coat on. 5 Joe’s mum explained/reminded him to get off the bus at the train station. 6 For Luke’s birthday, I suggested/promised going up in a hot-air balloon. 7 My tennis coach persuaded/recommended I wear a shirt made of cotton. 8 Who told/said you to end every line in this exercise with the letters ‘on’?

C Countable and uncountable nouns Cross out the alternative which cannot be used. 1 Have you heard any/a/the news about the accident? 2 I didn’t speak a large number/a great deal/a lot of English when I was in London. 3 Many/Several/Every people in our neighbourhood have complained about the smell from the factory. 4 They didn’t give us very much advice/suggestion/information about where to look for a cheap guest house/hotel/accommodation in the town. 5 Could you pass me a piece/bar/slice of bread, please? 6 A: Would you like some/any/few more chips? B: No, thanks. I’ve already got plenty/much/enough. 7 We haven’t got no/any/much cheese left. Could you buy a few/a little/some on your way home tonight? 8 Come on, let’s go out for a meal. We’ve still got a little/little/plenty of money. 9 I think I’ll have some more/another/any more coffee. 10 Don’t put too much/another/any more chicken in my sandwiches. A couple of slices is plenty.

‘Reading and Open cloze se of English ,

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

Dining alone The growing trend in UK restaurants (0) NOT to accept reservations has a fortunate side-effect for the lone diner. A no-reservations policy can lead ( 1) queues forming outside the more popular restaurants as diners wait (2) a table to become available. Understandably, perhaps, some are far from happy about having to stand outside a doorway (3) settling down to a relaxing meal. People in parties of four or more often have a long wait. (4) those who choose or are forced to dine alone usually have (5) trouble at all getting a table and are seated almost immediately. This is obviously good news for solo diners, (6) now make up a significant percentage of the restaurant-going public in the UK. ‘A table for one, please’ is now a common request to waiters, and people sitting (7) their own are no longer made to feel as if they are rather odd. They can hold up their head with confidence of trying to avoid unwelcome stares from fellow diners. (8)

96

Looking after yourself ‘Reading and Use of English

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. A knee operation My brother took part in a skiing (0) COMPETITION recently. He

COMPETE

INJURE didn’t win any medals but he did receive a bad knee (I) DIFFICULT He fell quite badly and for weeks afterwards he had (2) walking properly. He eventually had to go into hospital for an operation, from which he’s currently recovering at home. He’s been told to keep his WEIGH off the leg, so he spends his day on the sofa, reading (3) and watching films. of mobility will be good for him; he’s This temporary (4) in most always rushing around, getting stressed out. (5) people can resume cases, as long as there are no (6) their normal activity within a few weeks of the operation. He says he’s and he’s convinced hell be back already noticed an (7) I think at work by the end of the month. To tell the (8)

LOSE APPEAR COMPLICATE IMPROVE TRUE

he should wait a little longer — he really could do with the break.

«Reading and Use of English

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS 1 I am not sure exactly how deep the harbour is. EXACT of the harbour. I am not sure 2 We could not choose where we sat in the classroom. HAD We we sat in the classroom. 3 Although the bus arrived late, we managed to get there on time. DESPITE We managed to get there on time,

of the bus

4 She gave me very little help with the homework. NOT She did help with the homework 5 ‘Don’t swim too far out,’ she warned him. WARNED She swim too far out. 6 ‘Did you buy a bandage, Tom?’ asked Graham. HAD Graham asked Tom

a bandage

97

IF

Min Looking after yourself ) Review, article and informal letter

(Writing MKS

A Planning Match the writing questions 1-3 to the paragraph plans A—C. 1 You have seen this notice in your college’s English-language magazine: Reviews needed We would like our readers to send us reviews of good or bad restaurants. Write about a restaurant you have been to recently. In your review, describe the restaurant and your meal, and say why you did or did not enjoy eating there. The best reviews will be published in the ; next edition.

Write your review in 140-190 words.

2 You have seen this announcement in an international magazine: The perfect meal Write us an article describing your perfect meal. Where would you have it? Who would you be with? What would you eat? Don’t forget to give reasons for your choices. The best articles will be published in next month’s magazine.

Write your article in 140-190 words.

3 Last weekend several of your relatives came to your home for a family meal to celebrate an important event. Write a letter to your English friend, telling him/her what you were celebrating and describing what you ate. You should also mention some things that happened during the celebrations. Write your letter in 140-190 words. A

Title (e.g. Saying it with fish) Introduction (lively) saying where (‘Blue Waves’ seafood restaurant) and who with (parents)

a Brief description of restaurant (name, location. type of food served) and say ‘Worst meal rve ever had Describe slow service. ror4e waiter bud background MO3C (and perhaps, no heating)

Give reason for the place (our favourite food, best seafood restaurant in town) and the people (way of saying thank you) Describe food and give reasons: crab (love it, never cook it at home), Bacalhau a Bras (cod — reminds me of holiday in Portugal) Closing comment — no better way to say thank you to parents for all they’ve done.

Describe meek tasteless soup, tough meat cold vegetables ci Closing connel ifb saying I would not recommend the restaurant to anyone

i. 01)64l/le: thav6le for loIrthdau card. MentIopt igth birtholad meal.

2 Stieft.0 sau who was there. Describe what ate — great! 3 ONt OY two paragraphs Oil. what happetottOl e.g. a cooa thitkos: surprise guest OVA /or presewt; saine spines/Sad& games b Sad thi.ings: sonteowe frLL ill; favuild argument 4 EaLg ask about frieputs igth bixthclau

98

Looking after yourself B Writing 1 When writing your answer you should aim to include various ‘ingredients’. Match each writing type 1-3 to the appropriate list of ‘ingredients’ a-c. 1 Review a

b

c

2 Article

3 Informal letter

• interesting title to attract the reader’s attention direct statements and questions addressed to the reader a lively, informal style to interest and engage the reader • appropriate opening and closing formulae informal language and expressions informal linking words, e.g. and, but, so • a clear statement of your opinion a range of appropriate adjectives to show opinion a recommendation

2 Write an answer to one of the questions in Planning on page 98 in 140-190 words. You may follow the relevant plan (A-C) or you may write your own. You should aim to include the relevant ‘ingredients’ from exercise 1 above. For more information on each of the writing types you should look again at the Ready for Writing section in the Coursebook, as well as the following units:

Reviews Articles Informal letters and emails

3

4,9 2, 6, 10 1, 7

7 3,11 1, 10

Write an answer to one of the questions below. Choose a different writing type to the one you chose in exercise 2. Don’t forget to make a plan before you start to write.

Timing In the exam you will have approximately 40 minutes to write each answer. Try following these guidelines when writing your answer to the question below: Make a plan 5 minutes Write your answer 30 minutes Check your work 5 minutes

a You have seen this notice in your college English-language magazine: Reviews needed Do you regularly go to a gym or a sports centre? If so, could you write us a review? Include information on the equipment, facilities and customer service and say whether you would recommend the place to other people. The best reviews will be published in the next edition.

Write your review in 140-190 words.

b You have seen this announcement in an international magazine: How to beat stress Write an article giving us your tips for beating stress at work or in your studies. In particular, we’d like you to tell us: how you prevent yourself from getting stressed. how you relax and unwind If you’re feeling stressed. The best articles will be published in next month’s magazine.

Write your article in 140-190 words. You recently decided to lead a more healthy lifestyle. Write a letter to your pen friend describing the changes you have made and telling him/her what benefits you have noticed so far. Write your letter in 140-190 words.

99

® Animal magic Reading and Use of English

Gapped text 1 You are going to read an article in which a woman talks about her childhood. Six sentences have been removed from the article. Choose from the sentences AG the one which fits each gap (1-6). There is one extra sentence which you do not need to use.

Growing up in the countryside Comedian Jo Brand recalls an idyllic childhood.

In 1962, when I was four, we moved from Clapham in south London to Kent. Back then it was all fields and apple orchards. For the first couple of years we lived on a modern estate, full of typical, boring three-bedroom houses with square lawns, a fence and a garden shed. But compared to ClaPham it was 5 idyllic and we virtually skipped to school. For us children, the excitement of moving to Kent was to do with being close to rabbits, foxes and different kinds of birds. We were always on the lookout for injured animals we could take care of. One day my father ran over a badger on his way home from work Dad knew he shouldn’t leave him in agony For some reason he had a garden spade in his car boot He took it out and tried 10 to kill the badger by hitting him on the head. My father had the city person’s disease around animals, which means you can’t bear to be cruel even when you’re trying to be kind.A fanner came along, took the spade and with one blow put the badger out of his misery. During the summer holidays after my first year at primary school. I was playing with my brothers, Matt and Bill, in the garden when we found an 15 injured hare. A cardboard box was found, and an appointment made at the vet, who said the hare had broken his leg. He put it in a splint and told us what to feed him and how to care for him. By this time, the three of us had named the hare Harold. He was put into a rabbit hutch in the garden and we fought over whose turn it was to feed 20 him dandelion leaves. After a couple of weeks we were allowed to take the splint off and he started to hop about the garden. I thought he’d stay with us and be our pet The three of us started shrieking and I started crying. Although it happened quickly in my memory it’s like that bit in slow motion from the film Chariots of Fire, when they’re all training on the beach. 5 1 She caught Harold in mid-air with one 25 hand on each leg, and landed in next-door’s garden. He stayed for another week or so. It was a huge tragedy

Midway through my first week back at school, I came home and he was gone.

A But he didn’t have the heart to do it.

B There’s even music playing in my head as I picture my mother starting to run, then hurdling over the fence. C So we called out to Mum, who was busy in the kitchen, and asked her to help. D My mother took pity on him, placed him in a box and took him straight to the vet. E He got out of the car and saw he was badly hurt but still alive. F Then our parents told us that wild animals don’t want to stay cooped up in a hutch like a pet. G But one evening, while we were playing with him, he made a bid for freedom and dashed off towards the fence.

100

Animal magic IL.

2 a Cover the reading text. Complete the extracts from the text 1-8 with a preposition from the box. for (x2) of on (x2) out of over through with 1 The excitement of moving to Kent was to do being close to rabbits, foxes and different kinds of birds. (6-7) the lookout for injured animals we could take care 2 We were always • (7) a badger on his way home from work. (7-8) 3 One day my father ran 4 A fanner came along, took the spade and with one blow put the badger his misery. (11-12) 5 He put it in a splint and told us what to feed him and how to care him. (16-17) my first week back at school, I came home and he was gone. (26) 6 Midway him, placed him in a box and took him straight to the 7 My mother took pity vet. (D) 8 But one evening … he made a bid freedom and dashed off towards the fence. (G)

b Now uncover the text and check your answers. The line numbers are given in brackets. 3 Match the meanings a-h to the expressions in bold in exercise 2a. took pity on a felt sorry for b kill an animal that is suffering c related to in the middle of e tried to escape f hit with a vehicle watching carefully in order to find look after and

( Vocabulary Wordlist on page 208 of the Coursebook

A The arts

f

Across 1 a person who creates objects out of materials such as wood, stone or metal 4 you go to the theatre to see one 6 Romeo dies in the third of Act V of Shakespeare’s play Romeo and Juliet. 7 operas are performed in an opera 8 a painting showing a view of the countryside 10 you go to an art gallery to see an of paintings Down 1 the area in a theatre on which the actors perform 2 adjective to describe a painting or other object which is extremely valuable 3 a large group of musicians who play many different instruments together 4 a painting of a person 5 a person who writes music, especially classical music 7 a concert is a place where concerts are given 9 collective noun for actors in 4 across

101

Animal magic Paraphrasing Complete the second sentence in each pair with a word from the box. The sentence pairs have the same meaning. attention branch criticism doubt face fetch question stir 1 Punk gave music a new feel. 2 I am very sure about that. 3 The theft causes us to consider security. 4 Some have disapproved of the film. 5 The play created a lot of excitement. 6 People talked a lot about the book. 7 I want to write different types of things. 8 How much was the artwork sold for?

Punk changed the of music. I am in no about that. The theft raises the of security. The film has come in for some The play caused a great The book became the focus of I want to out in my writing. How much did the artwork

C Parts of animals Complete the sentences with nouns from the box. beak claws feather fin fur gills hooves mane paw whiskers 1 Amy was the first to spot the shark; she saw its sticking out of the water. 2 This bird uses its thick, heavy to crack open and eat large seeds and nuts. 3 With his bushy beard and thick of brown hair, he reminded me of a lion. 4 My new digital camera is small, very thin and as light as a 5 They created the sound of horses’ by hitting two coconut halves together. 6 I hate it when the cat comes and sits on my lap, then suddenly digs its sharp into my leg. 7 If you hold your hand out in front of the dog, he’ll give you his as if he’s shaking hands with you. 8 I’m strongly opposed to the killing of animals to make coats. 9 I read that cats usually have 24 12 on each side of their face. 10 Most aquatic animals use to breathe underwater.

D Verbs followed by prepositions Complete the sentences with the correct prepositions. 1 I’d like to congratulate Ruth gaining promotion and thank her ‘ all her hard work in this department. 2 You criticize me what I wear and prevent me doing what I want. It’s not fair! 3 Instead of apologizing crashing into the back of my car, he accused me driving carelessly and blamed me causing the accident. 4 I’ve already told you off twice making a lot of noise. I can’t concentrate what I’m doing. 5 Please forgive me breaking your vase. I insist buying a replacement.

102

Animal magic an

C Language focus

)

Grammar reference on pages 220-221 of the Coursebook A Hypothetical situations 1

Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb in brackets. 1 I wish I (have) a car. I’m fed up with having to walk everywhere. 2 I wish you (not/make) so much noise. I’m trying to concentrate. (bring) my swimming costume. 3 The sea looks wonderful. If only I (know) how to fix it. 4 The printer’s not working. I wish I 5 I wish it (stop) raining. I want to go to the shops. (not/tell) anyone about it yet. 6 I’d rather you 7 My wife wants to go to Italy on holiday, but I’d rather (go) to Spain. 8 It’s time I (buy) some new shoes These ones have got holes in them.

2 What would you say in each of the following situations? Complete the sentences. 0 Your exams are in two weeks’ time and you haven’t done any revision yet. started revising for my exams It’s high time I I Your classmate hasn’t got a watch and is always asking you what time it is. It’s about time you 2 Your friend said he’d phone you at 8.30, but there’s a film on TV which starts at 8.15. I’d rather you 3 You’re trying to tell your brother something but he keeps interrupting. I wish you 4 You have an exam on Saturday so you won’t be able to watch the cup final. I wish 5 Someone stole your video camera on holiday. It wasn’t insured. If only B Prepositions and gerunds Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word in brackets. Do not change the word in brackets. Write four words in each gap, including the word in brackets. 0 Paul teaches English and he also does some translation work. (addition) Paul does some translation work in addition to teaching English. I Don’t pay for it all now; you can make monthly payments. (instead) You can make monthly payments it all now. 2 Naomi felt ill but we still played tennis. (despite) We played tennis well. 3 Even though Mike’s unemployed, he can still afford to go on holiday. (spite) Mike can still afford to go on holiday, unemployed. 4 We missed the start of the film because Josh arrived at the cinema late. (result) We missed the start of the film as a to the cinema late. 5 She brought up three children on her own and looked after her sick Father, too. (well) She brought up three children on her own care of her sick father.

103

13 Animal magic (Reading and Use of English Part 1

Multiple-choice cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer (A, B, C or D) best fits each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Raining animals There are (0) examples of strange occurrences in the animal world, and none more bizarre than those which (1) animals falling from the sky. Showers of fish have been reported on various (2) throughout history, including as recently as 2010 in the remote Australian town of Lajamanu. Hundreds of small white fish, many of them still alive, were seen falling from rainclouds over the (3) of two days. It is believed the fish were (4) up by a small whirlwind during a thunderstorm and then (5) on the confused residents of the small desert town, which is over 300 miles from the nearest river. A similar explanation was (6) for the downpour of frogs in Ralthczifalva, Hungary, in June 2010; and the shower of worms in Jennings, Louisiana, in July 2007. (7) experts remain uncertain of the causes of the clouds of dead tadpoles which fell on the Japanese region of Ishikawa throughout June 2009, as there had been no reports of (8) winds around that time. 0A IA 2 A 3 A 4A 5 A 6A 7A 8A

Reading and Use of English

plenty consist events course sipped fallen brought Furthermore hard

B wide B compose B occasions B way B risen B loaded B done B However B tall

C C C C C C C C C

numerous involve times gap bolted dumped given Equally thick

D full D interest D incidents D path D sucked D tripped D put D Additionally D strong

Open cloze For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS. Animal mummies Over the centuries millions of animal mummies (0) HAVE been discovered in Egypt, either lying alongside human mummies, or in their own separate cemeteries. But why were they put there? Some, it seems, were pets; in the same way that possessions were buried (1) the use of the dead in the afterlife, a favourite cat, dog or monkey would (2) sacrificed in order to keep the deceased company there. Other animals, however, were intended (3) gifts to the gods; a crocodile to please Sobek or a cow for Hathor. Whole catacombs were dedicated to particular animals, such as cats, dogs or birds, (4) were buried in large numbers, possibly to mark a religious festival. (5) animal was considered too small or insignificant for mummification: snakes, beetles, fish of all sizes and even the eggs of birds and reptiles. (6) animal mummies were clearly very important to the ancient Egyptians, few studies have been carried out on the subject, perhaps because (7) has always been more interest (8) human mummies.

104

Animal magic ‘Reading and Use of English Part 3

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

North-Eastern Art The North-East of England has developed something of a reputation for unusual works of public art, and large metallic (0) SCULPTURES

SCULPT

are now fairly commonplace in the region. The best known of these is the 200-ton steel figure, Angel of the North, erected in Gateshead at the cost of £800,000. Many local people were

(1)

CONSIDER

to spend such a large sum of money on a 65-foot metal structure. Nevertheless, the Angel is one of the most frequently viewed artworks in the (3) world, seen (4) by over 90,000 passing motorists. A

DECIDE

horrified at the (2)

number of (5)

in Hartlepool were similarly upset when

they were greeted one day by the (6)

of 15 giant,

POSSIBLE DAY RESIDE SEE

metal balls on a traffic roundabout in the to’wn centre. They described the payment of £70,000 for the spheres as (7)

and felt RESPONSIBLE

the money should have been spent on something which would be more directly (8)

(Reading and Use of English

BENEFIT

to the local population.

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write your answers IN

CAPITAL LETTERS. 1 The president offered his congratulations to the players when they won the cup. CONGRATULATED The president

the cup.

2 ‘I’m sorry I’m late,’ said Adrian to Chrissie. APOLOGIZED Adrian

late

3 ‘Elena, you’ve left mud on the carpet!’ said her father. ACCUSED Elena’s father

mud on the carpet.

4 It is not new for teachers to be criticized by parents. ABOUT There is nothing from parents.

in for criticism

5 I’m sorry I didn’t continue with my piano lessons. NOT I wish

up my piano lessons.

6 I should have listened to my parents’ advice. ATTENTION If only

my parents’ advice.

105

Animal magic (Writing traun

) Read the Writing questions below. Before you write any answers, do the preparation exercises on page 107.

v_ V.10

to

Part 1

is Seel

……

You must answer this question. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

1 In your English class you have been talking about the relevance of museums to young people. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

essau ctutesttow etitotAgh to tinterest uotking

?topic

There is at Li& wcusetAviks. Do uout agree?

Notes Write about tors of exhitiits 2 what Likterests uouting peapte (uotkr ows. tolea) 3

……………………………….

Write your essay.

Part 2 Write an answer to one of the questions 2-4 in this part. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

2 You are studying in England and you see the following advertisement in a local newspaper:

TEMPORARY WORK IN A PET SHOP We require a part-time shop assistant for three months. Duties include: feeding and caring for pets,serving in shop, advising customers on animal care. love and knowledge of animals essPntial previous experience of shop work preferred Foreign students welcome: must have reasonable level of spoken English Contact: Mr P Sayers.

Write your letter of application to Mr Sayers.

3 The school where you learn English has decided to organize a day trip to a place of cultural or historical interest. You have been asked to write a report for the principal suggesting places to visit. In your report you should explain what students would learn from and enjoy about going to these places. Write your report.

4 You see the following advertisement in a magazine for pet lovers. Writing Competition We would like to receive your articles with the following tide:

MY SPECIAL FRIEND Write to us about your pet, telling our readers how it came to be in your family

and what makes it so special. The writer of the best entry will receive a year’s supply of food for their pet.

Write your article.

106

Animal magic an A Ideas for Part 1 The following comments were made in answer to the three points in the Notes for question 1. Tick those comments which agree with the statement in the essay question and put a cross X next to those which disagree. The first one has been done for you. 1 a Increasingly, museums offer exhibits which are interactive and fun. X b There are too many uninteresting objects in glass cases. c Pushing buttons to make lights flash does not always capture a child’s imagination. 2 a Teenagers would rather play video games than visit a museum. b Being young does not mean you cannot appreciate great works of art. c Young people are not interested in spending a morning looking at paintings. 3 a Many museums provide workshops specifically designed for children. b Art museums should do more to bring paintings to life. c Some museums put on plays representing important moments in history

B

Language preparation

1

Complete the sentences 1-10 with the correct phrases from the box. have no experience of aim of this report a large number of a great deal about my opinion option would be to I like most about her express an interest that struck me people believe that is to offer suggestions for … 1 The ,museums could do more to capture young people’s interest. 2 In working in a pet shop, I spent the last two summers 3 Although I helping my uncle in his newsagent’s. about her was her lovely smooth fur. 4 The first thing young people find museums boring. S Some life in the Middle Ages on the trip. 6 Students would learn is her lively nature and almost limitless energy. 7 What in the job I saw advertised in the York Gazette. 8 I am writing to visit the Roman Palace near Chichester. 9 One museums do offer engaging activities for children. 10 However

2 In answer to which question (1-4) is each sentence written? Sentence I, Question 3

Writing task Write an answer to the Part 1 question. Then choose one of the Part 2 questions and write an answer. For more information on each of the writing types you should look again at the Ready for Writing section in the Coursebook, as well as the following units:

h-lattlf/fle Essay Letter of application Report Article

177a 3, 5, 8 2 4, 12 2, 6, 10,

‘

107

Mind your language cReading and Multiple choice Use of English 4 You are going to read a newspaper article about body language. For questions 1-6, IEZZr2 choose the answer (A, B. C or D) which you think fits best according to the text.

The truth behind body language Non-verbal actions can send different — and more genuine — messages than words, discovers Karen Haineworth Words convey the messages that we want others to hear, but our bodies may tell a different story. Whether we express our problems 5 to our colleagues with a hunched back and sad, downcast eyes, or our enthusiasm for life with a cheerful spring in our step, our bodies are constantly sending out messages. And understanding these clues that we unavoidably offer each other is an essential part of effective communication. 10 ‘People vary enormously in their ability to detect non-verbal cues,’ says Dr Peter Bull, psychologist at the University of York. ‘Those who tend to be good at detecting emotions and getting the timing right when raising tricky subjects are usually picking up others’ moods through these non-verbal clues,’ he says. ‘But it’s important to be emotionally intelligent when dealing with the real messages that are coming through. There’s little point in being a skilled decoder of subtle signals if your colleagues’ more 15 genuine emotions overwhelm you with anxiety, anger or irritation.’ The ability to manipulate your own body language is suggested as an essential skill when it comes to making a good impression. ‘If you’re aiming to communicate interest and enthusiasm at an interview, for example, confident body language can help to convey a message that is consistent,’ says Bull. ‘General facial cues suggesting alertness, while showing that you are listening, can help. And your tone 20 of voice should be lively and interested.’ Though we can portray a false emotion to a certain extent, few can fool a skilled observer, who is likely to detect the micro-expressions that we constantly make. We may smile when we are miserable, but a body language expert will know we’re faking it. Genuine smiles use the tiny muscles around the eyes, but a false smile involves only the mouth. 25 It’s not that difficult to modify grosser signals, however. And we can make a good start by developing a level of self-awareness. ‘It’s important to listen to what our own bodies are doing,’ says Dr Betty Rudd, the chartered counselling psychologist. If you want to give the impression of confidence at work, first recognize how much space you are taking up. ‘Think about letting go of the tension in your muscles; allow the floor or the chair to take their weight,’ says Rudd. ‘Think of your back spreading out and 30 widening and lengthening.’ And she suggests maintaining eye contact with the person you are dealing with, rather than constantly averting your gaze. ‘These little things can make a huge impact and you will feel more grounded and secure,’ she says. Once you become aware of these subtle signs, you increase your power to communicate effectively. When your body is saying the same thing as your words, it shows consistency or congruence and that 35 has enormous impact. But people will often use incongruence to get less comfortable information across. They may say something that makes them sound quite interested in you, but their body language suggests they are not,’ says Bull. ‘They may feel they cannot come out and say, «I’m not interested», so what they do is say it through a lukewarm, uninterested non-verbal style.’ Decoding the real message can be a tricky business and becomes even more complicated when different 40 cultures begin to mix. But whether that’s the culture of a country or company, you can avoid putting your foot in it by watching others closely and observing the subtleties of non-verbal cues, while noting the unspoken messages that accompany the words

108

Mind your language In the first paragraph we are told that A it is inadvisable to express our true feelings through our posture. the words we speak are inconsistent with the gestures we make. C a correct interpretation body language is important for communication. D our body is the only true indicator of meaning. 2 Dr Bull says that an understanding of body language needs to be accompanied by A a suitable emotional response. an ability to talk about difficult topics. C a tendency to express one’s emotions. an appropriately high level of intelligence. 3 In an interview situation, Dr Bull says it is important to A be more attentive than usual. ensure your whole face is visible. C speak in a high-pitched voice. use appropriate body language.

1

4 What is meant by ‘we’re faking it’ in line 23?

A we are incapable of laughing we are making fun of others C we are trying to cheer ourselves up we are pretending to be happier than we really are 5 What does Dr Rudd say to people who want to appear confident? A Spread out your whole body to occupy a large space. Adopt a casual posture when standing or sitting. C Avoid looking away from people you are talking to. Imagine you are sitting or lying down. 6 According to Dr Bull, some people use body language A to express what they dare not say openly. to show how uncomfortable they feel. C to hide their true feelings for someone. to conform to the rules of their culture.

2 Complete column A below by writing the noun form of the words for 1-8. All the nouns appear in the reading text. Then complete comumn B by writing the noun form of the words for 9-16. Use the same suffixes as in column A. enthusiastic anxious angry irritate able alert confident weigh subtle

optimistic weak various credible certain persistent complicate complain hungry

enthusiasm 1 2 3

4 5 6 7 8

optimism

9 10

11 12 13 14 15 16

(Vocabulary Phrasal verb list on pages 130-132; Lexical phrase list on pages 133-134

A Phrasal verbs with turn Complete the sentences with particles from the box. down

into

off

on

out

up

because the salary was so low. 1 They offered her the job but she turned it until 7. 2 I was furious! We arranged to meet at 6 o’clock, but he didn’t turn a cinema. 3 This building was a dance hall before they turned it the television and spends the next three 4 As soon as he gets up, he turns hours watching the cartoons. that we both went to the same school. 5 We got talking, and it turned this road at the last set 6 We’ve gone too far. We should have turned of traffic lights.

109

t Mind your language B Expressions with turn Match 1-8 to a-h. 1 My great-grandfather lived to 106. 2 My mum’s feeling a little depressed. 3 She looked extremely cold. 4 Let’s check the homework. s She knew we’d been up to no good. 6 I did the washing up yesterday. 7 She helped me so I’ll help her. She rushed to the hospital to be with him.

a Her face and hands had turned blue. b Turn to page 42, everyone. c He was born at the turn of the last century. One good turn deserves another. e She’s just turned 40. f His condition had taken a turn for the worse. It’s your turn to do it today. She turned a blind eye to it, though.

C Revision Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs from the box. Use each verb twice. do

get

give

make

put

take

He cut himself quite badly, so he was taken to hospital, where he was given an anti-tetanus injection. 1 Recently we’ve been having problems our son to his homework. 2 I had considered research, until I found out just how much time and effort I would need to into it. 3 A lot of these off-piste skiers are selfish; as well as their own lives at risk, they endanger those of the rescue services who are called out to help them when they into trouble. 4 Check your work after you’ve finished to sure you haven’t any silly mistakes. 5 His exam marks are always good but he usually the impression in class that he isn’t any notice at all of what I’m saying.

D Expressions with make and do Match 1-7 to a-g. Complete the sentences with the correct form of make or do. Example:! e 1 He could do so much better. He just needs 2 He nothing but watch television. He could 3 His bedroom could with a clean. He has 4 He should some physical exercise. It’ll s He’ll need to up his mind soon what 6 I missed the speech he but I know it had 7 I’m not sure what job he now but I know

110

a he a good living from it. b course he wants to c something to with art. d help me the housework. e to mob, more effort. I such a mess in it. him good.

Mind your language a

( Language focus Grammar reference on page 221 of the Coursebook

A Compound adjectives Write phrases containing compound adjectives to describe 1-9. a British-trained doctor 0 a doctor who received his training in Britain 1 a car which they make in Spain 2 a guide who speaks Russian 3 a company which has its base in London 4 a supermarket chain whose owners are French 5 6 7 8 9

a cruise lasting ten days a woman who is 29 a book with 650 pages a film lasting four hours a conference from 26th to 28th March inclusive

B Expressing purpose 1 The following sentences tell a story about Ma. Match the actions 1-9 to the reasons a-i. Example: 1 c

2

Action

Reason

1 Ana went to Dublin last month.

a She thought it might be cold there.

2 She went on her own, without her Spanish friends,

b She didn’t want her parents to worry about her.

3 She took a lot of warm clothes.

c She wanted to study English.

4 Her host family had learnt a few words of Spanish.

d She might go back to Ireland next year.

5 Ana hired a car in Dublin.

e She didn’t want to speak any Spanish.

6 She bought some guidebooks.

I She might not have understood any English.

7 She phoned home a few times.

g She doesn’t want to forget what she learnt.

8 She’s just signed up for an English course in Madrid.

h She wanted to see the rest of the country.

9 She has kept her guidebooks.

i She wanted to be able to read about the different places before visiting them.

Join each pair of sentences from exercise 1 using expressions of purpose from the box. Make any other necessary changes. in case 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

in order

(not) to

so as

so that

Ana went to Dublin last month in order to study English.

111

M3 Mind your language C Ability In five of the sentences there is a mistake in the part which is underlined. Find the mistakes and rewrite the sentences so that they are correct. 1 I could dance like that when I was your age. 2 Trevor could mend the washing machine yesterday; it’s working perfectly now. 3 I couldn’t do the homework last night — it was far too difficult. 4 He could hear someone moving about in the kitchen. He went downstairs to investigate. 5 I offered to help him but he said he could do it on his own. 6 I’ve never could swim very well. 7 I don’t understand why he’s the manager he’s incapable to organize anything. 8 Did von manage to get in touch with Stephen last night? 9 Jane’s very busy, so she won’t can come until later. 10 They didn’t succeed to get into the final last year; they were beaten 3-1 in the semi-finals.

c Reading and Open cloze Use of English f Part 2

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

A terrifying ordeal Kevin Nicolle was (0) ON his way home after visiting friends when disaster struck, and his quiet Sunday afternoon drive (1) into a terrifying 135mph ordeal. The accelerator on his car jammed and the brakes failed. For almost 60 miles, Nicolle, 25, desperately tried to avoid crashing (2) lorries and other cars. As he passed the town of Think, he took his foot off the accelerator, but the car speeded up (3) of slowing down. ‘The pedal was stuck to the floor. I was terrified, hysterical and crying,’ he said. Nicolle called the police, (4) sent four patrol cars and a helicopter. For a while he was able to bring his speed down to 70mph (5) using the brakes, but they soon burnt out. ‘I couldn’t turn the ignition off because it would have disabled the power steering and made it even (6) dangerous,’ he said. As he drove, he sounded his horn and flashed his lights (7) warn other vehicles. (8) the end, Nicolle crashed and turned his car over when attempting to avoid a queue of cars at a roundabout. He left the car with hardly a scratch.

112

Mind your language lEr 1-Reading

and . Multiple-choice cloze niz se of English , For questions 1-8, read the text below and decide which answer

Izr

(A, B, C or D) best fits

each gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

Basic English In the 1920s, psychologist Charles Kay Ogden developed what he termed Basic English, also (0) as Simple English. It (1) of 850 core words for expressing everyday meanings, (2) supplementary lists of over a thousand specialist words related to such areas as science, commerce, literature and religion. Ogden (3) verbs to be an obstacle to meaning and felt the elimination of verbs and their conjugations would be a very (4) simplification, so he included just 18 of them in his core list. The simplified language was (5) as an aid for teaching English as a Second Language. It achieved its (6) popularity shortly after the Second World War and received the support of Winston Churchill, who saw it as a tool for world peace. However, it has had many critics, the main complaint being that it is too restricted and (7) range and expressiveness. The choice of words is also felt to be too (8) influenced by Ogden’s personal world-view, and there is no actual proof that it makes learning English simpler.

0 A called 1 A contains 2 A as well 3 A pretended 4 A welcome 5 A aimed 6 A longest 7 A fails 8 A heavily

(Reading and Use of English Part 3

B entitled B consists B in addition B suggested B grateful B intended B grandest B lacks B hardly

C regarded C concerns C along with

C C C C C C

seemed thankful thought largest extracts roughly

D known D composes D more than D considered D appreciative D looked D greatest D deletes D mostly

Word formation For questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals at the end of some of the lines to form a word that fits in the gap in the same line. There is an example at the beginning (0). Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

Saving languages Linguist Jan Frupps makes his living by saving (0) ENDANGERED

DANGER

languages. The professor regularly goes to some of the most remote and places on earth to research such languages and (I) make detailed (2) records. The work can be difficult, as some tribes are deeply (3) of outsiders and think that people like Professor Frupp, with their (4)

ACCESS WRITE SUSPICION END

curiosity and foreign ways, have come to steal their language and culture. Research trips can sometimes be very (5) and some EVENT linguists have been imprisoned or threatened with guns while working in countries where the (6) situation is unstable. According POLITICS to Frupp, the (7) of a language begins when the younger APPEAR generation no longer uses it. ‘If we can document a language before it becomes extinct, we can help to preserve the (8) which is possessed by the people who speak it,’ he explains.

KNOW

113

Mind your language (Reading and Use of English

Transformations For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between two and five words, including the word given. Write your answers IN CAPITAL LETTERS.

Part 4

1 The two sides were unable to reach an agreement. SUCCEED The two sides an agreement. 2 He may be 50, but he can run a marathon in under three hours CAPABLE He may be 50, but he

a marathon in under three hours.

3 He wore an extra pair of socks to avoid getting cold feet. SO He wore an extra pair of socks

get cold feet.

4 Jake isn’t trying to improve his handwriting. EFFORT Jake is improve his handwriting. 5 Lucy might arrive later so let’s save a piece of cake for her. CASE Let’s save a piece of cake for Lucy

up later.

6 They tried twice to find the missing climber but without success. MADE They

attempts to find the missing climber.

Do the following Writing paper in 80 minutes.

Part 1 You must answer this question. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style. 1

In your English class you have been talking about English as a global language. Now, your English teacher has asked you to write an essay. Write an essay using all the notes and give reasons for your point of view.

V-1 1)41 . tit

t essas cluestLow

it is better to Lear- evtgLish first, before sou. Lectrolug other foreLgu. Lavuguages. Do agree? N ‘ Write about: I reasous for Learvaug a LavLguage eass or olLffusult the Lauguage is 2. how s ……………………………………. (sour owv‘Lotea)

Write your essay.

114

Mind your language

Part 2 Write an answer to one of the questions 2-4 in this part. Write your answer in 140-190 words in an appropriate style.

How to go about it Select your Part 2 task carefully. Consider, in particular, whether you will be able to demonstrate a good range of vocabulary and structures when answering the task. Plan your answer carefully. Follow the checklist of points for planning and checking your work on page 193 of the Coursebook.

2 Your school’s English-language magazine is asking students to give opinions on the courseboolcs they have been using. Write a review of Ready for First, giving your views on the content and design of the book. You should say how well you think it prepares students for the exam and how much it has helped you improve your English. Write your review.

3 This is part of an email you have received from your American friend, James.

I’m making good progress learning your language and I’m in the advanced class now. My teacher says I should watch original version films — can you recommend two or three in your language that might be suitable? It doesn’t matter if they’re not very good — it’s the language that’s important. Thanks lames

Write your email.

4 You have seen this announcement in an international magazine:

What is success? What do you understand by ‘success’? What is the best way to achieve it? The best articles will be published in next month’s magazine.

Write your article.

115

Listening bank 1 Lifestyle (Listening

) Multiple matching

masa 1

You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about moving to another country. Before you do the exam task in exercise 2, listen and match the people in the box to the five speakers. college student Speaker 1 Speaker 2 Speaker 3

2

0 11-1.5

doctor

manager

school pupil

teacher

Speaker 4 Speaker 5

Listen to the five speakers and choose from the list A—H what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A I was very disappointed by the whole experience. 1 B I was interested in discovering new things. Speaker 1 C I was surprised by the number of English people there. 2 Speaker 2 D I thought the cost of living was OK. Speaker 3 I found it hard to adapt to the change of routine. Speaker 4 PM F Communication was sometimes difficult. Speaker 5 G I was concerned about losing my old friends. H I missed my family a lot.

3 a Complete the extracts from the listening with the correct form of verbs from the box. The verb you require in each pair of extracts (a and b) is the same. get look make set turn a … my dad got transferred. b there’s a lot to eet your head round. I a I had to the alarm for seven o’clock. up a business in another country is not an easy thing to do! 2 a I never up for 9 o’clock lectures … b … it out to be a great success. 3 a I was actually forward to meeting new people … b I haven’t back! 4 a … no one any fuss about it. b … it’s the best decision I’ve ever

b Match the extracts in exercise 3a to the following meanings. 1 2 3 4 5

116

There’s a lot to learn and understand I’ve never made a better decision. Nobody worried about it. It’s difficult to start a company abroad. It was very successful in the end. I have become even more successful.

There’s a lot to get your head round.

Listening bank —

2 High energy Sentence completion 0 1

1.6

You will hear someone giving a talk about sports psychology. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. The speaker says that as a schoolboy he had no (1) Matthew Syed was an Olympic’ (2) According to Syed, we need to practise for about (3) hours to become a successful sportsperson or musician. Tiger Woods started learning golf when he was (4) years old. Success in sport becomes more difficult at a later age due to the number of we have. (5) Many successful players came from Syed’s (6) Syed attributes his own success ta having a particularly good (7) Andre Agassi has written a book entitled (8) Syed had a bad sporting experience in (9) to cope with the Some sports stars depend a great deal on (10) pressure of competing.

2 The collocations in bold are from the listening. Complete the collocations with words from the box. You need to use two of the words twice. for in on to 1 It was really humiliating not to be picked a team when I was at school. helping me to keep training 2 My parents’ encouragement played a big part regularly. 3 If you don’t put the hours you won’t get anywhere in sport. practising she’s not 4 Lucy loves the idea of playing the flute but when it comes so keen! 5 A lot of young people train hard to become swimmers but only a very few make it the very top. 6 Seb Coe is a former Olympic® champion but he went to be a very important person in the organizing of the Olympic’ Games in London in 2012.

117

— Listening bank

3 A change for the better? Multiple choice 0 1.7 You will hear a man talking on a radio programme about changes he has noticed in his home town. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 Tommy has not returned to his home town for a long time because A he has had to devote all his time to acting. B there are some aspects of his life there he is ashamed of. C he no longer has close relatives in the area. 2 What contributed most to the changes in Tommy’s attitude to life? A becoming a celebrity B being a long way from home C not having his friends around him 3 How has the centre of Tommy’s home town changed? A The shops there are much bigger. B It offers more facilities for families. C The road system has altered. 4 How does Tommy feel about the changes made to the road where he used to live? A He regrets the loss of green spaces. B He is concerned about overcrowding in the area. C He is full of admiration for the design of the new buildings. 5 What did Tommy use to do in his free time? A Walk other people’s dogs for them. B Meet up with his friends outside the shops. C Do open-air sporting activities. 6 Why did Tommy’s parents want him to join the drama group? A They thought it would keep him out of trouble. B They felt he had real acting talent. C They wanted to pass on their love of the theatre. 7 What does Tommy say he has heard about his old school? A The sports facilities have improved. B People think more highly of it now. C The students are more involved in looking after the gardens.

2

118

Match the phrasal verbs in extracts 1-6 from the listening to the meanings a-f. The meanings are in the infinitive form. 1 Tommy Wells, the famous TV and film star, is a local boy who grew up in Marchwood. 2 Most of the mates I really valued moved on, like me. 3 I don’t think I was a very nice person at that time. But I grew out of it, luckily! 4 [The houses have] all been knocked down and replaced with boring blocks of flats and retirement homes! 5 We used to hang out in the local park and practise our football skills. 6 My English teacher … pushed me to join the local drama group. I must admit I wasn’t too keen — I’d rather have been chilling out with my mates! a demolish b spend time in a particular place (informal) c change from being a baby or young child to being an older child or adult d stop behaving in a certain way because you are older e spend time relaxing (informal) I leave one place to go to another

Listening bank

4 A good story Multiple choice 0 1.8-1.15 You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear a woman talking about telling jokes. What does she say is her problem? A She cannot remember jokes. B She does not hear or read many jokes. C She cannot make people laugh. 2 You hear a man talking about writing books. What is he proud of? A He started writing at a young age. B He has adapted to writing on a computer. C He has published two books. 3 You hear two people talking about children’s books. Where are they? A in a bookshop B at school C at home 4 You hear two people talking about a new drama series. How does the man feel about it? A disappointed B impressed C confused 5 You hear a voicemail message about a new job. What is the speaker doing? A making a recommendation B making an offer C making a request 6 You hear a woman talking about a lie she told. Why did she tell the lie? A her mum did not like her friends B she was bored with swimming C she needed the money 7 You hear two people talking about a writing competition. Why is the man concerned? A He wrote about the wrong topic. B He wrote his entry too quickly. C He sent his entry in too late. 8 You hear a voicemail message. What is the woman complaining about? A missing tickets B a replaced actor C inadequate booking arrangements

119

Listening bank

5 Doing what you have to (Listening

mats

) Sentence completion 0 1.16 1 You will hear author Sara James giving a talk about her work. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. According to Sara, an essential requirement for a successful writer is (1) Her first published book was called (2) Before her first book was accepted she received (3) rejections. Sara says she needs to have the same (4) every day. Sara only writes in the (5) She sometimes gets inspiration when she is in a (6) Sara uses a (7) when she is writing the first draft of a story She has experience of getting (8) before a deadline. She recommends writers do a (9) activity when they are stuck for ideas. The initial plan was for (10) writers to participate in a documentary.

2 Complete the extracts from the listening with the correct form of verbs from the box. fool go set write put run 1 Unless you have a lot of confidence in your book it might some writers off. 2 Don’t be into believing that it’s a glamorous or romantic life. 3I aside four hours every morning for writing. 4 I find that I work better if I out my first drafts the old-fashioned way. 5 I’m afraid I’ve out of time today. 6 A new documentary about different writers and their working lives will out on Channel 3 next month.

120

Listening bank OM

6 Relative relationships (Listening

) Multiple matching I& 1.17-1.21

Part 3

1

You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about their families. For questions 1-5, choose from the list A-H what each speaker says about the different family members. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A she has a busy working life with little opportunity to go out much B she has worked hard to achieve her ambitions Speaker 1 C her marriage was not as strong as it seemed Speaker 2 D she now has the job that her parents had hoped for her Speaker 3 E she does not judge me F she studied the same subject as the speaker G she has a successful and steady relationship with her partner H her work seems unsuited to her personality

Speaker 4 Speaker 5

2 Match the phrases in bold in extracts 1-6 from the listening to the meanings a-f. 1 But she seemed to prove them all wrong. 2 Apparently they’d been having an affair for the previous five years. 3 Susan was devastated and went to pieces for about six months. 4 She’d always loved the open air and animals but she’d never wanted to let anyone down. 5 She’s ten years older than me and I’ve always looked up to her. 6 She’s also pushed herself to the limit to reach the top in her chosen sport. a b c d e f

became extremely upset done as much as she possibly could show everyone they were mistaken admired and respected her going out with each other disappoint people

121

Listening bank

7 Value for money Multiple choice 0 122 You will hear part of a radio interview with a woman called Gail Pearson, who lives in an area where trees are protected. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 Gail believes that people A cut down trees for building and furniture too easily. B do not spend enough time in the countryside. C do not think trees are an important subject. 2 Gail’s main concern is related to A clean air. B quality of life. C money. 3 What do Gail and her husband like about the position of their house? A It is near woodland. B It is near the sea. C It is near a tourist attraction 4 Why have the trees in her area been protected? A to stop them becoming extinct B to help maintain a natural habitat C to prevent new building projects 5 When did the tree disappear from Gail’s garden? A during the night B during the tourist season C while Gail was on holiday 6 Why did Gail’s neighbour want her to cut the tree down? A He thought it was dangerous. B It was too expensive for him to cut down himself. C He wanted his house to be worth more. 7 What has the neighbour done since the court case? A He has refused to speak to Gail and her husband. B He has moved away. C He has apologized.

122

Listening bank

8 Up and away (Listening

) Multiple choice t

1.23-1.30

Part 1

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear a girl talking about a recent holiday. How did she feel when she heard about it? A annoyed B surprised C panicky 2 You hear someone talking about an upgrade on a flight. Why was it unexpected? A It had already happened once before. B There were a lot of people to choose from. C The speaker was not dressed very smartly. 3 You hear someone talking about a tourist sight. Who is the speaker? A a coach driver B a coach tour guide C a coach passenger 4 You hear someone talking about meeting a famous person. What does the speaker say about the famous person? A She was more attractive than he had thought. B She was shorter than he had thought. C She was shyer than he had thought. 5 You hear two people talking about a new car. What does the woman do in the conversation? A make a request B offer congratulations C make an apology 6 You hear someone talking about commuting to work every day. What does he dislike about it? A the crowded trains B getting up early C the cost 7 You hear someone talking on the radio. What is she advertising? A a type of holiday B a competition C a radio programme 8 You hear someone talking about taking the school bus when he was at school. What did he enjoy about it? A He felt grown up. B It saved time. C It was convenient.

123

Listening bank

9 Mystery and imagination (Listening

imam

0

) Sentence completion 1

1.31

You will hear someone giving a talk about the famous writer Sir Arthur Conan Doyle. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. The speaker remembers reading one of Conan Doyle’s (1) stories when he was young. The first Sherlock Holmes story appeared in (2) Conan Doyle lived and worked in the south-east of (3) The person who had the most effect on Doyle’s writing was his (4) Sherlock Holmes is the hero in (5) of Conan Doyle’s short stories. Recent TV series about Sherlock Holmes take place in the (6) Sherlock Holmes dies in the story (7) Conan Doyle belonged to an organization called (8) Conan Doyle wrote a famous (9) about a young girl who had supposedly photographed herself with fairies. Initially, Conan Doyle’s body was buried in the (10) at his home.

2 Complete the extracts from the listening with a word or phrase from the box. although

as well as

both

eventually

however

the time

when

1 I was nine years old I was captivated by the book The Lost World. 2 The stories of Sherlock Holmes have delighted readers and inspired many crime writers. 3 By he died in 1930 he had written … four novels about the famoks detective, his writing was not restricted to stories about his most famous character. 4 reading about him, we can also see Sherlock Holmes in many films and TV series. 5 the Sherlock Holmes stories were very successful, Conan Doyle’s real love was history. 6 He killed his famous detective … but his readers complained and he brought Sherlock back.

124

Listening bank

10 Nothing but the truth Ec Ustenirl i_D Multiple choice 0 1.32 You will hear part of a radio interview with a man called Thomas Barker, who is an ex-criminal. For questions 1-7, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 What does Thomas say about his home life when he was a child? A His family had a lot of money. B His parents were good role models. C His brothers got into trouble with the police. 2 Thomas says that he started stealing things because A he liked the element of danger. B he wanted to be part of the group. C he enjoyed getting things for free. 3 What was different about the crimes he was involved in later? A the degree of planning B the worry about getting caught C the number of crimes he committed 4 What was Thomas’ attitude to his crimes at that time? A He did not take his crimes seriously. B He disliked the level of violence involved. C He envied the more serious criminals. 5 What was his reaction to being in prison? A He enjoyed making new friends. B He was confused about the reason for being there. C He accepted the consequences of his actions. 6 When Thomas left prison he felt A angry with his parents for not accommodating him. B concerned that he might reoffend and return to prison. C grateful to the prison for the opportunities it had given him. 7 Thomas works today to A help prisoners to rehabilitate. B help the police to detect crime. C help others to avoid the problems that he had.

125

Listening bank

11 What on earth’s going on? (Listening

) Multiple choice CIO 1.33-1.40

Part 1

You will hear people talking in eight different situations. For questions 1-8, choose the best answer (A, B or C). 1 You hear a man talking about his work. Why did he change his job? A He wanted to do outdoor work. B He had health problems. C He needed more money. 2 You hear a man telling someone about getting lost. How did he feel about getting lost? A scared B excited C annoyed 3 You hear two people talking at a zoo. How does the woman feel? A worried B sad C bored 4 You hear a woman talking about a sport. Why might she give it up? A It takes up too much time. B It is too expensive. C The weather is getting too bad. 5 You hear a voicemail message. Who is the woman? A a mother B a colleague C a friend 6 You hear a man talking about recent flooding. What does he want the council to do? A to keep their promise to stop future flooding B to pay the people for the damage the water caused C to apologize to the people affected by the flooding 7 You hear the following on the radio. What is it from? A a weather forecast B a health programme C a local news programme 8 You hear a woman talking to her friend. What is she doing? A complaining about something B offering to do something C giving advice about something

126

Listening bank

12 Looking after yourself Multiple matching

0 1.41-1.45

You will hear five short extracts in which people are talking about cooking. For questions 1-5, choose from the list A-H what each speaker says. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A My mother taught me everything I know about cooking. B I had some bad experiences which put me off cooking. C I learnt to cook because I needed to. D I have problems with my cooking because my equipment is not reliable. E I cook the sort of meals that are not popular with everyone. F I handed over the cooking to another member of my family. G I was trained to cook by a celebrity chef. H I learnt that you need to be patient when you are cooking.

2a

Speaker 1 Speaker 2

2

Speaker 3

3

Speaker 4

I4

Speaker 5

5

Complete the sentences with the correct form of verbs from the box. The words and phrases in bold were used by the speakers in the listening. get (x2) look make

turn work

after I It can be quite a shock when you leave home and have to start yourself. 2 I’ve got a lot of emails to answer. I’m my way through them quite quickly but I won’t be finished for another hour. 3 I’ve been playing this new computer game for hours but I just can’t the hang of it. 4 I overslept this morning but I up an excuse and told my boss that the trains were all delayed. 5 I was quite worried about the project I did last week because I rushed it a bit, but luckily it out well. The teacher loved it. 6I fed up with my diet so I’m back to eating normally now! b Match the meanings a-f to the words and phrases in bold in exercise 2a. get the hang of a learn how to do b became tired of c invented d taking care of e gradually dealing with f had a particular result

127

Listening bank

13 Animal magic (Listening

) Sentence completion 0 1.46

Part 2

1

You will hear someone giving a talk about pavement art. For questions 1-10, complete the sentences with a word or short phrase. Many paintings are not seen by the public because they are kept in (1) The only way to keep pavement art for more than a few days is in (2) Pavement art is becoming more Familiar to people today thanks to (3) The speaker says that Edgar Mueller’s 3D pavement art is very (4) Italian artists first started to paint pictures on pavements in (5) These artists also painted pictures in (6) There were a lot fewer pavement artists after the (7) The famous English pavement artist Julian Beever had a nickname based on the famous painter (8) Mueller first won a street art competition when he was (9) The biggest pavement art festival in the world is in (10)

2 Complete the sentences with the correct adjectival form of words from the box. complicate influence prestige real religion three-dimension tradition and I couldn’t understand it. 1 The explanation was very and go to church regularly. 2 Most people in my town are quite painter and many artists have been inspired 3 Salvador Dali was a very by his work. 4 Your picture isn’t very It doesn’t look anything like your sister. instruments. 5 I love folk songs played on 6 Winners of the Pulitzer Prize for fiction become internationally famous. 7 In 2012 they started making a film version of The Hobbit by J.R.R. Tolkein.

128

Listening bank

14 Mind your language ) Multiple matching 0 1.47-1.51

(Listening Part 3

1

You will hear five people talking about surviving difficult situations. For questions 1-5, choose from the list A-H what each speaker says. Use the letters only once. There are three extra letters which you do not need to use. A I still do not know what caused my problem. B I was unable to work because I became very sick. 1 Speaker I C I lost my job because I could not deal with my problems. Speaker 2 D My problem was a result of my unrealistic expectations. Speaker 3 13 E I did not realize the seriousness of my situation at the time. 1:4 Speaker 4 F I nearly died while I was on holiday. Speaker 5 G I was fortunate to have the support of a family member. H Meeting new people helped me at a difficult time in my life.

2

Match the phrasal verbs in bold from the listening to the meanings a-f. 1 I prefer to work independently rather than have to answer to other people. 2 I struggled to cope with my university exams so I delayed taking them for another year. 3 In my interview my mind went completely blank and I felt stupid. 4 I thought I’d met Robin before but I couldn’t trust my memory. 5 Some people can’t handle the pressure of a high-powered job. 6 Seeing the boy was upset, the shopkeeper took pity on him and gave him a sweet. a b c d e f

was unsure if I had remembered correctly justify my actions to found it difficult to deal with felt sorry for find something too stressful I couldn’t remember anything

129

Phrasal verb list Coursebook unit The Coursebook unit(s) in which the phrasal verb occurs is represented by the number(s) in brackets. Verbs marked with an asterisk* With these verbs the noun is usually used after the particle. The pronoun, however, must be used before the particle,

be given over to something (5) use something for a particular purpose

be made up of something (2)

consist of; be composed of

be taken up with something (5) be busy doing something bolt something down (12)

eat food very quickly

branch out (13)

start doing something new or different

bring someone up (6)

take care of a child until they become an adult

call someone out (5)

ask a person or organization that provides a service to come and deal with something for you

carry out* something (9/12/13) do a piece of work or research catch on (8)

begin to understand

clear something up (5)

make a place tidy

come across something/ someone (8)

find/meet someone/something by chance

come in for criticism (13)

receive criticism

come over (10)

visit someone in their house

come up with an idea (8)

think of

eat up* something (12)

eat all of something

end up (somewhere) (2)

be in a particular place, after or because of something

fall for someone (6)

fall in love with someone

fall out with someone (6)

stop being friendly with someone because you have had an argument or disagreement with them

find something out (3/10)

discover

get about (a place) (8)

travel around

get away with something (10)

manage to do something bad without being punished or criticized for it

get by (1)

manage to survive/live

get on (3)

progress

get on with someone (6)

have a good relationship with someone

get out of (doing) something (10) avoid doing something that you should do get over someone (6)

start to forget someone and feel happy again after a relationship has ended

get over something (1)

recover from

get through something (5)

pass a test or stage of something

give away* information (9)

tell information that should be kept secret

give homework in (9)

hand homework to the teacher

give in (to someone’s requests) agree to something after initial resistance

130

Phrasal verb list give off* a smell (9)

produce and send into the air

give oneself up (9)

allow oneself to be arrested by the police

give our (hooks/paper) (9)

give something to several people

give our information (9)

give information to a lot of people

give something back (9)

return something

give something up (5/9)

stop doing something you do regularly

go ahead (3)

take action proceed

go away (to somewhere) (8)

go on holiday

go on (3)

happen

go on to do something (5)

do something after you have finished doing something else

go out with someone (6)

have a romantic relationship with someone

grow up (6)

change from being a baby or young child to being an older child or adult

gulp something down (12)

swallow drink very quickly

hand over to someone (5)

to give power, control or responsibility to someone else

head for somewhere (8)

go somewhere

head off (in search of something) (7)

leave somewhere (to go and look for something)

let someone down (6)

disappoint

look forward to something (1)

feel happy about something that is going to happen

look up to someone (6)

admire and respect

make something up (10)

invent

make up one’s mind (14)

make a decision

nod off (8)

go to sleep

open up to someone (10)

talk more about your personal feelings

own up to someone (10)

admit that you have done something wrong

put a book down (11)

stop reading

put a team/crew together (11)

assemble a group of people

put an event off (11)

postpone

put clothes on (11)

place on your body

put on* an event (11)

organize

put prices up (11)

increase

put someone off (11)

distract

put someone off (doing) something (11) discourage put someone through something (7)

make someone experience something difficult or unpleasant

put someone up (for the night) (11)

accommodate

put something out (5)

make something stop burning, extinguish

put the radio/TV on (11)

make equipment start working

put up with something/someone (6/11) tolerate put weight on (11)

gain

put your feet up (11)

relax

put your hand up (11)

raise into the air

run into (problems) (2)

begin to experience

run out of something (2/10)

use all of something so that none is left

show off (10)

behave in a way intended to attract people’s attention and make them admire you

131

Phrasal verb list sleep in (8)

continue sleeping after the time you usually get up

sort our a problem (6)

deal with a problem

speak out (3)

say firmly and publicly what you think

split up with someone (3/6)

end a romantic relationship with someone

take after someone (4)

resemble

take off (4)

start to become successful

take on a challenge (13)

accept

take over (4)

gain control

take someone aside (4)

move away from other people to talk

take someone on (4)

employ

take something in (4)

accept as true

take to something/someone (4)

start to like

take up* a new sport/hobby (4)

start doing

team up with someone (2)

join with other people in order to do something

tell someone off (6)

criticize someone angrily for doing something wrong

turn back (14)

return instead of continuing

turn into something (14)

change or develop into

turn off (a road) (14)

leave one road to take another

turn out (14)

become known

turn out (8)

attend/take part in an event

turn someone down (14)

reject

turn something off (14)

stop something working

turn something over (14)

turn something to see the other side

turn the volume up (14)

increase the volume

turn to someone (6)

go to someone for help

turn up (14)

ante in a way that was not planned

132

Lexical phrase list do (Unit 14) do a course do a degree do a job do an exercise do some exercise do nothing but

get the hang of something (12)

make an arrangement

get the impression that

make an effort

get the dinner ready

make friends with someone

get to do something

make fun of someone

get to school/work/a place

make it to the top (2)

get to sleep (8)

make progress

get used to doing something

make sure make up your mind

do some research do someone a favour

give (Unit 9)

do the housework

give a broad smile

do the ironing/shopping/washing/ washing up

give a concert give a deep sigh

do badly/better/well/worse do your best

give a lengthy speech

do your homework 1./it could do with something it will/would do someone good/no harm to do something it has something to do with

put (a lot of) time/effort/ hard work/energy into (doing) something

give a nervous laugh give a party

put a plaster on a cut (12)

give a piercing scream

put one’s feet up

give an example

put pressure on someone (to do something)

give an impressive performance give me great pleasure give someone a blank look

get (Unit 1)

put (Unit 11)

give someone a call

put a CD/DVD on

put some money aside put someone’s arm in plaster (12) put someone/someone’s health/life at risk

get angry/upset/bored/lonely, etc.

give someone a hand

get a cold/headache/the flu, etc.

give someone an idea give someone an injection (12)

put someone on a course of antibiotics (12)

give someone a lift give someone a nasty shock

put someone up for the night

get (back) home get better/worse/older, etc.

give someone a pleasant surprise

put the blame on someone for (doing) something

get engaged/married/divorced

give someone a prescription (12)

1 can’t/couldn’t put my book down

get (some) exercise

give someone a tender kiss

get in touch with someone

give someone advice

get in/out of a car/taxi

give someone full details

get into trouble (with the police)

give someone my best regards

get into/out of the habit of doing something

give someone permission to do something

get on/off a bus/train/plane

give someone the impression that

get a job (5) get a nose bleed (12)

get paid

take (Unit 4) take ages/a long time to do something take a joke take a photo take a risk

get on someone’s nerves get one’s head round something

put someone in a good mood

make (Unit 14)

take a turn for the worse (14) take care of

make a complaint

take (a keen) interest in

make a decision

take notice of

make a good/bad impression

take offence at

get rid of something/someone

make a living

take part in something (2)

get someone to do something

make a mess (of something)

take pity on

get something for Christmas/your birthday

make a mistake

take place (2)

make a noise

take pride in

get something from a shop

make a phone call

take some medicine/a pill (12)

get the bus/train/plane

make a speech

get the chance to do something

make an appointment

take someone to a restaurant/out for a meal

get promoted/transferred/sacked get ready (for work/school/ Christmas)

133

Lexical phrase list take someone to school/hospital’ work take someone’s advice take someone’s temperature (12) take something back to a shop take someone/something seriously take the blame for take the infinitive/gerund take time to do something it takes courage to do something

turn (Unit 14) at the turn of the century turn 30/40, etc. turn a blind eye to something turn blue/green, etc. turn to page 20 turn out well (12) it’s my/your, etc. turn to do something one good turn deserves another

134

Irregular verb list Past participle

Past simple arose awoke

arisen awoken

be bear beat become

was/were bore

been borne

beat became

beaten become

begin bend bet bind bite blow break breed bring build burn burst buy catch choose come cost creep

began bent

begun bent bet bound bitten blown broken bred brought built burnt/burned

Infinitive arise awake

cut deal dig do draw dream drink drive eat fall feed feel fight find flee fly forbid forget forgive freeze get give go grind grow hang

bet bound bit blew broke bred brought built burnt/burned burst bought caught chose came cost crept cut dealt dug did drew dreamt/dreamed drank drove ate fell fed felt fought found

burst bought caught chosen come cost crept cut dealt dug done drawn dreamt/dreamed drunk driven eaten fallen fed felt fought found

fled flew forbade forgot

fled flown forbidden forgotten

forgave froze got gave went ground

forgiven frozen got/gotten (AE) given gone ground

grew hung

grown hung

135

Irregular verb list Infinitive

Past simple

Past participle

have hear hide hit hold hurt keep kneel know lay lead lean

had heard hid hit held hurt kept

had heard hidden hit held hurt kept knelt known laid

learn leave lend let lie light lose make mean meet pay put seek show shrink slide smell sow speed spill spin spit split spoil spread spring sting stink strike swear

learnt/learned left lent let lay lit lost made meant met paid put sought showed shrank/shrunk slid smelt/smelled sowed sped spilt/spilled spun spat split spoilt/spoiled spread sprang stung stank/stunk struck swore

sweep swell swing

swept swelled swung

take tread

took trod wove wept

weave weep wind

136

knelt knew laid led leant/leaned

wound

led leant/leaned learrithearned left lent let lain lit lost made meant met paid put sought shown shrunk slid smelt/smelled sown sped spilt/spilled spun spat split spoilt/spoiled spread sprung stung stunk struck sworn swept swollen/swelled swung taken trodden woven wept wound

Answer key Unit 1 Lifestyle Reading and Use of English: Multiple matching, pages 4-5 1 1B 2A 3B 4C 5D 6A 7D 8C 9B 10 A 2 1 side 2 nerves 3 feet, end 4 place 5 holiday 6 lifestyle 7 own 8 shows 3 b on my own c on our feet for hours on end get on each other’s nerves putting on shows f go on with this lifestyle

Vocabulary, pages 6-7 A Lifestyle 1 healthy 2 luxurious 3 chaotic 4 sedentary 5 alternative Clothes 1 1 scruffy 2 scarf 3 casual 4 tight 5 plain 6 socks 7 trainers 8 baggy 9 belt 10 helmet 11 bracelet 12 fashionable 2 1 a pleated skirt 2 a checked waistcoat 3 a flowery dress 4 striped swimming trunks 5 spotted socks C Get 1 1 by 2 over 3 back 4 away 5 off 6 out of 2 1 touch 2 paid 3 rid 4 ready 5 worse 6 impression 7 exercise D Word combinations 1 1 party 2 interview 3 event 4 premiere 5 life 2 1 sporting event 2 social life 3 dinner jacket 4 world premiere 5 radio interview 6 political party

Language focus, page 8 A Adverbs of frequency 1 I always set my alarm clock 2 I am never late

3 I rarely drink it 4 My mum cooks paella once a week 5 we have never been to Paris B Be used to, get used to and used to 1 Lucy used to use a bike to get to school. 2 She’s got used to getting up early in the morning. 3 My dad used to get me to clean his car every Sunday. 4 Paul didn’t use to get paid much when he worked as a waiter. 5 Many young people are not used to doing hard work.

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 8 1 hardly ever stay/am hardly ever 2 used to getting 3 looking forward to going 4 has/’s taken (me) so 5 is/’s rare for Anna to 6 not like Richard/him to be

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 9 IA 2C 3D 4C 5B 6D 7A 8C

Writing: Informal letter and email, pages 10-11 1 Complaining Asking for information Giving information Apologizing Giving advice 2 Formal 1 inform me

Formal Infomml 7 4 1 10 5 3 8

9 6 2

Informal 10 let me know 2 You really shouldn’t

8 We strongly advise you not to 3 for the delay in 6 it’s taken me so long responding to you to get back to you 7 Moreover 4 And 5 I have a wide range of 9 I’ve done loads of experience in working jobs in hotels Informal letter 2 Paragraph 1 a Paragraph 2 c Paragraph 3 b

137

Answer key

Unit 2 High energy Reading and Use of English: Gapped text, pages 12-15 1 IC 2F 3A 4E 5G 6B D not used 2 1 head 2 eye 3 foot 4 arm 5 mouth 6 face

Vocabulary, pages 13-15

9 to live, to find, to pay 10 to work, going C Open doze: Prepositions I in 2 on 3mn 4 in Son 6 on 7 at Sin 9 in 10 at 11 with 12 until/to

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 17 1 help laughing 2 feel like going

A Music

3 didn’t/did not deserve to lose

1 trumpet 2 flute 3 violin 4 tambourine 5 drum 6 saxophone 7 keyboard 8 accordion

4 to prevent people (from) recognizing

2 1 song 2 wind 3 charts 4 lead 5 session 6 tune B Sport 1 a athlete b basketball player c cyclist d golfer e gymnast f skier g snowboarder h tennis player

5 didn’t/did not mean to shoot 6 can’t/cannot stand being

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 17 18 21) 3B 4A 5C 6C 7D 8D

Writing: Formal letter, pages 18-19 A Formal and informal style

2

lb 2b 3a 4a 5b 6a 7b 8b 9a

2 football pitch 3 athletics track 4 ski slope 5 swimming pool 6 golf course 7 tennis court 8 ice-skating rink

B A formal letter

3 IB 2D 3A 4C 5C 6D 7A 88

10b

5 b, 8 b (new paragraph); 3 a, 1 b, lo b (new paragraph); 9 a, 2 b, 6 a (new paragraph); 7 b, 4 a Dear Ms Appleby

Word formation 1 irrelevant 2 disagreement 3 misunderstood 4 dishonestly 5 unreliable 6 immature 7 overweight 8 undercooked 9 irresponsibly 10 incapable

Language focus, pages 15-16 A Indirect ways of asking questions 1 telling me what you have been doing recently 2 where I can get something cold to drink 3 what time you are coming to the party next week 4 to me why you did not do the homework 5 if you are interested in playing tennis on Friday 6 what he does for a living B Gerunds and infinitives I looking, to have 2 learning, to speak, to think 3 to be, climbing, attracting, to wait 4 making, to concentrate 5 going, to stay 6 Giving, to lose/losing 7 to hear, seeing 8 to paint, forgetting, to buy

138

(6b) I am writing in reply to your request for information on dance shows which your students could see during their visit here next month. (8b) There is a wide range of shows to choose from, but there are two which I believe would be of particular interest to your students. (3a) Firstly, the popular Irish dance troupe ‘Rhythm of the Dance’ will be performing here for the fourth time in five years. (lb) I saw them on all three previous occasions and would certainly recommend going to see this latest show. (10b) It includes their usual mixture of traditional dance and MUSIC, but combines it, this time apparently, with up-to-date stage technology. (9a) Another option which sounds enjoyable Is the all-male Australian tap dance group, ‘Tap Dogs’. (2b) According to the publicity, the show combines the strength and power of workmen with the precision and talent of tap dancing. (6a) In addition, the six Australians dance on water during the performance, splashing members of the audience in the front rows. (7b) I feel certain your students would enjoy either of the shows I have described. (4a) If you would like any further information, please do not hesitate to contact me. Yours sincerely Rita Kuyper

Answer key

Unit 3 A change for the better9 Reading and Use of English: Multiple matching, pages 20-21

the portable device more smaller than a paperback book 2 This device was the most of important

1 a A, B, D b C, E 2 IA 2C 3B 4E 5D 6C 7A 8E 9B 10 A

to can know the most significant el event

3 a takes up b bring up c comes out d get by e moved on 4 1 get by 2 came out 3 takes up 4 brought (me) up 5 moved on

4

Vocabulary, page 22 Technology Across 1 laughing 4 remote 6 download 9 information 11 textspeak 14 landline 15 browse 16 log 17 headset

Down 1 laptop 2 by the way 3 multitask 5 handheld 7 handsfree 8 out 10 on 12 personal 13 opinion

Language focus, pages 23-24 A Articles 1 The, a, -, the 2 -, the, a 3 a, a, the, The, a 4 -, -, the, an, an, a, -, the 5 the, -, a, an B Comparisons 1 1 hard 2 hottest 3 more careful 4 better 5 cold 6 most boring 7 more tired/tireder 8 earlier 9 fastest 10 quieter/more quiet 2 ld 2e 3a 4b 5h 6c 7f 8g C Correcting mistakes 1 1 Walkman 2 compass 3 video 4 space blanket 5 radar 2 1 This invention which completely changed But however its creator

3 significantly very cheaper versions nearly as most common as more often as they liked a type of the plastic It is used IQ, for example as a result of the man’s efforts 5 and is used for to detect as an instrument as of war In addition to,

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 24 1 for 2 are 3 on 4 not 5 to 6 it 7 who/that 8 be

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 25 1 ability 2 incomplete 3 inventor 4 later 5 appearance 6 electrician 7 improvement 8 popularity

Reading and Use of English:Transformations, page 25 1 thinner than he used to 2 not nearly as hard/difficult as 3 is the same size as 4 a lot of difference between 5 not as many girls 6 the cleverest person I have/I’ve

Writing: Article, pages 26-27 2 Paragraph 1: c Paragraph 2: a Paragraph 3: d Paragraph 4: b Possible title: A love-hate relationship 3 Contractions: couldn’t, there’s, didn’t, aren’t, it’s, can’t, isn’t Phrasal verbs: live without, do without, get by Linking words: but/But, and/And, Firstly, If, So Direct questions: The first and last sentences of the article.

139

Answer key

Unit 4 A good stay Reading and Use of English: Multiple choice, pages 28-29

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 33 1C 2C 3A 4D 5D 6C 78 8A

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 33 18 2D 3C 4A SC 6C 2 a seminal b dismissive c chilling d clumsy e literate f trendy g lofty

Vocabulary, pages 30-31

1 than 2 a/any 3 there 4 without 5 same 6 has 7 in 8 but

Writing: Essay, pages 34-35 lb 1

A Cinema and films 1 cast 2 plot 3 makeup 4 scene 5 comedy

Paragraph 2: Advantages of books compared to film versions

6 effects 7 part 8 stuntman 9 office 10 remake 11 soundtrack

Paragraph 3: Advantages of film versions compared to books

B Expressions with take

Paragraph 4: Conclusion: writer’s opinion 2

1 interest 2 offence 3 pity 4 blame 5 care 6 notice 7 advice 8 joke 9 courage 10 risk

C Phrasal verbs with take

l over 2 up 3 to 4 after Son 6 aside D Word formation: Adjectives ending in -big and -ed 1 frightening 2 embarrassed 3 increasingly 4 tiring, exhausted 5 uninteresting 6 surprisingly 7 confused 8 annoying, unconvincing, impressed

Language focus, pages 31-32 A Tenses 1 1 had been living, started, was training, met 2 heard, phoned, had got, told, had taken 3 were watching, went, had forgotten 4 got, had eaten, had already left, were still dancing

The writer says that films are more memorable than books because they are more visual.

2b 1 Many of people 2 On the one hand 3 lasts more longer 4 what do the characters 5 the most interesting scenes 6 takes less effort than reading a novel 7 too tired to open a book 8 You may need to read a book 9 it is always better 10 if you want to compare

Unit 5 Doing what you have to Reading and Use of English: Multiple matching, pages 36-37

2 1 was working 2 had had 3 (had) agreed 4 was progressing 5 were talking 6 flew 7 landed 8 had, seen 9 picked 10 put 11 carried 12 had happened

B Linking words 1 for 2 As 3 In the end 4 at last 5 After

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 32 Part 4: Transformations 1 such a good 2 so interested in the book

lE 2B 3A 4D 5B 6C 7E 8A 9D 10 E 2 1 scanner 2 calculator 3 adviser/advisor 4 inventor 5 presenter 6 demonstrator 7 competitor 8 photocopier 9 researcher 10 spectator

Vocabulary, pages 38-39 A Jobs Across 1 dustman

Down 2 teacher

3 does it take to

6 baker

3 waitress

4 takes pride in

8 hairdresser

4 lawyer

5 soon as we arrive at 6 it back at the end

9 chef 11 accountant

5 butcher 7 surgeon

10 vet

140

Answer key B Questions and answers 1 le 2g 3a 4c 5f 6h 7b 8d 2 judge, politician, company director (other answers may be acceptable) C Expressions with work I worked, overtime 2 to work long hours 3 working part-time, working full-time 4 to work flexitime 5 worked for myself D Confusing words I resign 2 earn 3 set 4 apply 5 degree

Language focus, pages 39-40 A Noun phrases 1 Sunday’s 2 bottom of the stairs 3 broken 4 postman, garden gate 5 cup of coffee 6 lack of confidence 7 month’s 8 January B Obligation, necessity and permission 1 I should 2 let 3 mustn’t, allowed, have 4 shouldn’t 5 don’t have, make 6 ought 7 had 2 1 shouldn’t/must 2 can/can’t 3 needn’t/must 4 can/should 5 can’t/must

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 40 lA 2D 3A 4B 5C 6C 7B 8D

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 41 1 a 2 made 3 into 4 something 5 up 6 us 7 there 8 as

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 41 1 patience 2 ability 3 annoyed 4 confidence 5 Unfortunately 6 threatened 7 brightens 8 satisfying

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 42 I you (will/11) have to put 2 are they supposed to 3 ‘d/had better not drink/have 4 ought to have/show more 5 will not/won’t/do not/don’t let me stay 6 was made to clean

Writing: Letter of application, pages 42-43 2 1 g 2 b, f, a, d 3 h, j 4 c, i Se 3 a sincerely b faithfully

Unit 6 Relative relationships Reading and Use of English: Gapped text, pages 44-45 1 1E283F 4C5A6G 2 1 light, 2 lives, D a /laivz/ b /livz/ 3 spare, 4 turn, 5 contract, D a ikontrakt/ b flumitrEekt/ 6 hard, 7 mean, 8 used, D a /ju:st/ b /ju:zd/ 9 book, 10 fair,

Vocabulary, page 46 A Adjectives of personality 1 1 fussy 2 bossy 3 clumsy 4 stubborn 5 dull 6 reserved 7 ambitious 8 affectionate 2 1 selfish 2 unreliable 3 flowing 4 sensitive 5 indecisive 6 spotty 7 tolerant 8 impatient

Language focus, pages 46-48 A Causative passive 1 We had our car repaired yesterday. 2 I want to get my ears pierced. 3 She has (had) never had her teeth whitened before. 4 I’m getting (going to get) my hair cut at 5 o’clock tomorrow. 5 They’ll probably have (They’re probably going to have) their house painted next month. 6 I always have my suits made in Milan now. B Phrasal verbs 1 a I’m very fond of my grandmother. I’ve always looked up to her. 2 a I think I take after my father rather than my mother. 3 b I don’t earn a great deal but I get by.

141

Answer key 4 a I blame the parents. They haven’t brought him up very well. 5 b It was a tough interview but I think I got through it OK. C Relative clauses 1 who, which 2 who/that, whose 3 where, which/that 4 why/that, when 5 which, where 6 who/that, which/that 7 which/that, which, whose Commas are required in the following sentences: 1 after Mr Jones and 15 years 4 after January 5 after The fox, shy animal and residential areas 7 after on Friday and my eldest sister

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, Page 48 1 had our house broken into/had a break-in 2 to have my hair dyed 3 for whom I have 4 whose ruler I borrowed 5 look up to is 6 let them down

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 49 1B 2D 3D 4B 5C 6A 7C 8A

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 49 I whose 2 having 3 what 4 on 5 up 6 not 7 take 8 for

Writing: Essay, pages 50-51 1 1 The writer disagrees with the statement 2 b The writer offers only arguments which support his or her opinion. 2 Online forums and chats make it possible for parents to get help in understanding teenage children’s problems. 3 Although, Firstly, Because, also, Moreover, Consequently, Finally, To sum up, If Before you write 5 1 life as a single person: b, d, e 2 economic factors: a, c, f

142

6 Couple A: b, d f Couple B: a, c, e

Unit 7 Value for money Reading and Use of English: Multiple matching, pages 52-53 1 1B 2D 3A 4C 5B 6A 7B 8D 9C 10 A 2 Id 2f 3e 4b 5a 6c 3 I turned into 2 put up with 3 moved out 4 springing up 5 cut down, cut out 4 1 I always refused to set foot in 2 I’ve had a moan at them 3 came to an agreement 4 put (my flat) up for sale 5 I’m on first-name terms with 6 I’ve got my eye on

Vocabulary, pages 53-55 A Shopping 1 TT

TS

FR’ c-N R 0 N

I

IRO

L

I

EAE

L

L

A

OGH

ELEOF

C et CI IT E

T

H

L

NE

GO

I

ADFIP.WE

U,Y,S,Si S OHWA

(C,H C

N

EM

EC

H ‘._./J I ST

LAGR

L

EC

SHK I

CO TO

AUT.,’ AEST

Shopkeepers: baker, butcher, chemist, florist, giocer, jeweller, newsagent Things in shops or supermarkets: aisle, bargain, checkout, counter, goods, till, trolley 2 1B 2C 3C 4A 5B 6D 7A 8D 9B 10 A B Towns and villages 1 1 prosperous 2 bustling 3 run-down 4 quaint 5 depressing

Answer key 2 1 block 2 street 3 site 4 area 5 estate C Paraphrasing tin, for 2 for, of/about 3 to, about/of 4 of, from 5 for, of

Language focus, pages 55-56

Writing: Review, pages 58-59 A Structure Paragraph 1: d Paragraph 2: a Paragraph 3:c Paragraph 4: b B Language analysis 1

A Present perfect simple, present perfect continuous and past simple

1 competitive, fast, efficient, useful, informative, handy, decent

1 has increased, (were) expected, lived, has risen 2 have moved, have never stayed, sold, changed, have been moving 3 have known, have been trying, have phoned, has happened, went, seemed 4 has just walked, has been playing, made, has been going/has gone 5 retired, have been, have taken, laid, have been putting

2 extremely (competitive), particularly (useful), very (informative), fairly (good), especially (handy)

B Correcting mistakes 1 My father’s been working/has worked 2 I’ve broken my leg 3 Charlie Chaplin was one of the greatest 4 how long I’ve been waiting 5 the first time I have seen this film 6 known each other for many years 7 since I played football 8 I have cleaned three rooms C Expressing preferences 1 to 2 rather 3 than 4 not 5 would 6 much

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 56 1B 2D 3C 4A 5B 61:1 7C 8C

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 57 1 as 2 in 3 within/in 4 no 5 been/stayed 6 since 7 up 8 on

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 57 1 picturesque 2 inhabitants 3 beautiful 4 pleasant 5 disadvantages 6 infrequent 7 dependent 8 unfriendly

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 58 1 is/has been a month since 2 last time we saw 3 not leave yet 4 to walk rather than catch 5 not to blame for 6 did not/didn’t break into a

3 normally, always, sometimes, usually, often, already 2 1 about 2 fact 3 Personally 4 anyone

Unit 8 Up and away Reading and Use of English: Multiple choice, pages 60-61 1 1C2A3C4D5B6A 2 1 took up 2 catch up on 3 put off 4 used up 5 picked up 3 1 for, by, on 2 of, with, in, at, between 3 on, for 4 across, at, through, on 5 of, of, in

Vocabulary, page 62 A Travel 1 fun 2 crowded 3 campsite 4 holiday 5 stay 6 resort 7 souvenirs 8 views 9 trip 10 cruise B Phrasal verbs 1 come across 2 turn out 3 get about 4 head for 5 catch on C Sleep 1 taking 2 to stay 3 to fall 4 nodding 5 to sleep

Language focus, pages 63-64 The future 1 1 I’ll put 2 you’re going to have/you’re (just) about to have/ you’re having 3 We’re meeting/We’re going to meet 4 you leave 5 I’ll get/I’m going to get

143

Answer key 6 we’ll be sitting 7 are you doing/are you going to do 8 I’ll have spoken 2 1 11/will carry 2 M/am having/going to have 3 ends, 11/will be 4 ’11/will be watching, 11/will have finished 5 ‘Sam going to get 6 gets/has got 7 11/will have been travelling, ‘ll/will want 8 11 be/’m going to be 3 1 until, finish/have finished 2 after, sets/has set 3 as, stops 4 when/after, say 5 By, get

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 64 IC 2A 31) 4C 5B 6C 7A 8A

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 65 1 a/each/every/per 2 well 3 than 4 with 5 is 6 which 7 whose 8 one

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 65 1 congratulations 2 fascinated 3 lighter 4 surprisingly 5 extraordinary 6 irrelevant 7 disagreement(s) 8 tolerant

Reading and Use of English: Transormations,

Unit 9 Mystery and imagination Reading and Use of English: Gapped text, pages 68-69 1 113 2G 3B 4A 5F 6C 2 a struck (infinitive: strike) b tricking c account for d glow e cited f log g flows h hover 3 I tricked 2 cited 3 hovering 4 struck 5 accounted for 6 flows 7 glow/glowing 8 log

Vocabulary, pages 69-71 A Ways of looking 1 gazed 2 glared 3 stared 4 glimpse 5 glance 6 peered Phrasal verbs with give lc 2e 3a 4g 5b 6d 7f C Expressions with give I example 2 lift 3 hand 4 permission 5 impression 6 call 7 idea 8 party D Collocations I blank 2 baggy 3 nervous 4 luxurious 5 long-haul 6 spotty 7 sedentary 8 curly Word formation 1 Adjective Adverb 1 humorous humorously

page 66 1 am/’m looking forward to going 2 are/’re likely to take him 3 to set up 4 if/though they get on 5 come up with 6 split up with

Writing Part 2: Reports, page 66 2 They are too informal. 3 Id 2a 3h 4c 5f 6b 7g 8e 4 Wickwood’s: it is inexpensive, enjoyable and a chance to have fun in a different atmosphere to that of the school. Rington: it is relaxing and an ideal way to unwind after the exams. There is also a lot to do in the evening.

2 passionate 3 financial 4 angry 5 mysterious 6 natural

passionately financially angrily mysteriously naturally

7 successful 8 attractive 9 enthusiastic 10 offensive

successfully attractively

2 I successfully 2 unattractive 3 passionately 4 unenthusiastic 5 naturally 6 financial 7 angrily 8 inoffensive

Language focus, pages 71-73 A Modal verbs of speculation 1 I might have left 2 correct 3 could/may/might have gone away 4 correct 5 correct

144

enthusiastically offensively

Answer key 6 may/might not be the right size 7 can’t/couldn’t be going out with Sue 8 correct 9 He must have decided 10 correct 2 Possible answers: 1 He can’t have slept very well. He must have been working very hard. He might have been driving all day. 2 She could be on a diet. She may have split up with her boyfriend. She might not be feeling very well. 3 The bus and train drivers might be on strike. Everyone must have decided to drive to work today. There may be a special event taking place. 4 It must be too hot for them. You can’t have watered them enough. They might have some kind of disease. 5 Their son must have got into trouble again. They might have caught the burglar that broke into their house. They may have been looking for someone. 6 He might have found a job. He must be going out with someone. He could have won the lottery. B Question tags 1 has he 2 aren’t I 3 doesn’t he 4 wouldn’t you 5 didn’t she 6 will you 7 will/would/can you 8 shall we 9 did it 10 do they C Contrast linkers 1 B 2BandC 3A 4C 5AandB 6AandC

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 73 IA 2C 3D 4A 5C 6B 7B 8A

4 on the other hand, Certainly, too, though, However, whereas In my opinion, therefore, What is more, To conclude

Unit 10 Nothing but the truth Reading and Use of English: Multiple matching, pages 76-77 1 ID 2B 3C 4D SA 6B 7C 8D 9A 10 C 2 la 2c 3e 4b 5f 6d 3 I snatched 2 squirt 3 waving 4 stalled 5 stuck 6 pointed 4 I a held b held 2 a makes b made 3 a got b got 4 a left b left 5 a having b had

Vocabulary, pages 78-79 A Crime and punishment 1 I arson 2 robbery 3 burglary 4 kidnap 5 blackmail 2 I sentenced 2 given 3 ordered 4 acquitted B Paraphrasing 1 into 2 from Sat 4 in Son 6 on C Phrasal verbs 1 1 up to 2 up with 3 out of 4 out with 2 I told 2 nodding 3 giving 4 showing 5 took

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 74

Language focus, page 79

Ito 2 with 3 as 4 but 5 been 6 for 7 it 8 not

Active and passive

Writing: Essay, pages 74-75 2a I The style is formal. 2 The style is appropriate for the situation. 2b I result 2 hand 3 invest 4 too 5 whereas 6 opinion 7 more 8 pay 9 conclude 10 spend 3 Investment in libraries would help make them more dynamic and interactive, and therefore more popular.

I was released, being found, did not/didn’t commit or had not/hadn’t committed 2 is being repaired, was told, won’t/will not/ wouldn’t/would not be 3 have been asked, haven’t/have not prepared 4 happened, were caught, were made, took 5 are produced, are sold, are exported 6 was given, died, stopped, hasn’t/has not been fixed 7 is thought, was found, was walking 8 destroyed, haven’t/have not done, be allowed

145

Answer key B Passive of reporting verbs 1 The family is known (by police) to run a number of illegal businesses. 2 Smith is thought to have broken into several homes. 3 She is expected to be given a life sentence. 4 Robinson is said to enjoy/be enjoying prison life. 5 Corelli is considered to have been the mastermind behind the crime.

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 81 1B 2B 3D 4A 5D 6C 7B 8C

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 81 1 into 2 not 3 being 4 or 5 of 6 take 7 for 8 well

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 82 residential 2 reduction 3 robbery/robberies 4 effective 5 criminals 6 presence 7 invasion 8 evidence

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 82 1 not tall enough to be 2 there was too much 3 was made to eat on 4 ists being sorted out 5 been made up by 6 is said to be

Writing: Informal email, pages 82-83 1 Student B’s answer would be given a higher mark. (see 2 below for reasons) A Analysis A 1 no yes 2 no yes

at the station because I had finished I enjoyed the holiday want to come home the shop to buy suitcase on the ground paid the woman to finish a holiday C Addressing the reader Did you get my postcard from Italy? You’ll never guess what happened to me after I’d posted it to you! … you know how unfit I am! You can imagine how relieved I felt. How about you, Esther? Did anything exciting happen on your holiday? Write and tell me all about it.

Unit 11 What on earth’s going on? Reading and Use of English: Gapped text, pages 84-85 1 1E2G3A4C5F 6D 2a 1 go, goes 2 comes, come 3 run, runs 4 catch, catch 2b 1 comes complete with 2 it runs out of them

3 yes yes 4 no yes

3 aims to go one better than 4 there’s only one catch

5 no 6 no

5 it takes them two or three goes

yes yes 7 no yes 8 no yes 9 yes yes 10 no yes B Accuracy 1 I arrived at the station

146

to catch the train I felt/was feeling sad I had finished my holiday I (had) decided to go make me feel happier somebody had stolen it. I felt sadder 2

Vocabulary, pages 85-87 A The environment 1 lc 2d 3f 4a 5b 6e 2 id 2c 3a 4e 5b 6g 7f 3 1 Exhaust fumes 2 oil slick 3 dog mess 4 greenhouse effect 5 power station

Answer key B The weather Across Down 1 drought 2 hail 3 clouds 6 flood 7 gale 8 severe 9 choppy 11 fine 12 struck 13 gust

4 tidal 5 breeze 6 forecast 10 pour

D Lexical phrases: revision 1 have/’ve put 2 taking 3 give 4 wouldtd get 5 was put 6 to take 7 get 8 gave

Language focus, pages 87-88 A So, neither and nor 1 lc 2e 3d 4h 5g 6a 7b 8f 2 1 so is 2 neither/nor does 3 so are 4 so did 5 neither/nor will 6 so has 7 neither/nor would 8 so had B Conditionals 1 1 ’11/will buy, promise 2 hadn’t/had not said, wouldn’t/would not have got 3 sleeps, ‘s/is usually 4 ‘d/had gone, ‘d/would have met 5 ’11/will finish, win 6 press, underlineillUwill underline 7 were, ‘d/would go 8 ’11/will be, get 9 ‘d/had stopped, ‘d/would be 2 Possible answers: 1 We would have gone sailing if there had been enough wind. 2 If I wasn’t afraid of flying, we would go abroad on holiday. 3 If he hadn’t broken his leg, he could drive. 4 I could have taken some photos if! had remembered to pack my camera. 5 If he hada suit, he would go to the wedding. 6 He wouldn’t be feeling ill if he hadn’t drunk so much last night. 7 She could have gone to university if she’d passed her exams. 8 If they’d watched the news, they would have heard about the earthquake. 3 Possible answers:

1 would probably miss my family 2 would try to improve the health system 3 I hadn’t come to this school 4 they gave us an extra week’s holiday in summer 5 I start revising now 6 I wouldn’t be able to send emails to my friends in Australia.

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 89 1B 2C 3B 4D 5B 6A 7D 8A

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 89 to 2 such 3 as 4 what 5 for 6 by 7 neither/not 8 at

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 90 1 ‘s/has been put off 2 long as there isn’t/is not 3 n’t/not overslept, he would’ve/would have 4 ‘s/has been raining heavily 5 herself/it and so did 6 more time/effort into

Writing: Article, pages 90-91 2 Questions to involve the reader: …what would be your favourite type of weather?, Glorious sunshine to sunbathe in?, Deep snow to ski in?, And what would you find it hard to put up with?, Who wouldn’t feel bad-tempered by the end of it all? A range of vocabulary related to the weather: glorious sunshine, deep snow, rain, fine or heavy, spitting or pouring, wet weather, cool, refreshing, the sun comes out, a shower, wind, blows Elements of informal language: contractions: it’s, there’s, wouldn’t, I’d; phrasal verbs: put up with, blown off, pulled off; linking words: And, But Examples to illustrate a point: The rain on my face as I walk across the fields is cool and refreshing, Clothes are blown off washing lines, tiles are pulled off roofs, walking and cycling become very difficult Adverbs expressing opinion or attitude: Surprisingly 4 Extract a: Writing competition (exercise 1) Consistent. An informal style Extract b: People and places (exercise 3) Inconsistent. Begins with a formal style, but ends informally. Extract c: Competition (exercise 3) Consistent. A neutral narrative style.

147

Answer key

Unit 12 Looking after yourself Reading and Use of English: Multiple choice, page 92 1 1D 28 3D 4C 5A 6A 2 1 as 2 that 3 well 4 in 5 which 6 to 7 would

Vocabulary, pages 94-95 A Food and drink 1

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 97 1 injury 2 difficulty/difficulties 3 weight 4 loss 5 Apparently 6 complications 7 improvement 8 truth

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 97 1 of/about the exact depth 2 had no choice (about) where 3 despite the late arrival 4 not give me (very) much 5 warned him not to

1 eat, leave 2 Chewing 3 drink 4 swallowed 5 sip, gulp 6 bolted 2 1 greasy 2 rich 3 savoury 4 sour 5 sickly 6 crunchy 7 spicy 9 stodgy 9 bland

6 if/whether he had bought

Writing: Review, articles and informal letter, pages 98-99 A Planning

B Health

1 B 2A 3C

1 stiff 2 pressure, attack 3 runny 4 decay 5 sore 6 sprained 7 ache 8 black, bleed C Have, put, give and take

B Writing 1 1 c 2a 3 b

le 2d 3g 4a 5b 6h 7f 8c

Language focus, pages 95-96 A Reported speech 1 he was competing in a marathon the next/ following day 2 (that) she did aerobics 3 she was thinking of taking up jogging 4 if/whether they could give us 5 eating/(that) we (should) eat/us to eat

Unit 13 Animal magic Reading and Use of English: Gapped text, pages 100-101 1 lE 2A 3C 4G 5B 6F 2 1 with 2 on, of 3 over 4 out of 5 for 6 through 7 on 8 for

6 (her) students not to eat

3

7 if/whether they thought diets were

a took pity on

8 he had never needed to go on one 9 she had been/gone on a diet once 10 she would not do it again

b put … out of his misery

11 liked/likes eating

e made a bid for freedom f ran over

B Reporting verbs 1 recommended 2 encouraged 3 invited 4 warned 5 reminded 6 suggested 7 recommended 8 told C Countable and uncountable nouns 1 a 2 a large number 3 Every 4 suggestion, accommodation 5 bar 6 few, much 7 no, a few 8 little 9 any more 10 another

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 96 1 to 2 for 3 before 4 However 5 no 6 who 7 on 8 instead

c to do with d midway through

g on the lookout for h take care of, care for

Vocabulary, pages 101-102 A The arts Across

Down

1 sculptor

1 stage

4 play

2 priceless

6 scene

3 orchestra

7 house

4 portrait

8 landscape

5 composer

10 exhibition

7 hall 9 cast

148

Answer key Paraphrasing

Writing, pages 106-107

1 face 2 doubt 3 question 4 criticism 5 stir 6 attention 7 branch 8 fetch

A Ideas for Part 1 1

C Parts of animals 1 fin 2 beak 3 mane 4 feather 5 hooves 6 claws 7 paw 8 fur 9 whiskers 10 gills

b 2

D Verbs followed by prepositions 1 on, for 2 for, from

3

3 for, of, for 4 for, on 5 for, on

Language focus, page 103 A Hypothetical situations 1 1 had 2 wouldn’t make 3 had brought 4 knew 5 would stop 6 didn’t tell 7 go 8 bought 2 Possible answers: 1 bought a watch 2 phoned before eight o’clock 3 would stop interrupting me 4 my exam were on a different day 5 I’d insured the video camera Prepositions and gerunds 1 instead of paying for 2 despite Naomi not feeling 3 in spite of being 4 result of Josh getting/coming 5 as well as taking

Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 104 IC 2B 3A 4D Sc 6C 7B 8D

Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 104 1 for 2 be 3 as 4 which 5 No 6 Although/ Though/While/Whilst 7 there 8 in

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 105 I considerable 2 decision 3 possibly 4 daily 5 residents 6 sight 7 irresponsible 8 beneficial

Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 105 1 congratulated the players on winning 2 apologized (to Chrissie) for being 3 accused her of leaving 4 new about teachers coming

c bX c

aX 13/ cX Language preparation 1 1 aim of this report 2 my opinion 3 have no experience of 4 that struck me 5 people believe that 6 a great deal about 7 I like most about her 8 express an interest 9 option would be to 10 a large number of 2 13 21 32 44 51 63 74 82 93 101

Unit 14 Mind your language Reading and Use of English: Multiple choice, pages 108-109 1 IC 2A 3D 4D 5C 6A 2 1 anxiety 2 anger 3 irritation 4 ability 5 alertness 6 confidence 7 weight 8 subtlety/subtleties 9 weakness 10 variety 11 credibility 12 certainty/certainties 13 persistence 14 complication 15 complaint 16 hunger

Vocabulary, pages 109-110 A Phrasal verbs with turn 1 down 2 up 3 into 4 on 5 out 6 off Expressions with turn lc 2e 3a 4b 5h 6g 7d 8f C Expressions with make and do 2 d does, (to) do 3 f do, made 4 g do, do 5 b make, do 6 c made, do 7 a does/is doing, makes/is making/has made

5 I had not/hadn’t given 6 I’d/I had paid attention to

149

Answer key Language focus, pages 111-112 A Compound adjectives 1 a Spanish-made car 2 a Russian-speaking guide 3 a London-based company 4 a French-owned supermarket chain 5 a ten-day cruise 6 a 29-year-old woman 7 a 650-page book 8 a four-hour film 9 a three-day conference B Expressing purpose 1 2e 3a 4f 5h 6i 7b 8g 9d 2 2 so that she wouldn’t/so as not to/in order not to speak any Spanish. 3 in case it was cold there. 4 in case she didn’t understand any English. 5 in order to see/so as to see/so that she could see the rest of the country. 6 so that she could read/in order to/so as to (be able to) read about the different places before visiting them. 7 so that her parents wouldn’t worry about her. (in case her parents were worried about her). 8 so that she doesn’t/won’t forget/in order not to forget/so as not to forget what she learnt. 9 in case she goes back to Ireland next year C Ability 1 correct 2 ‘Trevor was able to mend/managed to mend/ succeeded in mending (or must have mended) 3 correct 4 correct 5 correct 6 I’ve never been able to swim 7 he’s incapable of organizing 8 correct 9 she won’t be able to come/she can’t come 10 They didn’t succeed in getting Reading and Use of English: Open doze, page 112 1 turned 2 into 3 instead 4 who 5 by 6 more 7 to 81n Reading and Use of English: Multiple-choice doze, page 113 18 2C 3D 4A 5B 6D 78 8A

150

Reading and Use of English: Word formation, page 113 1 inaccessible 2 written 3 suspicious 4 endless 5 eventful 6 political 7 disappearance 8 knowledge Reading and Use of English: Transformations, page 114 1 did not/didn’t succeed in reaching 2 is capable of running 3 so (that) he would not/wouldn’t or so as not to 4 not/n’t making any effort to/making no effort to 5 in case she turns 6 made two unsuccessful

Listening bank Unit 1 Listening: Multiple matching, page 116 1 Speaker 1 school pupil Speaker 2 doctor Speaker 3 college student Speaker 4 teacher Speaker 5 manager 2 Speaker 1 G Speaker 2 B Speaker 3 E Speaker 4 D Speaker 5 F 3a 1 a set b Setting 2 a turned b turned 3 a looking b looked 4 a made b made 3b 1 … it’s the best decision I’ve ever made. 2 … no one made any fuss about it. 3 Setting up a business in another country is not an easy thing to do! 4 … it turned out to be a great success. 5 I haven’t looked back!

Unit 2 Listening: Sentence completion, page 117 1 1 sporting ability 2 athlete 3 10,000/ten thousand 4 two/2 5 distractions 6 street 7 coach 8 Open 9 Australia 10 superstition(s) 2 1 for 2 in 3m 4 to 5 to 6 on

Answer key

Unit 3

Unit 10

Listening: Multiple choice, page 118

Listening: Multiple choice, page 125

1 IC 2A 3C 4A 5C 6A 7B 2 lc 2f 3d 4a 5b 6e

I B 2B 3A 4A 5C 6C 7C

Unit 4 Listening: Multiple choice, page 119 1C 2B 3B 4B 5C 6B 7B 8B

Unit 5 Listening: Sentence completion, page 120 1 1 passion 2 Rainbows 3 (only) three/3 4 routine 5 morning(s) 6 cafe 7 fountain pen 8 writer’s block 9 different 10 five/5 2 I put 2 fooled 3 set 4 write 5 run 6 go

Unit 6 Listening: Multiple matching, page 121 1 IC 2F 3H 4E 5B 2 lc 2e 3a 4f 5d 6b

Unit 7 Listening: Multiple choice, page 122 IC 2B 3B 4B 5A 6C 7B

Unit 8 Listening: Multiple choice, page 123 IB 2A 3C 4B 5A 6B 7C 13A

Unit 11 Listening: Multiple choice, page 126 IA 2B 3B 4B 5A 6A ‘7C 8C

Unit 12 Listening: Multiple matching, page 127 I IC 2E 3H 4B 5F 2a 1 looking 2 working 3 get 4 made 5 turned 6 got 2b b got fed up with c made up d looking after e working my way through f turned out

Unit 13 Listening: Sentence completion, page 128 I 1 millionaires’ houses 2 photographs 3 (the) Internet 4 realistic 5 the sixteenth/16th century 6 churches 7 Second World War 8 Picasso 9 19/nineteen 10 (Northern) Italy 2 1 complicated 2 religious 3 influential 4 realistic 5 traditional 6 prestigious 7 three-dimensional

Unit 14 Listening: Multiple matching, page 129

Unit 9

1

Listening: Sentence completion, page 124

1H 2G 3E 4A 51) 2 lb 2c 3f 4a 5e 6d

1 1 adventure 2 1887 3 England 4 mother 5 56/fifty-six 6 21″ century 7 The Final Problem 8 The Ghost Club 9 article 10 (rose) garden 2 1 when 2 both 3 the time, However 4 As well as 5 Although 6 eventually

151

Ready for First is a comprehensive course which offers thorough preparation for the Cambridge English: First (FCE) examination. All four skills are systematically developed and practised in each unit, while indepth exam training is given in the form of regular help boxes. This step-by-step approach ensures that students will be fully prepared and confident when taking the Cambridge English: First (FCE) examination. Key features of the Workbook include: Exam practice in every unit Listening bank and audio CD Thorough consolidation of the grammar studied in the Coursebook Additional reading texts Further reinforcement of Vocabulary from the Coursebook Special emphasis on word building, collocations and phrasal verbs Extra writing practice and support Phrasal verb, lexical phrase and irregular verb lists

Course components: Coursebook with key with MPO Coursebook without key with MPO Teacher’s Book with DVD-ROM and class audio CDs Workbook with key with audio CD Workbook without key with audio CD

COMMON EUROPEAN FRAMEWORK

Al

151113111011331 ISBN 9780230440074

#914 MACMILLAN www macmillanenglish.com

MACAW IAN

DIC TIONARY T 1 www.macmillandictiona ry.com

Macmillan Practice Online

80230 440074

                    macmillan
education
Workbook
with Answers
Ready for
IELTS
2nd Edition
о
We are all friends now
Vocabulary: Describing people
Wordlist on page 211 of the Student's Book.
1
Match the words 1-12 to the definitions a-1.
1	artistic	a	keen to try new or exciting things
2	supportive 	b	a person who speaks a lot
3	adventurous!	c	does not easily get annoyed
4	talkative	d	involving a lot of imagination and new ideas
5	sporty	e	a person who enjoys doing physical things
6	patient		f	thinking about the feelings and needs of other people
7	ambitious		being good at things such as painting, music, etc
8	creative	h	determined to be rich, successful, etc
9	considerate	i	working hard and carefully to do things well
10	conscientious	i	someone who is sympathetic and you can rely on
11	helpful	к	someone you can trust
12	reliable	I	a person who is happy to help others
Complete the sentences using an appropriate
adjective from exercise 1.
1	My cousin is totally. She always
does what she says she will do.
2	He’s already extremely successful, but he's
so he wants to achieve more.
3	Nick’s really. There’s never a
moment’s silence.
4	My mother-in-law is very. She
has exhibited her work in a local gallery.
5	They are always. They will go
anywhere, do anything and eat anything!
6	Every week, she posts on Facebook about a
race or competition she has taken part in.
She’s such a person.
7	Thank you for being so. It really
helped me at a difficult time.
8	My sister is very with young children. She never gets angry or cross.
9	My brother is so. He doesn’t just read stories to his children.
He writes them as well.	•
10	I think I’m really. I always try to think about other people first.
11	If you want to be.	, you could take the dog for a walk.
12	They are very. They always do their homework and check the answers
before giving it to the teacher.
4
We are all friends now
3 Complete the sentences with the adjective form of the words in brackets.
1	My sister is a very person. She always thinks about other people, (care)
2	She’s so. She makes me laugh a lot. (humour)
3	They are a team. I love watching them, (talent)
4	I love how she is. She's the centre of attention at every party, (sociability)
5	My mother’s very. She always does well in quizzes, (knowledge)
6	He never gets nervous. He’s a very presenter, (confidence)
7	She'll do anything to help anyone. She’s such a person, (generosity)
8	They are really not very. They are always late, (punctuality)
Section 1
i.i SECTION 1 Questions 1-10
Questions 1-6
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Summer holiday camps
Example:
Junior camp: ages 5-10
Senior camp: ages ....11. -1.6..
Senior camp
1	From.....................am	to 6.00 pm (can also start at 7 am)
2	Monday, Wednesday and Friday mornings: ..................................activities
3	Tuesday and Thursday mornings:................................activities
4	Weekday afternoons:.................
5	Optional trip to...............:	all day on first Wednesday
6	Family BBQ: every.................evening
Questions 7-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Booking and costs
You must book a 7..................in advance
Normal cost per child: 8 £................per	week
9	per	cent disccunt for each extra child
Personal details
Parent's name: Andrea
Parent’s contact number: 10.................
We are all friends now
Language focus 1: Likes and dislikes
Q) Grammar reference on page 219 of the Students Book.
1	Choose the correct verbs, a-c, that can be used to complete the sentences. There may be
more than one possible answer for each sentence.
1	I to study in the UK.
a'd like	b want	c dislike
2	She studying Chem stry when she was at school.
a loves	b enjoyed	c chose
3	My brother to learn another foreign language.
a'd enjoy	b wants	c can’t stand
4	They to go to university in another country.
a’d love	b like	c wanted
5	She really going shopping. She goes every weekend.
a enjoys	b enjoying	c preferred
6	He is fond of other countries. He has at least three holidays a year.
a visit	b visiting	c visited
2	Complete the sentences with phrases from the box. There may be more than one
possible answer for each sentence.
appeals to me	don’t seem to take any pleasure in
get a lot of pleasure from	really likes to
want to	get enormous enjoyment from
1	When I retire I live in the countryside not the city.
2	You rarely see young people walking in the countryside. They it.
3	Joining a gym, but I don’t think I would go often enough.
4	She run. She goes three or four times a week.
5	I travelling. It helps me relax and unwind.
6	Many people eating different foods and trying unusual restaurants
while they are travelling.
3	Complete the sentences with love/like/don't like/hate + the correct form of the verbs in
the box. Use the faces to help you.
KEY: © = like; ©© = love; © = don’t like; ©® = hate
eat go meet play read study listen work
1	He for the bank. He wants to find a new job. ©@
2	They Indian food. ©
3	I Chinese. I find the writing really difficult. ©
4	She on holiday to hot countries. ©©
5	I my friends in the shopping mall. ©
6	We team sports, but we like going for a run. ®@
7	He old books. He prefers reading modem novels. ©
8	I to the radio in the morning while eating breakfast. ©©
We are all friends now
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-14, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
Questions 1-7
The Reading Passage has eight paragraphs, A-H.
Choose the correct heading for paragraphs B-H from the list of headings below.
List of Headings
I The personal impact of friendship
ii The right amount and quality of friends
ill Strong relationships with best friend
Iv What is friendship?
v Communities aren't isolated
vl Understanding ourselves
vii Individual differences and the effect on community
viii The decline of friendship
lx New studies on friendship
x Changes in the selection process
Example:	Answer:
Paragraph A	iv
1	Paragraph В
2	Paragraph C
3	Paragraph D
4	Paragraph E
5	Paragraph F
6	Paragraph G
7	Paragraph H
What friends do we need?
A
When Aristotle was asked, in the 4th century
BC. what defines a friend, he had no doubts.
A friend is 'one soul inhabiting two bocies," he
said, adding; 'Without friends no one would
choose to live, though he had all other goods '
In this century, it is a little more complicated. A
startling discovery in the American Sociological
Review found 25 per cent of Americans do not
have a single friend. That is, nobody 'with whom
to discuss matters important to them,' said the
researchers. The average number of friends was
two Yet modern demands on our time can take
a deep toll on friendships.
Two books aim to help us through the maze
Vital Friends: The People You Can't Afford to
Live Without by Tom Rath, advises readers
to evaluate the roles played by their friends.
ensuring eight essential friendship types are
represented Rethinking Friendship. H.dden Solidarities Today by Liz Spencer and Ray Pahl
looks at the different kinds of friendships in the internet age.
C Rath is a New York Times bestselling author, and leads research and consulting at Gallup He
analysed more than five million interviews to try to define what Plato said he never could: what
is friendship’The result is Vital Friends, and it reaches startling conclusions If you ask people
why they became homeless, why their marriage failed or why they overeat, he says, they do
not blame it on poverty or mobility; they blame it on a lack of friendships If your best friend
eats healthily, he discovered, you are five times more likely to have a healthy diet yourself. His
interviewees rated friendship as being more than five times as important as physical intimacy in
the success of a marriage He also found patients with heart disease are twice as likely to die if
they do not have three or four close social connections.
7
We are all friends now
D Ray Pahl's Rethinking Friendship is based on in-depth interviews conducted over seven years
He finds the quality of our friendships has a huge influence on the amount of satisfaction we draw
from life 'Individuals with no real friends at work have only a one in 12 chance of feeling engaged <n
their job,' he says. But the quantity, as well as the quality of friends, does matter. Some people can
have three or four close friends and be very happy, he believes Others more extrovert prefer to have
10 or 15. But he is certain you need to have more than one friend to be satisfied in life It is a very
common mistake to expect one close friend to provide everything you need,’ he says 'And it can
cause a lot of problems.’
E Dr Angela Carter, an occupational psychiatrist from Sheffield University, says: 'We are social animals.
We need friends to hold a mirror up to us and show us what our behaviour looks like They provide
companionship and support, but the most important thing friends do is help us to work out who we
are. Families cannot do that in the same way' She has found people can struggle to find the friends
that they need. 'We need to be quite strategic in our friendships People think friends turn up from
nowhere, and they grumble when they don't have any You need to think, "What do I need from
friends and am I being a good friend in return?" ’
F In researching Rethinking Friendship, Pahl found little cause for the notion that society is becoming
atomised and selfish. 'Friendship takes such a variety of different forms,’ he says. 'I don't think people
have fewer friends now What is new is that in the past 50 years we have become more and more
used to choosing friends, rather than accepting them as given.'
G Both authors did not find transient communities are all about networking and getting on. As people
have learned to be consumers, maybe they have also learned to make choices among their friends,"
says Pahl. 'But when people think about their close friends, those relationships are deep and trusting,
not exploitative or self-seeking. People are probably loyal and decent, against what is cynically
regarded as the current of the age ’
H So how many friends can one person reasonably support? 'I don't think it is useful or meaningful to
put a number on it,' says Dr Carter 'Psychologists use the term affiliation need', and society tells us
we have a lot of it In truth, some people need a lot of friends, others few.' 'It is fair to say. people with
a more diverse and mixed group of friends have a more robust defence against the way the world
works.' says Pahl. 'I don't want to be prescriptive, or the government will start saying that we need a
Ministry of Mates. But if you can provide the circumstances for a more friendly society, then society
will be happier and healthier.'
Questions 8-11
Complete the sentences below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for
each answer.
8	A quarter of people from the USA are without a...........
9	People need...............different	types of friend in their group.
10	People blame problems in their lives on not having enough.............
11	The..............of friendships and the number of friends is important.
Questions 12-14
Do the following statements agree with the information given in the Reading Passage?
Write:
TR UE	if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE	if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
12	People don't find it easy to get the friendships they require.
13	Technology has changed friendship groups.
14	Everyone needs the same number of friends to be happy.
We are all friends now
Language focus 2: Present simple, present continuous and past simple
Qu Grammar reference on page 219 of the Students Book.
1 Transform the verb in brackets into the correct form of the present simple,
present continuous or past simple.
(study) at
An international student in Brazil
Where do you usually study?
11(study) at a univers ty in London, but this month 12
Sao Paulo University in Brazil.
Why 3(choose) Brazil?
My university in England 4(have) an exchange programme with Sao Paulo
University. I can 5(speak) some Portuguese and 16(be) really
interested in Brazilian culture.
Where 7(live) at the moment?
I 8(stay) with two Brazilian guys in a small flat.
What 9(do) in your free time?
I’m lucky, 110____(meet) lots of new people when I first got here. We often 11(go) to concerts,
the cinema or the gym. It’s similar to England, but here we usually 12(go) out much later at night.
What do you miss about home?
When I was in England, 113(see) my family a lot more, but now I never 14(see) them.
We often 15_______(chat) on social media, but it's not the same. They 16(visit) me last month,
which 17(be) great. Also, I absolutely 18(love) Brazilian food, but I want to eat a good curry!
2 Choose a, b or c to complete the sentences 1-8.
1	He in the evening.
a doesn’t work b network c isn’t working
2	This month my cousin with me.
a lives	b is living c lived
3	to the gym last nighl?
a Did you go	b Are you go c You went
4	Did you go online this morning?
a Yes, I do.	b Yes, I was.	c No, I didn't.
5	My friend Karl watching football.
a is hating	b hates	c hate
6	1 bake a cake for her birthday so I bought one.
a couldn’t	b wouldn’t	c don’t
7	Friendship more important to me when I young.
a is	b was	c being
8	I Management from 2012 to 2015.
a study	bam studying c studied
9
We are all friends now
1	Match the verbs of movement in the box to the correct image 1-9.
declined steadily hit a low fluctuated
fell and then levelled off rose gradually hit a peak
remained flat dipped plummeted soared
2	For sentences 1-6 below, underline the correct word in italics.
1	Levels of unemployment declined/а decline rapidly.
2	There was a rise/rise in levels of unemployment.
3	The year 2000 saw a drop/drop in high street purchases.
4	In 2015, household spending had dip/а dip.
5	The number of users fell/а fall by 15%.
6	Between 1970 and 1975 the numbers simply fluctuated/a fluctuation.
3 Rewrite sentences 1-3 below with nouns instead of verbs.
Example:
The proportion of students using social media dropped dramatically in January.
There was a dramatic drop in the proportion of students using social media in January.
1	The sales of mobile phones fluctuated in the first few months of last year.
2	The number of people studying engineering gradually declined until 2010.
3	Household income has risen sreadily since 2010.
10
We are all friends now
4 Look at the following Task 1 question and then answer questions 1-3 below.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The bar chart below shows social media use in Americans aged 12-24 between
2014 and 2015.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make
comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
Social Media Usage Among American Youth (12-24)
1 What does the bar chart show?
2 How long should you spend on the task?
3 What’s the minimum you should write?
5 Complete the model answer using the correct form of the words in the box.
remain flat decline (x2) dip soar rise(x2) plummet change
The bar chart shows changes in social media use for 12-24-year-old Americans
between 2014 and 2015 Three of the social media platforms 1 in terms
of their usage while two of the sites 2 The biggest 3 is in the
number of people using Tumblr, which 4 from 22% of 12-24 years olds to
just 15% While Facebook 5 by a similar amount, it still holds the position of
the most popular social media site The final site to show a fall in number of users from
this demographic was Twitter Here the fall was less dramatic, with the percentage
6 by just 4%
In contrast the number of users on nstagram and Snapchat 7 during this
lime period While Instagram went up steadily from 53% to 59%, Snapchat 8
by 11% from 46% to 57%, nearly ovelaking Instagram as the second most popular social
media site The final site shown in the bar chart. Vine, 9 during this time period
In conclusion, social media usage is incredibly popular with 12-24-year-old Americans
However, the popularity of each site is generally changing
6 Look again at the model answer and answer questions a-c below.
a Which sentence summarises the data?	c Which change was the smallest?
b Which change in social media use was the biggest?
11
©
Technology - now and then
Vocabulary: Verbs of cause and effect
Wordlist on page 211 of the Students Book.
1
Rearrange the letters to make verbs of cause and effect. Then use the noun form of each
verb to complete the crossword.
Down
Across
1
aveandc
6
2
3
4
5
magaed____
amrh______
tooperm___
radetteoier
pimevor
fatecf
niur_____
uproced _
lutser _
7
8
9
10
2 Underline the verb/noun that describes change. Do these sentences talk about positive,
negative or neutral changes?
1	It is debatable whether most scientific advances have been an enhancement to life or not.
2	The education department are keen to promote online learning. It's key to encouraging the
right skills for life.
3	One result of population growth is increased harm to the environment.
4	What have been the effects of testing on education?
5	Some developments, such as the use of fossil fuels, have definitely damaged
the environment.
6	China and Germany produce more technological products than any other country.
12
Technology - now and then
1.2 SECTION 2 Questions 11-20
Questions 11-15
Choose the correct letter, A, В or C.
House of tomorrow Exhibition
11	The exhibition of the House of tomorrow
is being opened with
A the Homes of the past show.
В the Cities of the future exhibition.
C the Technology of the modern world
exhibition.
12	The exhibition is being funded by
A the Technology and towns project.
В research funding.
C hi-tech companies.
13	Researchers found that the energy use of smart homes
A means they usually make more than they consume.
В is three times lower than traditional homes.
C produces less energy than it uses.
14	In California, the state wants to reduce water usage
A by thirty per cent.
В by building more smart homes.
C by twenty-five per cent.
15	The homes in the exhibition are made from
A natural materials.
В recycled plastics.
C local materials.
Questions 16-20
Which criticism matches the original feature that has now been improved in
smart homes?
Choose FIVE answers from the box and write the correct letter, A-F, next to
Questions 16-20.
Original feature	Criticism
16 recipe books			A did not give you enough detail
17 ovens			В too large and dirty
18 bathroom scales 		C bad for your health
19 computer screens 		D not precise timing
20 lighting			E inefficient and slow F too dramatic and bright
13
Word building: Evaluating adjectives
1
For the adjectives 1-14 below, create synonyms using the words in the box.
in-
im-
un-
-less
2
Example:
1
3
5
9
11
13
impractical__
___appealing___
___acceptable___
__perfect___
_use_
__necessary___
__convenient___
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
___significant_
___appropriate___
__effective__
__hope____
___important___
__inspiring___
___valuable___
Complete the sentences with the words in brackets. Use a prefix or suffix when needed.
1
2
3
4
5
. It’s not possible to make it work, (practical)
solution. It worked exactly how we wanted it to. (perfect)
The idea is to many governments because ultimately it saves the
country money, (appealing)
Many people find the committee members
(effective)
The situation is
The answer is
It was the
and want to replace them.
. I don’t think any of those solutions would work, (hope)
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Technology quickly becomes
and obsolete, (ise)
This kind of behaviour is___________
in my country. You would offend a lot of
people, (acceptable)
It was one of the most
technological developments of the last
century. It had such a major impact on
our society, (significant)
The internet was one of the most
developments of the last
century. It changed so many aspects of
how we work and live, (important)
Not all technological developments are	. (necessary)
A good product with an design can easily fail to become a success,
(inspiring)
The internet has made tasks, such as banking, much easier, (convenient)
Many technological developments, such as the invention of cars and planes, and the
introduction of factories, have been to the environment, (harm)
Using social media at work is. It should be kept to your private life,
(appropriate)
14
Technology - now and then
3 For sentences 1-8 below, underline the correct word in italics.
1	Many people feel it is a valuable idea and worthless/worthwhile pursuing.
2	The idea could be an ineffective/effective solution as it solves a number of
underlying issues.
3	The chemicals are harmful to people and are therefore safe/unsafe to use.
4	The cost of developing better safety procedures would be cheap and certainly
significant/insignificant financially for a company as rich as this one.
5	Some people think that qualificat ons are useful/useless without work experience.
6	One of the most valuable/valueless suggestions was to reorganise the structure of the
company to be more efficient.
7	The idea appeared harmful/harmless enough but in fact the consequences of it
were irreversible.
8	It was appropriate/inappropriate for the other competitors to talk to the different teams
because of the risk of cheating.
Language focus 1: Past simple and present perfect
Q > Grammar reference on page 220 of the Student’s Book.
1 Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form of the present perfect or past simple.
1	The economy in Britain since the Industrial Revolution, (decline)
2	China to be one of the main economies in the world, (rise)
3	The World Fair an event for countries to show their skills and talent to
the world, (be)
4	IBM some of the first home computers, (make)
5	When we young, we technology at school at all. (be/use)
6	I first to America in 2005.1 there three times since, (go/be)
7	I French at school, but I it once in the last
10 years, (study/speak)
8 I my first job as a lawyer in 2010.1 in the sector
ever since, (get/work)
2	Put the verb in brackets into the correct form of the past simple active or passive.
1	Iron in more and more buildings, (use)
2	Britain the Industrial Revolution, (lead)
3	Conditions poor for many people during the Industrial Revolution, (be)
4	Steam engines energy, (generate)
5	Cotton in hotter climates, (grow)
6	People from rural areas to urban ones, (move)
7	Clothes by machines, (produce)
8	The economy by small business owners, (dominate)
3	Rewrite the sentences in exercise 2 to make active sentences passive and passive
sentences active where it is logical.
15
QI Technology - now and then
Questions 1-13
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
Some of the most important developments and
innovations of the Industrial Revolution took place
in the production of cotton, wool, coal and iron.
However, arguably the most important ‘invention’
of the Industrial Revolution was not a single item of
equipment or technology at all Instead, it was a way of
producing goods on a large scale using many workers
and specialised machinery on one site. This method of
production became known as the factory system
Before the introduction of the factory system,
manufacturing often took place in small workshops
or in local workers' cottages (hence the term
cottage industries'). Local traders and crafts people
such as blacksmiths, wheelwrights (wheel makers),
Cartwrights (cart makers), potters, millers and
weavers used their skills, strength or water power
to largely hand-make items. In contrast, the factory
system brought together large numbers of workers
in a single site or factory Few of these workers
were skilled because most of the manufacturing
was done by machines Instead, the many factory
workers performed tasks that were repetitive and
required little skill Many of the machines used
for processes like spinning, weaving and paper
manufacturing were powered at first by water
using waterwheels, then by steam and finally by
electricity The factory system itself was made
possible through a combination of the technological
innovations and knowledge that emerged during
this period
Crompton's mule was invented in 1779 by Samuel
Crompton by combining the spinning jenny's carnage
and the water frame's rollers It allowed a single
power source to spin multiple machines, and worked
with wool or cotton yarns. However, it still required
a skilled weaver to operate. These spinning mules
were developed further so they could be operated by
unskilled workers. Steam power was later applied to
the spinning mules for use in cotton-spinning factories.
By the middle of the 1760s. Britain had become the
centre of cotton production, importing raw cotton
from India and the United States. The raw cotton
went to the mills where machines were used to
spin the raw cotton into yarn, and then weave the
yarn into cloth. The very first mills were powered
by water wheels, so they needed to be located
close to strong-flowing rivers and streams. After the
development of steam power, mill owners were able
to build mills m cities - closer to a constant supply of
workers and potential customers
Before the Industrial Revolution, iron producers had
to heat (smelt) the iron ore (rock) to extract the raw
metal or ’pig iron' from it. Generating the necessary
heat to smelt the iron ore required charcoal, but
making charcoal was time-consuming and demanded
large quantities of wood. Because of this, wood
supplies across Britain were dwindling In 1709,
Abraham Darby, an iron producer at Coalbrookdale
in Derbyshire, England, found a way to bake coal
to make a substance known as coke Coke was a
new, smokeless fuel that burned much hotter than
ordinary coal Quickly, coke replaced charcoal as
the fuel used to smelt iron ore Iron foundries were
established near coalfields (rather than forests), and
the iron and coal industries became strongly linked
Other innovations also made the smelting process
more efficient In 1784, iron producer Henry Cort
was able to combine two processes, known as
'puddling' and 'rolling', which made the large-scale
production of pig iron possible. The amount of pig
iron smelted in Britain rose from 25 000 tonnes in
1728 to 60 000 tonnes in 1788 By 1796, Britain was
producing 125 000 tonnes.
As production increased, new uses were found for
iron Iron utensils such as knives and forks became
common, as did iron pots and pans for household
kitchens. Iron was also used as a building material
in factories and houses, transforming the design of
buildings For example, in 1851, London's Crystal
Palace had a roof and walls made of iron frames
and giant panes of glass. By this time, Britain was
producing 2.25 million tonnes of pig iron, 18 times
as much as in 1796. Similarly, the French put iron to
use in 1889 building Gustave Eiffel's famous tower
The Eiffel Tower is an iron lattice structure created
as the centrepiece of the Exposition Universelle of
1889 World's Fair in Pans, France. It is 324 metres
tall - as high as an 81-storey building - and remained
the tallest structure in the world until 1930
The invention of the steam engine revolutionised
manufacturing and transport, and was later used to
generate electricity. Coal supplies were vital to fuel
the Industrial Revolution, and the ever-increasing
demand for coal led to the opening of new coal
mines and the deepening of older mines. Deeper
mines in turn required better pumping systems
to keep water from flooding lower levels. Two
inventors, Thomas Savery around 1698 and Thomas
Newcomen around 1710. developed early steam
engines to pump water from mines
While repairing a Newcomen steam engine,
engineer James Watt realised that he could greatly
increase its efficiency. Watt did not invent the steam
engine but in 1769, he developed an improved
version that was more practical and powerful In
1775, Watt formed a partnership with Matthew
Boulton to manufacture new steam engines. Over
the next 25 years, their firm manufactured almost
500 steam engines They were used not only in the
mining industry, but also in cotton-spinning factories,
flour mills, breweries, and sugar cane crushing mills
around the country.
16
Technology - now and then
Questions 1-6
Do the following statements agree with the information given in the Reading Passage?
Write:
TRUE	if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE	if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
1 Factory workers were initially all very skilful.
2 Cotton producers stopped using specialist workers.
3 Conditions for cotton growers were poor.
4	The location of iron producers remained near forests.
5	Steam engines were first developed for energy production.
6	Iron changed how buildings looked.
Questions 7-12
Classify the following descriptions
7-12 from the text as relating to:
A Cotton
В Iron
C Steam.
List of Descriptions
7	These factories moved to urban locations.
8	Became used in a wider range of products.
9	The basic material was bought from abroad.
10	This engine was developed to support another industry.
11	Two techniques were used together to increase production.
12	One engineer made these simpler and stronger.
Question 13
Choose the correct letter А, В, C or D.
Which of the following is the most suitable title for the Reading Passage?
A Working conditions in the Industrial Revolution
В The connections between industries
C Significant inventions of the Industrial Revolution
D The Industrial Revolution and the importance of Britain
Language focus 2: Habit in the past + Adverbs of frequency
:Гф) Grammar reference on page 220 of the Students Book.
1 Look at sentences 1-5. Is the.use.of wouldhised to correct? Why/Why not?
1	My mother used to work but she doesn’t now.
2	That building would be a cinema.
3	The company would be successful.
4	Many children would practise their pronunciation every day.
5	Some jobs used to be done by hand.
17
Technology - now and then
2 Number these adverbs from most (1) to least (7) frequent.
never	occasionally	always	frequently
usually	hardly ever	rarely
3 Complete the sentences with an adverb from the box.
never occasionally always hardly ever usually
1	He won’t be on time. Nick is late, every single time I meet him.
2	He takes the train to work, but most of the time he drives.
3	They played computer games when they were young. They weren’t
invented then.
4	I used to play football in the evenings. The only time I didn't was when
it rained.
5	We ate out. We would just once or twice a year.
1 Look at the following Task 2 question and then answer questions 1-3 below.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Some people believe computer and mobile phone technology has changed the way we
communicate positively while others feel it has had a negative impact on communication
with others.
Discuss both these views and give your own opinion.
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	What is the topic you need to cover?
2	What are the advantages and disadvantages you need to look at?
3	In addition to the two sides of the argument, what else do you need to give?
2 Decide if each of the following arguments are an advantage (+) or a disadvantage (-).
Add your own examples to each one.
	Argument	+ or-	Examples
1	Wider connection with more people.		
2	Quicker methods of communication.		
3	Face-to-face conversations happen less.		
4	Parent and child relationships might not be as strong.		•
3 Look at the introduction in the sample answer in exercise 4 and match the sentences a-c
to the functions 1-3 below.
1	Paraphrase of the main question.
2	General statement on the topic.
3	Opinion of the author.
18
Technology - now and then
4	Read the sample answer below and find the linking words which are used to introduce
1-6 below.
1	an example	3 results	5 purpose
2	a reason	4 additional information	6 contrast
a Technology has dramatically changed the way we communicate, b While some
people believe this has opened up opportunities to communicate more widely,
others feel that it limits the ways we communicate and may affect relationships
c Personally. I believe that technology has largely enhanced communication
between people
While technology has increased :he ways we can communicate, some of these
ways are arguably not positive developments For instance, the majority of online
communication is anonymous and consequently this is open to abuse Similarly, it is
often much easier for miscommunication to occur in methods such as emails than
it is m traditional face-to-face exchanges when we can see if someone is confused or
offended and so can reduce any negative feelings quickly
Although there are many disadvantages to using technology to communicate,
there are also many positives. The invention of the telephone allowed people to
communicate with others outside a limited geographic area, and now anyone with
a mobile phone is contactable from anywhere Furthermore, people are able to
connect much faster now than with previous traditional methods of communication
such as the postal system Therefore, it is much easier to maintain contact with a larger
group of friends and to not lose touch with people over periods of time
In conclusion, while technology has had some negative effects on our lives in the
way we communicate with others, these are largely outweighed by the positives
because technology has made the world feel smaller and people feel closer together
Ultimately, I feel this has a positive effect on the way we communicate
5 Complete the alternative sample answer paragraph below with the linking words
in the box.
howrever	because	for example	such as
moreover	in order to	as a result	
Technology has enhanced communication in many ways, 1 some
people feel it has negatively affected the way we communicate 2
face-to-face communication happens less 3 people spend so much time
using methods such as messaging to engage with others 4 this may be
affecting relationships 5 those between parents and children
6 minimise the effects of technology on these relationships, parents need
to engage in the methods used by younger people 7 parents may find
this enhances the relationship with their children
6 Now write your own answer for the Task 2 question.
19
©
Thrill seekers
Vocabulary: Sports
Wordlist on page 212 of the Student’s Book.
1	Use the place and equipment clues about different sports to complete the crossword.
Across
2	This sport happens in a ring and the competitors use gloves.
4	To do this sport, a boat pulls someone on skis across water.
8	People lift weights in the gym to get stronger.
Down
1	This sport is played on a pitch with two goals and a round ball.
3	An Olympic pool is 50m long. Races are between 50m and 10km. People use
four main strokes - breaststro<e, backstroke, butterfly and freestyle.
5	When taking part in this event athletes use shoes with spikes to help them
go faster round the track.
6	Players hit a small ball against a wall using their rackets to play this sport.
• 7 For this sport, players use clubs to get a small ball in a hole on a course.
2 Complete sentences 1-9 using words from the box.
motor	water	racket	winter	outdoor
combat	equestrian	indoor	team	table
1	sports such as skiing and snowboarding usually happen down a hill.
2	Kick boxing and karate are examples of sports in which people fight.
3	Horse and rider have to work together in events, which include dressage,
showjumping and endurance.
4	Formula 1 is the world’s most popular sport.
20
Thrill seekers
5	sports, such as sking, surfing and wind surfing, are often more popular in
warmer countries.
6	Some sports, such as real tennis, are hundreds of years old.
7	sports are affected by the weather whereas sports are not.
8	‘Ping pong’ is an alternative name for what is probably the most famous
sport.
9	Different individuals have to work together to win a game in sports. People
playing in the different positions on the pitch or field need to pull together.
1.3 SECTIONS Questions21-30
Questions 21-26
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS
AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Sports psychology
•	Studying the impact of exercise on
21.....................
•	Study involved 22..................
participants
•	Group 1 necessary to 23......................other groups against.
•	Group 2 went 24......................twice a week.
•	Group 3 participated in 25...................sports.
•	The majority of Group 4 did either 26...................or	climbing.
Questions 27-30
Complete the table below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Results of the study
Group	Impact	
.Group 1	Had 27			on how participants felt
Group 2	Demonstrated a 28..	 stress levels		fall	in
Group 3	Showed the 29			in	stress levels
Group 4	The results 30	 different individuals.		a	lot between
21
Thrill seekers
Language focus 1: Adjectives with prepositions
Q ! Grammar reference on page 220 of the Students Book.
1 Complete the sentences with the correct preposition from the box.
on to (x2) about (x3) in with of (x2)
1	I'm not really interested team sports. I prefer individual sports.
2	I get bored dong the same exercises in the gym every time. I like variety.
3	I’m keen doing new things. I want to try a bungee jump!
4	She’s fond doing nothing. She's very lazy!
5	They are passionate climbing. Every holiday is a climbing one.
6	He’s capable running a marathon in under three hours.
7	They are enthusiastic winter sports. They especially love snowboarding.
8	I'm addicted football on my computer. I can’t stop playing them.
9	I'm fanatical motor sports. I love watching them and doing them.
10	I’m indifferent running. I don't love it or hate it.
Word building: Adjectives ending in -ingl-ed
1	Put the words in brackets into the correct form.
1	The race was the most of my life, (challenge)
2	He was to take part but winning was the most thing, (excite x2)
3	I'm by winning not by taking part, (motivate)
4	They were by his time in qualifying, (amaze)
5	What do you find about exercise? (dissatisfy)
6	Which sport do you find the most? (thrill)
2	Complete the sentences with the correct form of an adjective in the box.
bore tire astonish encourage worry
1	I was by her motivating comments. They really made me want to try harder.
2	Many people find running really. I'm exhausted after just a kilometre.
3	Many doctors find people’s lack of exercise. It is one of their biggest concerns.
4	The team was by her time. She finished in 3 hours 28 minutes
and her target was 3 hours 31 minutes.
5	I’m naturally talented but I get practising. Doing the same thing again and
again doesn't motivate me at all.
22
Thrill seekers
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
A vVingsuit tumping, for the uninitiated, is a little like
transforming yourself into a human flying squirrel
the suit has parachute-like flaps of fabric under the
arms and between the legs that allow the wearer
to 'fly' along with the wind It's a form of BASE
jumping - BASE standing for building, antenna, span
and Earth (as in the broad categories of very high
things from which one can tump) - which is in itself
incredibly risky, to phrase it mildly One recent study
led by the University of Colorado School of Medicine
in Denver, USA. found, for example, that 72 percent
of the 106 BASE jumpers interviewed had witnessed
the death or catastrophic injury of a fellow jumper
В So it makes sense to think that people who engage
in these activities are taking foolish risks purely for
the exhilaration of it all But this isn’t an accurate
depiction of the individuals Doctor Eric Brymer, a
psychologist at Queensland University of Technology
in Brisbane, Australia, has encountered in more than
a decade of studying experienced extreme athletes.
On the contrary, Brymer said his work has suggested
that many extreme athletes are the opposite of
impulsive; not only are they careful and thoughtful
planners, but they actually avoid thrill-seekers ‘like
the plague,’ he said.
C When he began his work, he explained, most of the
scientific literature on psychology and extreme sjxirts
linked the activity to a certain set of characteristics,
'and not very good ones at that - thrill-seeking,
hedonism, that they were doing this because they
liked risk.’ And yet, none of these things accurately
described the people he'd met at the outdoor
adventure comjjany where he worked while in grad
school As he looked into it further, he found that the
bulk of the research up to that point had been done
on teenagers and young adults, who tend to be high
in impulsivity and poor decision-making, anyway
D But when he conducted research specifically on
experienced extreme-sports enthusiasts, he found
little evidence that participants are reckless, or have
some kind of Freudian death wish. Instead, Brymer
has found that 'older' extreme athletes - as in
those who are past their mid-20s - exercise deep
care in equal proportion to the high risk involved
A lot of these people are highly intelligent people,
methodological and systematical,' Brymer said
Those he’s interviewed don't take one spontaneous
trip to the outdoor clothing store REI and then jump
off a cliff; rather, they spend years studying the
environment and the mechanics of, for example,
parachutes, before taking any action, 'in order to
make it as safe as it possibly can be.' If the approach
is more thoughtful for these athletes than the rest of
us might suspect, so are the motivations that dove
them to extreme sports in the first place They're not
just seeking an adrenaline rush, Brymer said rather,
what keeps many of them coming back is something
akm to the flow-like state achieved through mindful
meditation, one in which 'you're so in the moment
that everything else drops away. You're focused on
the here and now'
E Dean Potter, a famous BASE jumper, once described
it this way to sports channel ESPN: 'My vision is
sharper, and I'm more sensitive to sounds, my
sense of balance and the beauty all around me
Something sparkles in my mind, and then nothing
else in life matters,’ he said. Athletes interviewed
by Brymer have expressed similar sentiments 'The
activity itself enables experiences that are beyond
the everyday,' Brymer said. 'People talk about their
senses being alive, about being able to see things
much more clearly It gives them a glimpse of what
it means to be human, as in the capacities they
have that we don't tap into in everyday life.' Another
common misconception about extreme athletes is
that they must have a weaker fear response than
the rest of us, who might feel woozy just watching
a video of Potter slack-lining in a Yosemite mountain
range. 'People assume because you're doing things
like BASE jumping, you have no fear,' Brymer said. 'In
reality, fear is an important part of the experience.' It
• isn’t about the absence of fear, or ignoring it when
the feeling does creep in - rather, it’s about learning
to use that feeling
23
Thrill seekers
F People tend to divide emotions into ’good' and ’bad,'
and the unpleasant anxiety of fear means it gets
placed in the ’bad' category But that's probably not
the best way to think about the feeling Fear wakes
you up, making you more alert to the potential
threats or things that could go wrong - all things that
are very useful in a potentially dangerous situation
Brymer has interviewed BASE jumpers who say they
don't like to jump with people who aren't afraid If,
when standing at the edge of a cliff, the lumper gets
a little scared, this becomes a time to check in with
the preparation work: their physical readiness, the
environmental conditions, the equipment itself. If
something isn't quite right - if the wind isn't blowing
correctly, for instance - the seasoned extreme
athlete will stop and come back another time.
G But if, after ticking through that mental list, everything
checks out. it's time to push past that fear 'There
seems to be a link between that experience of fear
and being able to move through it with the proper
knowledge and expertise and training,' Brymer said.
'Instead of fear stopping them, it gets turned into this
way of saying. Okay, I need to really pay attention
and be serious here' The presence of fear is,
counterintuitively, what ultimately gives athletes 'the
ability to move through fear... it's part of what allows
them to have these experiences '
Questions 1-6
The Reading Passage has seven paragraphs, A-G.
Which paragraph contains the following information?
NB You may use any letter more than once.
1	people's views of extreme athletes do not match the reality
2	experienced jumpers research a jump in great detail
3	jumpers feel more alive and powerful
4	early research into the personality of extreme sports people
did not look at a wide range of people
5	jumping helps people live in the moment
6	other participants see jumpers die
Questions 7-12
Do the following statements agree with the information in the Reading Passage?
Write:
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
1	Wingsuit jumping is very different to BASE jumping.
8	All people who enjoy extreme sports make quick and risky decisions.
9	Poor decision-making is connected with younger people.
10	Extreme sports athletes are physically fit.
11	Extreme sports athletes do not suffer from fear.
12	There are lots of extreme sports videos online.
Question 13
Choose the correct letter А, В, C or D.
Which of the following is the most suitable title for the Reading Passage?
A Addicted to fear
В A history of extreme sports
C Controlling fear positively
D The death of a BASE jumper
24
Thrill seekers
Language focus 2: Comparison
(JJ> Grammar reference on page 221 of the Student s Book.
1 Complete the sentences with the comparative or superlative form of a word from the
box below.
good	bad	noisy	difficult
stressful	popular	dangerous	cheap
1	Star Wars is film series ever. It has made billions of dollars at the
box office and through merchand se.
2	Bees are than sharks. In the USA, more people die every year
from a bee sting than a shark attack.
3	The Golden Raspberries Awards are for films and actors. Most
winners do not collect the award - no one likes to be told they are not very good.
4	One of places to live in any country is near an airport.
5	It is to play lots of sports from a young age rather than specialising.
People who focus on one sport from a young age often get demotivated.
6	The entrance exam to Oxford University is often called test
in the world. It’s impossible to revse for.
7	When exploring a city, it’s often to go on a walking tour
than a bus tour. You could save up to fifty per cent of your money.
8	Being a surgeon is one of jobs in the world.
There is a lot of pressure when saving someone’s life.
2 Rewrite the sentences using a noun instead of an adjective.
Example:
With more people taking it up, tennis is far more popular than it used to be.
With more people taking it up, tennis enjoys more popularity than it used to.
1	It's more difficult to find places to do extreme sports than regular sports.
2	Many people find running long distances more challenging than running short distances.
3	I find playing sports more interesting than watching them.
4	Which sports do you find the most motivating?
5	People want to be more thrilled by sports now than they did in the past.
6	I’m more inspired by effort than success.
7	What do you get most irritated by in sports?
8	I get more annoyed doing team sports than doing individual activities.
25
Thrill seekers
1 Look at the following Task 1 question and answer questions 1-5 below.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The table below shows the changes in participation levels in various sports in the USA
between 2010 and 2014 for people aged between 18 and 34.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make
comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
Sport	2010	2014
Baseball	3.8 million «	2.2 million
Basketball	9 milion	7.8 million
Hiking	12 million	14 million
Running	15 million	18 million
Softball	4 million	2.5 million
Swimming	13 million	10.5 million
Weightlifting	13.5 million	13.3 million
Yoga	9 million	12 million
Total	79.3 million	80.3 million
1	How many sports does it compare?
2	Which sports saw an increase in popularity?
3	Which sports saw the biggest increase in popularity?
4	Which sports saw a drop in popularity?
5	Which sport saw the biggest fall in popularity?
2 Look at sentences 1-6 below and decide whether the information about the table is
True or False.
1 The number of people playing basketball fell from 3.8 million to 2.2 million.
- 2 The number of people taking part in hiking has risen.
3	In general, team sports are becoming more popular.
4	All individual sports have shown an increase in the number of people taking part.
5	Running and yoga have both increased by 3 million.
6	The numbers taking part in weightlifting remain unchanged.
26
Thrill seekers
3	Rewrite the sentences in exercise 2 which give false and not given information to make
them true.
4	Read the model answer below and underline the comparative and superlative words.
The table compares the number of 18 to 34 year old Americans participating in
various sports in 2010 and 2014 Overall, the number of sports with increasing
participation is equal to the number of sports with declining interest Running is
still the most popular activity, and the least popular is still baseball, however, the
numbers have changed significantly Generally speaking, people find team sports
less interesting than individual activties. Baseball, basketball and softball all have
between 12 and 16 million fewer participants People are also much less inspired
by swimming m 2014 than 2010 The one sport that showed little change was
weightlifting The table shows that the spprts which people were more motivated
to take part m m 2014 were running hiking and yoga All three sports had an
additional 2 to 3 million individuals raking them up in the four year period In total
there are 1 million more people act ve in these sports.
5	Rewrite the following sentences from the model answer using a noun.
1	Generally speaking, people find team sports less interesting than individual activities.
2	People were also much less inspired by swimming in 2014 than 2010.
3	The table shows that the sports which people were more motivated to take part in in 2014
were running, hiking and yoga.
6	Match the synonyms in the box to the underlined words and phrases 1-6 in the overview
sentence below.
the range of sporting activities	the same as	in general
numbers of people taking part	levels of engagement	falling
1 Overall, the variety of sports with increasing -' participation is "equal to the number
of sports with1 2 3 * declining6 interest
7	Rewrite sentences 1-3 below using the words and phrases in the box. Make any
necessary changes.
amount stayed the same large decrease the main pattern rise taking part
demonstrate group dramatic individuals on their own generally
1 The general trend shows exercise levels remaining fairly constant.
2 Overall, the participation in team sports has shown a marked decline.
3 There has been a significant increase in the number of people doing individual sports.
8 Write your own answer for the Task 1 question.
27
" о
Global issues and opportunities
Vocabulary 1: General nouns
Wordlist on page 212 of the Students Book
1 Cross out the adjectives that do not collocate with the nouns in italic.
1 a	main	b	likely	c	perfect	cause
2 a	burning	b	growing	c	serious	problem
3 a	excellent	b	imaginative	c	golden	opportunity
4 a	insurmountable	b	political	c	special	event
5 a	burning	b	golden	c	controversial	issue	ч
6 a	festive	b	state	c	unfavourable	occasion
7 a	dangerous	b	difficult	c	false	situation
8 a	effective	b	memorable	c	perfect	solution
9 a	adverse	b	favourable	c	good	impression
10 a	adverse	b	trying	c	festive	circumstances
2 Complete the sentences with words from the box.
effective solution	good impression	state occasion
golden opportunity	growing problems	likely cause
1	CO2 emissions are the of global warming.
2	It's important to make a in a job interview.
3	This is a for governments to reduce poverty levels.
4	The new prime minister was introduced at a to celebrate political ties.
5	Obesity is an increasing problem. One could be a tax on sugary foods.
6	An increasing population s causing with food shortages.
28
Global issues and opportunities
1.4 SECTION 4 Questions 31-40
Questions 31-37
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE
WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for
each answer.
The impact and opportunities
of aviation
Historical background
•	First commercial flight was
in 1914.100 years later
31........................
were flying every year
•	Early flights were more connected
with 32.......................
than trade or leisure travel
•	First commercial plane could have
33.........................on	board
The Benoist XIV was an early bl-plane or ‘flying boat*
built in 1913 in America
•	Because of the air at high altitudes
people used to feel 34...........................
•	Plane production grew massively from the year 35..........................
•	Jet engines were designed by a British man but the 36..........................
made the initial jet aircraft
•	1969 saw the start of the modern plane industry. The Boeing 747 was the first
plane with more than one aisle, and it had two levels. It was 37.....................
larger than previous jets
Questions 38-40
Choose THREE letters, A-F.
Which THREE of the following impacts on society are mentioned?
A Transportation of goods
В Cheap flights
C Access to medical facilities
D Competition with other transport methods
E Reduced environmental impact
F Other ways CO2 is produced
29
ЕВ Global issues and opportunities
Language focus: Countable and uncountable nouns
<5} Grammar reference on page 221 of the Students Book.
1 Complete the sentences with words from the box.
bottles	burglaries	cash	chairs	crime
furniture	fruit	goods	luggage	magazines
media	merchandise	shirts	suitcases			
1	In Germany, they encourage recycling old glass by giving people a
small amount of.
2	Due to the popularity of the internet,and other traditional print
	have fewer readers.
3	rates, in particular, tend to increase during *
difficult economic times.
4	, such as, are often not grown locally but
are imported.
5	, including and other clothing, are often made
cheaply. As a result people buy new things to wear every year.
6	, such as, tables and desks, are often not made
from wood anymore. Many are made from plastic that cannot be recycled.
7	The more people take on holiday, such as handbags and
, the greater their carbon footprint is.
2 (Circje)the uncountable nouns and underline the countable nouns in the box in exercise 1.
3 Rewrite sentences 1-7 below, so that they have the same meaning.
Use the words from the box.
suggestions	cash	machinery	social media
crime	accomodation	opportunities	litter
Example:
Machines are doing more jobs people used to do.
Machinery is doing more and more jobs people used to do.
1	New flats are often smaller than older ones.
2	Coins and notes are being used less and less as we use contactless payments more.
3	Burglaries and robberies have been declining in America since the 90s.
4	Twitter and Instagram are now popular advertising methods for companies.
5	The chance for greater cultural understanding has increased with globalisation.
6	Bottles and cans in slums are seen as an opportunity by some local people to make money.
7	Advice about a healthier diet does not seem to change people’s behaviour.
4 Tick the sentences that are grammatically correct. Change the sentences that are
grammatically incorrect.
1	Public transports is often unreliable and expensive.
2	Password details should always be protected.
3	Nowadays, businesses is done with less and less face-to-face contact.
4	Moneys paid to pensioners s decreasing in relation to the cost of living.
5	Technological waste is a growing problem in Africa.
6	Equipments like computers develop at an increasingly rapid rate.
30
Global issues and opportunities
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-14, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
Make your own opportunities
Are we born lucky or do we make our own luck?
Some people often feel that other people get all
of the luck and that they never have good fortune.
However, more and more studies have found
that people make their own good fortune and bad
fortune. It seems that lucky events actually don't
just happen by chance
A number of inventions have arguably happened
by accident including the microwave, vaccinations.
X-rays, and penicillin The people working in these
areas may not have been intending to create their
invention, but they had the knowledge and skills
to see the potential in their discovery When a
piece of scientific equipment accidently melted
the food in Percy Spencer's pocket it still took a
creative and intelligent mind to make the leap
to produce a microwave Perhaps luck happens
to some people more than others for a deeper
reason
Researchers at University College London are
trying to find out what that reason is. The SerenA
project asked people to post their stories on
a website called serendipitystories com The
word 'serendipity' can be defined as a chance
encounter or accident that results in a happy, and
sometimes life-changing experience. The stories
range from people finding the love of their life by
chance to a 91-year-old woman fulfilling her dream
of riding a motorbike after a conversation in a cale
Apart from reading interesting good luck stories,
what did the researchers discover?
The team at UCL analysed all of these stories
and found some interesting results 'By looking
for patterns, we've found that serendipity is more
than an accident." says Dr Stephan Makri. All of
the people had two things in common. Firstly,
all the stories did obviously contain an element
of luck. However, more importantly the people
spotted the opportunity and acted on it.
Richard Wiseman, a psychologist, researcher
and author agrees with these findings During
his research he conducted a number of studies
that lead him to a similar conclusion In one such
study he asked people to read a newspaper and
to count the number of photos In the middle
of the paper he had placed a message that read
Stop counting - there are 43 photographs in this
newspaper.' 'It was staring everyone in the face,
but the unlucky people tended to miss it and the
lucky people spotted it," says Wiseman.
So what causes unlucky people to fail to spot of
take these opportunities? Wiseman would argue
that unlucky people are usually tenser than lucky
people. This increased level of anxiety leads to poor
concentration and noticing skills. Consequently,
unlucky people fail to notice the opportunity
presented to them. However, all is not lost. We are
not born lucky or unlucky. After more than ten years
of research he concluded that it is actually possible
for people to increase the amount of luck they have
in their lives.
So how can we make ourselves luckier? For a
long time people have believed in the power of
superstition. From lucky numbers to touching
wood to not walking under a ladder, there are
many things that people believe increase
or decrease their chances of good fortune
Unfortunately, the evidence is mixed as to whether
superstitions actually work or not. Scientists at the
University of Cologne found that carrying a good
luck charm did seem to increase people's fortune
They found that people with superstitious beliefs
were often calmed by their good luck charm and
that this increased level of calmness may result in
better performance. However, Richard Wiseman
would argue that it is based on outdated and
inaccurate thinking
It seems that one way to increase your luck in life is
to not be predictable. Unlucky people tend to love
routine and become stressed when the routine is
broken. Lucky people on the other hand are always
looking for variety and to change their life. People
who have very routine lives quickly use up the
opportunities that are presented to them. Always
doing the same things with the same people in the
same place will not present many new avenues of
opportunity. New and random experiences present
people with unexpected opportunities from which
luck may come.
31
Global issues and opportunities
The way we deal with lucky and unlucky
events also vanes from person to person.
In particular, lucky and unlucky peoole react
to and deal with unlucky events in very
different ways. In his experiments Wiseman
found that lucky people tend to loo< at the
bad event and imagine how much worse the
event could have been Whereas, unlucky
people tend to feel desperately unlucky that
this event happened to them. As a result
it means that fortunate people tend to be
much more positive thinking about the
future This positivity decreases their anxiety
and consequently means that they are likely
to continue to be lucky.
So can people be taught to be luckier? If
we break our daily routines, or learn how to
react more positively to bad news, can we
actually increase the levels of luck in our lives?
Wiseman spent a month with his participants
trying to train them to learn various techniques
and the results were quite startling Eighty
per cent of people felt happier, more satisfied
and luckier in life Some volunteers went from
feeling incredibly unlucky in life to feeling very
fortunate, others found partners and some
were promoted at work. All of these events
arguably happened because the participants
had taken control of their own luck. It seems
luck is simply a state of mind.
Questions 1-9
Complete the summary (Questions 1-9) using the list of words, A-Q, below.
Why are some people lucky?
Lucky inventions are not 1............occurrences. The people had the
2..............to see what their invention could do. SerenA wanted to analyse lucky,
3..............stories. They found that people are fortunate but the key is how they
4	to	the opportunity. Richard Wiseman found the 5.............. In his
experiment some unlucky people did not find the 6............. .They	failed because
unlucky people are usually more 7............. and	they are unable to 8..........
Fortunately, we can 9............the luck we have.
A positive	В unusual	C focus	D change
Echance	F luck	G closed	H intelligence
I live	J answer	К reason	Lnote
M respond	N stressed	0 angry	P same Q want
Questions 10-14
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in the Reading Passage?
Writer
YES	if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO	if the statement disagrees with the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this
10	Superstitions clearly do not work.
11	A fixed daily habit leads to good luck.
12	Reacting positively to bad luck has a long-term impact.
13	Bad incidents lead to bad luck in the future.
14	People can influence luck.
Global issues and opportunities
Vocabulary 2: Developing ideas
Underline the TWO words that are similar in each pair of sentences.
1	The rise in levels of unemployment is alarming.
It’s particularly frightening for young people.
2	The low standards in education are shocking.
It has stunned many parents in society.
3	Crime is increasing worldwide. Unfortunately this
is a growing problem.
4	Seeing a quick change can be motivating. It can
encourage people to continue.
5	I have a satisfying job. It’s pleasing when I see
the results.
6	Unhealthy foods are often very tempting. Since
they are so appealing they are consumed
too frequently.
7	The damage being done to the environment is
worrying. The most troubling thing is the
continued rise in the levels of pollution.
2	Complete the sentences with the adjective form of the words in the box.
satisfy worry motivate grow
1	Children often want unrealistic careers. One of the
factors for them is the luxurious lifestyle on offer.
2	The divide between rich and poor is a concern for many people.
3	Increasing inactivity in patients is a_________________. trend for many doctors.
4	Having experiences such as holidays with other people is more
than buying more goods.
3	Continue the second sentence in 1-6 below using an adjective with a similar meaning.
Example: The Literary Festival was really interesting. It was fascinating to meet so many
different writers.
1	There are frightening levels of crime in some cities. This ...
2	The number of people avoiding tax has stunned the public.These ...
3	The opinions of some politicians are troubling. It...
4	It is encouraging to see the number of young people starting their own business. They ...
5	The falling levels of crime were pleasing to those in charge.This ...
6	Certain careers are more appealing to teenagers than others. They...
33
Global issues and opportunities
1 Look at the following Task 2 question and then answer questions 1-6 below.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Youth unemployment is increasing in many countries in the world. What do you think
are the main causes of this problem and what measures can be taken to solve it?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	What is the main topic?
2	Is it a positive or negative development?
3	What two main areas do you need to focus on for the topic?
4	Can you add things from your personal life?
5	How long do you have for the task?
6	Can you write more than 250 words?
2 Match the causes 1-4 to the solutions a-d.
1	The main cause of youth unemployment is the increasing use of robots and
technology to do basic jobs.
2	Another factor is the lack of diversity on the type of jobs available.
3	This is arguably as a result of the academic path people are choosing to take.
4	One cause is the lack of apprenticeships in many firms.
a One way to deal with this is to for people to learn a greater range of skills.
b Companies should be supported by the government to develop training schemes.
c One solution is for governments to provide financial support for industries such
as manufacturing.
d Young people should be encouraged to train in skills there is a shortage in.
3 Put sentences 1-5 for this possible model answer in the correct order.
1	For instance, many manufacturing jobs and customer service jobs are now completed
by computers or robots.
2	Consequently, many low-skilled jobs are now no longer available to people.
3	The main cause of youth unemployment is the increasing use of technology and the
automation of basic jobs.
4	However, doing so will take time and will not help those who have been working in this
area for a long time already.
5	One solution could be for people to learn a greater range of skills that cannot be replicated
by technology.
34
Global issues and opportunities
4 Match the functions a-e to the sentences in exercise 3.
1	Sentence 1	a	example
2	Sentence 2	b	solution
3	Sentence 3	c	result
4	Sentence 4	d	concession
5	Sentence 5	e	main idea
5 Complete the model answer by underlining the correct word in italics.
Recent economic events have led to increased levels of unemployment in many
countries In particular, they have resulted in very high levels of youth unemployment,
even as high as 50% in some countries There are a number of reasons for this
phenomenon, 1 however/such as, there are realistic solutions that could
be employed
Many economies are now reliant on a very limited range of jobs, for example, the
UK largely employees people in service jobs. 2 Furthermore/As a result many
jobs in the whole economy can be affected at the same time One solution is
for governments to provide financial support to make smaller sectors larger For
instance, the UK government could invest m growing its manufacturing sector
In recent years many countries have seen increases in the number of university
graduates At the same time, there has been a fall in the number of people
qualifying m traditional professions such as electricians and plumbers
3 Consequently/Even so. young people should be encouraged to tram m skills
there is a shortage of
4 On the other hand/Furthermore, companies do not often provide the level of
training they once did For example, there is a lack of apprenticeships in many firms
The government should support companies to develop training schemes
5 As a result/Whereas this will develop employees with the specific knowledge
and skills companies require rather than broad, generic knowledge
In conclusion, while youth unemployment may be high there are a number of
steps many countries could take to reduce these levels In particular, training young
people in the skills society requires
6 Write your own answer for the Task 2 question.
35
Ill
The future
Language focus: Ways of looking at the future
Q * Grammar reference on page 222 of the Students Book.
1	Match a tense 1-6 to each sentence a-f.
1	The present continuous
2	The future continuous
3	The present simple
4	The future perfect
5	will
6	going to
a The train leaves at 5.50.
b People will be doing very different jobs in 30 years’ time.
c I'm meeting friends for coffee tonight.
d Most people will work from home in the future.
e By 2030, most jobs will have changed beyond recognition.
f I’m going to travel around Europe with friends.
2	Match the functions a-f to a tense in exercise 1.
a Used for intentions or plans.
b Used for fixed arrangements.
c Used for a completed action at or before a point in the future.
d Used for a situation which will be happening at a particular time in the future.
e Used for predictions or instant decisions.
f Used for events that relate to a schedule/timetable.
3 For 1-8 below, underline the correct form in italics.
1	By 2030, most people will be using/use
driverless cars.
2	By the time people are thirty, they will have
changed/will change jobs four or five times.
3	We will have bought/'re going to buy a
new car.
4	The shops are going to close/close at
10 pm every day.
5	I get married/will probably get married
and have children.
6	I ‘m starting/will start a new job tomorrow.
7	By 2025, most things will be delivered/are
being delivered by drones.
8	People will often choose/will be often
choosing not to have children.
36
The future
4 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in brackets.
1	By tomorrow, I(finish) the essay.
2	The presentation(start) in ten minutes.
3	The lesson(last) one hour every Monday afternoon.
4	Men and women(earn) the same money by 2030.
5	We(go/go) kite surfing this summer.
6	We won’t need keys, remote controls or light switches. I think phones
(control) everything in our house.
Vocabulary 1: Adjective/Noun collocations
Wordlist on page 213 of the Student’s Book.
1	Choose the correct word to complete the sentences.
1	The (indigenous/modern/dominant) people of many countries suffered at the hands
of invaders.
2	The (thriving/agricultural/general) public protested about the government's decision.
3	There is a (dominant/thriving/urban) local economy which has increased salaries above
the national average.
4	The historic town centre is much more attractive than the (modern/urban/general) area.
5	It is an (urban/agricultural/indigenous) region and most people work in farming.
6	Throughout the world the (urbarVagricultural/indigenous) population has been increasing
as more and more people move to cities.
7	The (thriving/general/governing) elite has made some unpopular decisions and is unlikely
to win the next election.
8	American culture has influenced many societies around the world. Hollywood movies help
make it the (dominant/general/governing) culture.
2	Complete the sentences with collocations from the box.
indigenous people	general public	thriving economy	modern area
agricultural region	urban population	governing elite	dominant culture
1	He is a good politician but not popular with the. Most of the population
- dislikes him.
2	Many of the no longer speak their own language. They have learnt the
language of the people who conquered the island.
3	The has become smaller as cities have grown.
4	A is usually richer than a rural one.
5	The is a lot less beautiful than the historical area.
6	India is a very diverse country and there is not one.
7	The control most of the power and wealth in the country.
8	We once had a but now it is struggling. I think we’ll have a recession soon.
37
|| The future
(Listening J)
Section 1
1.5 SECTION 1 Questions 1-10
Questions 1-4
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Future development
Exhibition date: 1......................
Location: 2.......................
Number of tickets booked: 3......................
Delivery method: 4......................
Questions 5 and 6
Choose TWO letters, A-E.
Which TWO of the following facilities will be available on the site?
A Beach
В Swimming pool
C Supermarket
D Restaurants
E Tennis court
Questions 7-10
Complete the table below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Methods of transport	Nearest stop to development	Frequency	Destination	Cost
Tram	The front entrance	Every 7		All main towns along the regional coast	8		 return
Bus	9		Every 15 minutes	Inland towns and 10			Five euros return
38
The future ^Q|
(Reading
stions 1-13
Word building: Forming adjectives from nouns
Wordlist on page 213 of the Students Book.
1 Make adjectives from the nouns in brackets using one of these three suffixes: -al, -(i)ous
and -ful. Make any necessary' changes.
1	sports are often popular among thrill seekers, (danger)
2	China is likely to become the most economically country
in the world, (power)
3	Industrialisation continues to be to the environment, (harm)
4	people often want control of their future, (ambition)
5	There are reasons why it isn’t appropriate, (culture)
6	Solar energy has become more and mpre. (economy)
7	Many doubt we are likely to have a world in the future, (peace)
8	The internet is seen as one of the most influential developments of recent
years, (technology)
2	Complete the sentences with nouns or adjectives of the words in brackets.
1	America currently has significant and political. (economy/power)
2	Society has undergone huge changes due to the development of
. (culture/technology)
3	Some people see businesses'as for society, (ambition/danger)
4	The breakdown in talks was for the region, (peace/harm)
3	Underline all the noun forms in the completed sentences in exercise 2.
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
A report from Public Health England in February this
year found that over-65s in Britain are living longer
than ever before — but we want life in our years, not
just years in our lives.
Here's what our generation can hope for.
Younger skin
It's an exciting idea for those of us who seem to find
a new wrinkle each morning a wearable film applied
to the face or body as a thin, transparent layer, making
skin look younger. The new silicone-based polymer
film, dubbed 'second skin', was developed at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology After tests,
researchers reported that it covered eye bags and
wrinkles, making skin look smoother and firmer,
and more elastic and springy. The product is applied
as two creams, one after the other, that dry into a
film and can then be peeled off and discarded
24 hours later. The treatment was co-developed with
a cosmetic company and while the MIT researchers
refused to speculate on when the treatment might
become available. Dr Agus, who wasn't involved in
the research says: ’My gut is we’ll see it sometime
in 2017
39
Fighting disease
Having your DNA genetically modified or 'edited'
could be available within five years, says Dr Agus.
Last year, biotech company Editas Medicine
announced plans to become the first lab in the world
to genetically edit the DNA of patients suffering
from a genetic condition that prevents the normal
functioning of the retina.It's possible thanks to new
cutting-edge gene-editing technology Cnspr, which
stands for Clustered. Regularly Interspaced, Short
Palindromic Repeat, a naturally occurring defence
mechanism used by bacteria that the technology
harnesses to erase mutated areas of DNA.
‘Cnspr acts like scissors to cut out defective pieces
of DNA so they can be replaced with other pieces
of DNA,' says Dr Agus. 'Using this technique,
researchers have managed to tweak the genes .
in fish that affect how they age. It offers hope of
finding treatments that can help us age slower and
live longer.' But there are ethical concerns, says
Dr Agus 'The technology could be potentially used
to control qualities such as intelligence, athleticism
and beauty, and we don't know what revising
the human genome to create permanent genetic
modifications could mean for future generat ons.'
Living longer
While a bona-fide proven pill that could add years to
our lives is not yet reality, it's on the way, says UCL
ageing researcher Dr Alic - most likely in the form
of drugs currently available for other conditions that
m trials have been shown to have an anti-ageing
effect In June last year, Dr Alic’s team founc that
fruit flies given a cancer drug lived 12 per cent longer
than average and last month, another UCL team
found the drug lithium - routinely prescribed for
the treatment of bipolar disorder - could lead to a
lifespan increased by up to 18 per cent.
Meanwhile, a medicine called rapamycin, used to
suppress the immune system in transplant patients,
has been shown in mice trials to prolong life by 38
per cent, and in one study last month on docs, it
improved their heart functionality. While its use as
an anti-ageing drug is more than a decade of, Dr
Alic explains, rapamycin has been shown in humans
to help vaccine responses in the elderly 'That's a
positive effect on which we could base potential
treatment,' he says But it's no wonder drug,
he says and side-effects include suppression of
the immune system.
A better quality lite
While we may not be able to live forever, scientists
are confident that they can extend the quality of life
to a much older age. Scientists now believe that it
is possible to actually stop people growing old as
quickly and help them live in good health well into
their 110s and 120s Although it might seem like
science fiction, researchers have already proven
that the diabetes drug metformin extends the life of
animals, and the Food and Drug Administration in the
US has now given the go ahead for a trial to see if
the same effects can be replicated m humans. 'This
would be the most important medical intervention
in the modern era, an ability to slow ageing' says
Dr Jay Olshansky, University of Illinois, Chicago. If
successful, it will mean that a person in their 70s
would be as biologically healthy as a 50 year old
It could usher in a new era of 'geroscience' where
doctors would no longer fight individual conditions
like cancer, diabetes and dementia, but instead
treat the underlying mechanism - ageing. Professor
Lithgow believes that, in the future, young people
may be given a type of ageing vaccine’ to slow
down ageing He believes it could have a far bigger
impact on extending population lifespan than finding
a cure for cancer. ’If we were to cure all cancers it
would only raise life expectancy by around three
years, because something else is coming behind
the cancer, but if we could slow down the ageing
process, you could dramatically improve how long
people can live,' he said. 'We know that it is possible
for handfuls of people to live to a very old age
and still be physically and socially active, so clearly
they carry some kind of protection m their bodies
They are essentially not ageing as quickly. If we
can harness that, then everyone can achieve
those lifespans '
40
The future
Questions 1-7
Complete the summary below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for
each answer.
People want to live a longer and better quality life. The Massachusetts Institute of
Technology has produced somethirg called a 1..............to make our skin look
younger. It can be removed 2............one day later. Changing our DNA might be
possible in 3............time. It works by using a protection system 4...........
use to remove weak parts. So far, scientists have used it to change how 5..........
age. It’s possible this could help humans survive 6...........It might also be used
to affect 7...........  physical	ability and attractiveness.
Questions 8-11
Choose the correct letter А, В, C or D.	*
8	Anti-aging drugs
A are already available and can add years to your life.
В are being tested on fruit flies.
C are likely to come from drugs we already have for treating major illnesses.
D make people live 12 to 18% longer.
9	The medicine rapamycin
A increases peoples’ lives by 38%.
В helps protect old people from future illnesses.
C is a vaccine for old people.
D has very few side-effects on people.
10	Scientists are convinced that
A we may be able to slow down the ageing process.
В it is possible to live forever.
C we need good healthcare forthose in their 110s and 120s.
D we should focus on quality of life rather than extending it.
11	A trial of the drug metformin has been authorised in the US
A to treat diabetes in animals.
В to prove that it can extend the lifespan of animals.
C to check if it can increase human as well as animal lifespans.
D to test if people in their 70s are as healthy as people in their 50s.
Questions 12 and 13
Answer the questions below.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer.
12	What do we need to combat to increase life expectancy?
13	What do some old people have in their system that others do not?
41
The future
Vocabulary 2: Verbs of prediction
Wordlist on page 213 of the Student’s Book.
1 Put the words in brackets into the correct form.
1	It that over 50% of purchases will be made on the internet, (estimate)
2	Food shortages to increase, (forecast)
3	By 2050, French to be the most commonly spoken first language, (project)
4	The number of students to decline in the coming years, (anticipate)
5	Japan's population to fall, (expect)
6	Sales of digital cameras to fall, (predict)
1 Look at the following Task 1 question and then answer questions 1-3 below.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The pie charts below compare household spending in the UK in 1980 with
predictions for 2030.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features,
and make comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
Household spending in the UK	Predictions for household spending
In 1980	in the UK in 2030
Electricity, gas and water	Electricity, gas and water
Recreation and culture ____ Food and drink Recreation and culture	Food and drink
1	How many categories do you have to compare?
2	Which category is predicted to fall the most?
3	Which category is expected to rise the most?
42
The future
2	Complete the sentences with relevant data from the pie charts on page 42.
1	It is estimated that the proportion of income spent on recreation will fall from
to.
2	Food and drink accounted for of household expenditure in 1980. In contrast,
it is expected to be just in 2030.
3	By 2030, household spending on clothing and footwear is forecast to fall to.
4	Proportionally, the amount spent on is projected to be the smallest change.
5	Spending on transport is anticipated to increase by.
6	The cost of housing is predicted to nearly double by 2030 to of
household spending.
3	Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense in the model answer.
The pie charts 1(illustrate) the expected changes m household
expenditure in 2030 compared to 1980 The two most notable features
2(be) the fall in the cost of food and drink and the increase in housing
costs. Spending on food and dnn< 3(forecast) to nearly halve in this
period, falling from 25% to 14% By contrast, it 4(anticipate) that there
5(be) a dramatic rise in housing costs from 22 5% to 38% In
comparison to these two changes, the other changes 6(predict) to be
relatively small Clothing/footwear and recreation/culture 7(project) to
fall slightly, while transport and electricity, gas and water 8(expect) to
increase slightly, both of which are likely to be connected
With the significant increase m housing costs, it is clear that some areas of people's
lives 9(affect) The most significant fall 10(be) in the
money available for spending on food
4	Choose the correct option to complete each sentence.
1	In 1980, food and drink accounted for 25% of the household budget (meanwhile/whereas)
it is forecast to only make up 14% by 2030.
2	Three categories each accounted for over 20% of spending (while/but) the rest were all
under 20% of the budget.
3	The costs of three categories are predicted to rise (but/whereas) housing is expected to
rise much more than any other.
4	The cost of food and drink is projected to fall dramatically. (Meanwhile/ln contrast)
recreation and culture will show little change.
5	Write your own answer to the Task 1 question.
43
©
The fruits of nature
Vocabulary 1: Lifecycles and processes
Wordlist on page 213 of the Student s Book.
1	Read the four texts а-d and match them to the four processes shown in the
diagrams 1-4.
a Seeds require three factors to
germinate. Firstly, they need water to
swell up and for the embryo to start
growing. Next, they need oxygen so that
energy can be released for germination.
Lastly, the process is significantly
enhanced as the temperature rises.
c Green plants absorb energy from the
sun using chlorophyll in their leaves.
The energy is used to react carbon
dioxide with water to make a sugar
called glucose. The glucose is used for
respiration (the process of how plants
‘breathe’), or it is changed into starch
and stored. Oxygen is produced during
this process.
b Frog spawn is made of thousands of
floating eggs. Frogs lay so many eggs
because, unlike some animals, they
do not look after their eggs once laid
and many get eaten by other animals.
Around two weeks after being laid, a
head and tail will develop inside the egg.
Once out of the egg, the tadpole’s back
legs and then finally the front legs grow.
Soon after, the tail disappears
d It is possible for plants to reproduce
without flowers or fertilisation. Plants
such as strawberries and potatoes use
tubers or runners to produce new plants.
New plants produced in this way are
identical to each other and are called
a clone'.
2	Underline the words that helped you in exercise 1.
44
The fruits of nature
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-14, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
д brief history of chocolate
Д It's hard to pin down
exactly when chocolate
was born, but it's clear
that it was cherished
from the start. For
several centuries,
in pre-modem Latin
America, cacao beans
were considered
valuable enough to use
as currency One bean
could be traded for a
tamale (a traditional
dish), while 100 beans
could purchase a good
turkey hen. according
to a 16th-century
Aztec document
В Sweetened chocolate didn't appear until Europeans
discovered the Americas and sampled the
native cuisine Legend has it that the Aztec king
Montezuma welcomed the Spanish explorer
Hernando Cortes with a banquet that included
drinking chocolate, having tragically mistaken him for
a reincarnated god instead of a conquering invader
Chocolate didn't suit the foreigners' taste buds at
first - one described it in his writings as 'a bitter
drink for pigs' - but once mixed with honey or cane
sugar, it quickly became popular throughout Spam.
C By the 17th century, chocolate was a fashionable
dnnk throughout Europe, believed to have nutritious
and medicinal properties. But it remained largely a
privilege of the rich until the invention of the steam
engine made mass production possible in the late
1700s In 1828, a Dutch chemist found a way to
make powdered chocolate by removing about half
the natural fat (cacao butter) from chocolate liquor,
pulverizing what remained and treating the mixture
with alkaline salts to cut the bitter taste. His product
became known as 'Dutch cocoa,' and it soon led to
the creation of solid chocolate
D The creation of the first modern chocolate bar is
credited to Joseph Fry. who in 1847 discovered that
he could make a moldable chocolate paste by adding
melted cacao butter back into Dutch cocoa By 1868,
a little company called Cadbury was marketing boxes
of chocolate candies in England Milk chocolate hit
the market a few years later, pioneered by another
name that may ring a bell - Nestle.
E Chocolate begins with the cacao tree, which grows
within 20° north and south of the Equator and thrives
on a mix of hot temperatures, rain, and shade
Each tree bears oval fruits, or pods, which are about
5-12 inches long Each pod contains 30-50 seeds,
and it’s these seeds the world knows as cacao
(or cocoa) beans The tree, pod. and bean/seed
are typically referred to as 'cacao', while the word
'cocoa' is reserved for the bean after it has been
fermented, dried, and roasted.
F Cacao pods are ripe when they turn a vibrant yellow/
orange colour Hanging from the trunk, and largest
branches, on small stems, the ripening pods are
typically harvested twice per year, though they can
be harvested continually After being chopped off,
the pods are opened and their seeds are removed.
Each seed is about the size of an olive. The seeds (or
beans') grow m five columns surrounded by a white
pulp or pith
G Beans are cleaned by hand, with the baba (sweet
pulp of the inside of the bean) left on to help develop
flavour. Exposed to light, the cream-coloured
beans turn a purplish colour. Then they're ready for
fermentation via one of two ways: the heap method'
is popular in Africa, where beans are heaped in piles
on the ground; and in Latin America, a system of
cascading boxes is favoured In both methods,
beans are covered with banana leaves During the
2-9 days of fermentation, beans begin to take
on colour and some of the flavours you would
recognise as ’chocolate’.
H Fermented beans must be carefully dried. They are
placed either on wooden boards or bamboo mats for
anywhere from 7 to 14 days under the hot sun. and
are continually raked and turned over for consistent
drying Once dried, the beans are graded, packed
into sacks, bundled, and checked for quality They are
then shipped and traded on the international market
I Beans are cleaned, then roasted at low temperatures
to develop flavour. Shells are separated from the
nibs by a process called winnowing Nibs are finely
ground into cocoa mass or cocoa liquor, which is
solid at room temperature Placed under extremely
high pressure, this paste yields two products: cocoa
powder and cocoa butter
J Cocoa mass can simply be combined with more
cocoa butter and sweetener to make chocolate The
first steps are to mix. grind, and knead the various
raw ingredients into a paste - a process known as
conching. The chocolate is now finished and ready
for final processing To be delivered to a chocolatier,
it must first be put into blocks or drops. This
method requires tempering' - whereby chocolate
is slowly brought to a certain temperature During
the tempering process, the cocoa butter reaches its
most stable form; this gives well-tempered chocolate
its 'snap,' shiny surface, and smoothness
45
The fruits of nature
Questions 1-5
The Reading Passage has ten paragraphs, A-J.
Which paragraph contains the following information?
1	the original companies ard people involved in making today’s chocolate
2	the time when the fruit is picked
3	the changes made to chocolate by Spain
4	getting the two key products from the bean
5	when the colour and the taste first develop
Questions 6-8
Do the following statements agree with the information given
in the Reading Passage?
Write:
TRUE	if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE	if the statement contradicts the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
6	Cacao beans were once used as money.
7	The Spanish stole cocoa from the Aztecs.
8	The Dutch added sugar to make chocolate sweet.
Questions 9-14
Complete the flow-chart below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
Stages in the production of chocolate
cacao trees grown near 9...............in hot wet climate
after harvesting, 10..............taken	out
I
after fermentation, beans 11.............for	one or two weeks
I
enhance the taste = beans are 12..............in a cool heat
I
cocoa powder and butter expected, then the ingredients go
through 13...............
I
finally, the chocolate is heated in a process called 14.........
46
The fruits of nature
Language focus: Transitive and intransitive verbs
’ Q I Grammar reference on page 223, and Wordlist on page 214, of the Student’s Book.
1 Complete sentences 1-6 with worcs from the box. Change the form if necessary.
Decide whether the verbs are being used transitively or intransitively.
make collect crush occur rise emerge
1	The first plants from the ground in May and June.
2	The press the fruit to create the juice.
3	The sun at 7 every oay.
4	It from recycled plastic.
5	Bees nectar for their hive.
6	A full moon once a month.
2 Complete the text with words from the box. More than one answer may be possible, and
you may use any word more than cnce. Change the form as necessary.
produce grow cross-pollination bear
cultivate sprout ripen prune
The lifecycle of a cultivated banana tree	7 .
Modern banana trees aren’t actually trees - they are very large herb plants that
1 from wild banana trees. Thousands of years ago 2 of the first
banana trees produced an edible fruit. The fruit (or bananas) that the tree 3 are
essentially berries with a protective skin.
Banana trees don't grow from seed. Instead, shoots 4 horizontally from the
underground root stem. On modern banana plantations usually only one shoot is allowed
to grow to form a stalk, which 5 up to six leaves that can be nine feet long and
two feet wide. The new tree takes about nine months to 8 a bunch of bananas.
Plenty of sunshine and water will cause the fruit to 7.
The mature tree then dies and is chopped down. However one sucker is allowed to
8, while all the others will be 9 to ensure there is room for next
year’s crop.
47
The fruits of nature
3 Cross out the noun that does not collocate with each verb on the left.
1	prune	a branches	b trees	c buds
2	plant	a trees	bbranches	c seeds
3	pollinate	a flowers	b trees	c buds
4	become	a saplings	b flowers	c seeds
5	gather	a fruit	b trees	c flowers
6	harvest	a seeds	b saplings	c fruit
7	sprout	a buds	b seeds	c saplings
8	bear	a flowers	b fruit	c trees
Vocabulary 2: Conservation
Wordlist on page 213 of the Students Book.			
1 Match the words 1-		-8 to the definitions a-h.	
1	conservation	a	interesting places that people go to see
2	extinction	b	peaceful
3	sights	c	something that is now worse than its original state
4	view	d	when a plant or animal no longer exists
5	spoilt	e	the long term protection of a plant or animal
6	tranquil	f	the ability to see something from a particular place
7	spectacular	g	amazing
8	scenery	h	natural things such as trees, hills and lakes that you see in a particular place
2	Complete the sentences with words from exercise 1.
1	Some people think too much money has been spent on the of pandas.
2	We went to Barcelona to see the.
3	There is a view from the top of the tower.
4	We had a great from our balcony.
5	The in the national park is stunning.
6	I enjoy walking in the mountains because it's so.
7	The growth of the city much of the countryside.
8	Over 1,000 species are in danger of.
3	Some of the sentences below contain mistakes. Correct the incorrect sentences.
1	The mountains in the north have amazing views, stretching as far as the eye can see.
2	The walk along the coast provides some breath taking scenic.
3	There are a number of charities that are involved in the protection of animals and the
conservation of the environment.
4	The skyline is domination by the volcano in the north.
48
The fruits of nature
«>1.6 SECTION 2 Questions 11-20
Questions 11-13
Choose the correct letter, A, В or C.
11	The school will develop the site from
A September.
В January.
C April.
12	At first the facilities
A will be built by older year groups.
В will be open to all the school.
C will be open to year one and two only.
13	If you don't want your child to take part in the TV programme
A email the school.
В complete the form.
C write a letter to the school.
Questions 14-17
Label the map opposite. Write the
correct letter, A-H, next to Questions
14-17.
14	Educational hut ..............
15	Bird-watching area ...........
16	Treehouse ....................
17	Picnic area ..................
Woodlands Development plan
Questions 18-20
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
18	Parents can help in the summer by............to the scheme.
19	Children can take part in a competition to design the........
20	.............can	be emailed throughout the summer.
49
The fruits of nature
(Writing )
Task 1
Describing sequences
Look at the following Task 1 question about a diagram which shows a process.
Then do exercises 1-5.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The diagram below shows the process of making paper and then how recycled
paper is also made.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and
make comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
Plantation to paper and paper to paper
1 Match the words in the box :o as many of the steps in the process diagram above
as possible.
use process recycle chop down re-process production
2 Look at the words in the box below. Which words can be used
a in step 1 ?
b in any step from 2 to 10?
c in the last step?
as soon as	after	at first	before	following that	next
initially	first	when	then	finally	
50
The fruits of nature flQ
3 Underline the linking words in 1-7. Then put the sentences in order.
1	At first, the trees are chopped down and
2	Initially, the bark is removed
3	subsequently taken to the processing plant and put into the de-barking drum.
4	before then being put through the chipping machine.
5	Following that the chips are processed in the pulping machine to make the pulp that is
turned into paper.
6	The diagram shows the process of making paper and
7	then how recycled paper is also made.
4 Match 1-7 below with a sentence or pail of a sentence a-g to complete the process.
1	From the paper-making machine it is then
2	This paper can then be used
3	These papers are then
4	Following that, the papers are collected
5	The first step of this stage is
6	Following that,
7	Finally, the cleaned paper is then passed through the pulping process again
a to create newspapers. And the second part of the cycle begins.
b and then the recycling process can be started.
c taken to the final stage to create the product for use.
d to remove the ink from the old papers.
e the de-inked paper is then cleaned.
f sold and bought by customers.
g before then being turned back into paper.
5 Write your own answer to the Task 1 question.
51
The world of work and education
Vocabulary 1:Work
Wordlist on page 214 of the Students Book.
1 Use the clues below to complete the crossword.
3	A profession or series of jobs you choose and spend most of your life working in.
5	A person who needs special skills, training or qualifications to do their job.
6	Something you get after completing an examination or course, e.g. High School Diploma.
7	Work you do regularly for money.
Down
2	Has the same meaning as job or profession.
4	The income from your job that enables you to live.
2 Complete the sentences using the words from exercise 1. You may need to change the
form of some of the words.
1	He wants to climb the ladder as quickly as possible.
2	Accountancy exams are really hard to pass. When did you as an accountant?
3	Working in positions such as those in accountancy, medicine, teaching and
law can mean long hours but can be very rewarding.
4	I in the accounting department but I hope to move to a different department
next year.
5	I don't enjoy my job but it’s my. My family depend on the money I earn.
6	What did you put on the form? Lecturer or teacher?
7	How many interviews did you have before you got the?
52
The world of work and education
Reading
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
No to 9-to-5
я ep deprivation has been shown to have major
on health. Just one week with less than six
koore sleep each night leads to 711 changes in how
□enes function Lack of sleep impacts performance,
attention, and long-term memory It also leads to
exhaustion, anxiety, frustration, anger, impulsive
behaviour, weight gain, risk-taking, high blood pressure,
lower .mmunity, stress and a raft of mental health
conditions. Forcing staff to start work before 10am
is tantamount to torture and is making employees ill,
exhausted and stressed, an Oxford University academic
has claimed Before the age of 55, the circadian rhythms
of adults are completely out of sync with normal
9-to-5 working hours, which poses a ’serious threat'
to performance, mood and mental health
Dr Paul Kelley, of Oxford University, said there was
a need for a huge societal change to move work and
school starting times to fit with the natural body clock
of humans Experiments studying circadian rhythms
have shown that the average 10-year-old will not start
focusing properly for academic work before 8.30am.
Similarly, a 16-year-old should start at 10am for best
results and university students should start at 11am.
Dr Kelley believes that simply moving school times
could raise grades by 10 per cent. He was formerly a
head teacher at Monkseaton Middle School, in North
Tyneside, where he changed the school start day from
8.30am to 10am and found that the number of top
grades rose by 19 per cent.
Similarly, companies who force employees to start
work earlier are also likely to be hurting their output,
while storing up health problems for staff Dr Paul Kelley
said work and school starting times should fit with the
natural body clock. ’This is a huge society issue,'
Dr Kelley told the British Science Festival in Bradford.
Staff should start at 10am You don’t get back to
(the 9am) starting point till 55 Staff are usually
sleep-deprived. We’ve got a sleep-deprived society.
’It is hugely damaging on the body’s systems because
you are affecting physical, emotional and performance
systems in the body. Your liver and your heart have
different patterns and you're asking them to shift two
or three hours This is an international issue. Everybody
is suffering and they don’t have to. We cannot change
our 24-hour rhythms. You cannot learn to get up at a
certam time Your body will be attuned to sunlight and
you’re not conscious of it because it reports to the
hypothalamus, not sight.’
Prof Russell Foster, a neuroscientist from the University
of Oxford, said lack of sleep is damaging the health of
the nation, with too many early risers trying to function
with brain skills badly affected. The comments follow
studies which suggest that working night shifts speeds
up the ageing process, and is linked to increasing risks
of cancer, heart
disease and type
two diabetes In
2010, a major study
found that people
who slept for less
than six hours each
night were 12 per
cent more likely
to die prematurely
- before the age
of 65 - than those
who slept the
recommended six to
eight hours a night.
The team from the University of Warwick and Federico II
University Medical School in Naples analysed 16 studies
involving a total of 1.3 million people
Neuroscientists say teens are biologically predisposed
to go to sleep at around midnight and not feel fully
awake and engaged until around 10am. Dr Kelley said
that almost all students were losing around 10 hours
of sleep a week because they were forced to get up
too early ’Just by changing the school start time you
can improve quality of life for whole generations of
children,’ he added. ’There are major societal problems
that are being caused by that. But the opportunities are
fantastic. We have an opportunity here to do something
that would benefit millions of people on Earth.'
Tens of thousands of children are starting school
at 10am in a ground-breaking experiment by
Oxford University to prove that later classes can
improve exam results. GCSE students from more than
100 schools across England will take part in the four-year
project based on scientific evidence which suggests
teenagers are out of sync with traditional school The
team is hoping to publish findings in 2018.
A Department of Education spokesman said ’We have
given all schools the freedom to control the length of
the school day because they are best placed to know
what's best for their communities. Allowing more time
for supervised study and extra-curricular activities has
been shown to benefit disadvantaged pupils in particular
by giving them access to purposeful, character-building
activities, which is why we are helping schools offer a
longer day.'
There are many ways you can improve your sleep.
Buy heavy curtains - anything to keep the room where
you sleep dark. Light suppresses melatonin, the
hormone that relaxes your body It's also important to
establish a regular sleep pattern - going to bed and
waking up at roughly the same time each day helps
enormously Your body and mind will feel much better
for it.
53
The world of work and education
Questions 1-7
Complete the notes below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage
for each answer.
Impact of poor sleep
Health effects
•	Making people start work early is causing people to be sick, tired and 1.......
•	This is true of adults younger than 2.........
•	Not getting enough sleep has a serious effect on people’s 3.........
Changes needed
♦	Society needs to adapt to match people's 4...........
•	Students studying for a University degree should begin at 5.........
•	Companies that make people start work early can reduce the 6...........of
their business
•	Poor sleep is an 7...........problem that affects everyone
Questions 8-12
Look at the following statements (Questions 8-12) and the list of people below.
Match each statement with the correct person/group of people, A-D.
NB You may use any letter more than once.
8	More sleep will help students with
less opportunities.
9	We cannot change our natural
sleep patterns.
10	People with poor sleep will have
an earlier death.
11	People who get up early do not
work effectively.
12	More sleep for children could
improve the whole of society.
Question 13
Choose the correct letter, А, В, C or D.
How can we improve our sleep?
A Reduce our levels of melatonin.
В Allow natural light into the room.
C Create a sleep routine.
D Set an alarm clock to get up.
List of people/institution
A Dr Paul Kelley
В Prof Russell Foster
C Researchers at the University of
Warwick and the University of Naples
Federico II
D A Department of
Education spokesperson
54
The world of work and education
Vocabulary 2: Collocations
Wordlist on page 214 of the Students Book.
1 For 1-9 below, replace the underlined phrase with a suitable collocation. Change the
form as necessary.
Example:
There are a lot of benefits to cutting staff costs, (enjoy/derive/considerable/accrue)
There are considerable benefits to cutting staff costs.
1	The advantages are more significant than the disadvantages, (take/huge/gain/outweigh)
2	He threw away the opportunity of a brilliant career, (boost/once in a lifetime/seize/
waste)
3	Success is related to hard work, iachieve/enormous/depends on/guarantee)
4	She has excellent job prospects in this position, (offer/total/boost/career)
5	There is a clear disadvantage in eaving school early, (have/suffer/distinct/obvious)
6	The project was a complete failure, (result in/total/ensure/enjoy)
7	His CV shows little in the way of achievement, (outstanding/represent/a lack of/impressive)
8	There could be improvement in her work, (huge/make/show/room for)
9	She should be given a chance, (deserve/good/arise/throw away)
2 Match phrases 1-8 to collocations a-h.
1	improve your chances
2	a chance unlikely to ever happen again
3	lead to something not being achieved
4	to lose an opportunity
5	the chance for things to get bette'
6	how well something does is connected
to something else
7	something that is clearly negative
8	something someone has done well
a once in a lifetime opportunity
b success depends on
c boost your prospects
d distinct disadvantage
e result in failure
f outstanding achievement
g room for improvement
h throw away a chance
3 Complete the sentences 1—4 with four of the collocations from exercise 2.
1	I have a to travel the world for a year.
2	I think you need to get some more work experience to of getting a
permanent job.
3	What are you most proud of?
4	Your work is good but there’s definitely.
55
The world of work and education
Section 3
1.7 SECTIONS Questions21-30
Questions 21-25
Choose FIVE letters, A-H.
Which of these FIVE factors affecting happiness does Sue say
Richard Layard mentions in his book Happiness?
A Money	E Holidays
В Health	F Values
C Housing
D Relationships
G Freedom
К Freetime
Questions 26-28
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN ONE WORD AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
26	Being part of a strong society could possibly make people.........longer.
27	There are.............key	things that determine how happy a country is.
28	When a person's salary drops by a...........their happiness is hardly affected.
Questions 29 and 30
Answer the questions below.
Write ONE WORD ONLY for each answer.
29	What is the most important thing to feel happy in your work?......
30	What's the most important thing about friendship and community?..........
56
I
The world of work and education
Language focus: Conditionals 1
' Q ' Grammar reference on page 223 of the Student’s Book.
1 Choose the correct tense to complete these sentences.
1	first conditional
If I (leave/left) now, I (’ll catch/would catch) the train.
2	second conditional
If I (tried/had tried) harder, I (would get/would have got) better results.
3	third conditional
If I (had prepared/prepare) more, I (would have got/will get) the job.
2 Match A-C to the main uses 1-3 below.
A first conditional
В second conditional
C third conditional
1 To talk about things in the past happening differently from the way they happened
- often to express regret.
2 To talk about something unreal ano imagined - or something we are not sure of.
3 To talk about future events we are quite sure about.
3 Use the first conditional and the word in brackets to comment on these situations.
1	Paul won't be able to get in because the office might be closed, (if)
2	I'll stay in the job. But I want more money, (unless)
3	She needs to leave now or she might not get her train, (otherwise)
4	We might lose the contract. If we do, Harry will be upset, (if)
4 What does the (/-clause in each sentence 1-4 below mean? Write your answers in
sentences that use isn't, is or might.
Example:
If this office was tidy, 1 could find things.
The office isn’t tidy.
1	If we’re late for the meeting, we can get a taxi.
2	I would call you if my phone was working.
3	If Hayley calls, can you tell her I'll ring back?
4	I would meet you if I wasn't so busy.
5	Comment on the situations using the third conditional.
1	I think John didn’t get the job because he needed to give a better presentation.
2	He wanted to go to university but he didn’t get good grades at school.
3	He didn’t come to the meeting so I think he didn’t know about it. Normally he comes.
4	I booked the table late so we can't go to Quattros.
57
The world of work and education
1 Look at the following Task 2 question and then answer questions 1 -3 below.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Some secondary schools provide students with a general education across a range
of subjects whereas others focus on fewer subjects related to a particular career.
Do you think the advantages of a focused education outweigh the disadvantages?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	What is the main topic you need to cover?
2	What two specific angles do you need to cover?
3	Do you need to give your own opinion?
2 Look at the model answer in exercise 3 and decide which is the correct outline below,
AorB.
Outline A
1	introduction with opinion
2	advantages of a focused education
3	disadvantages of a focused education
4	disadvantages of a focused education
5	conclusion
Outline В
1	introduction with opinion
2	advantages and disadvantages of a focused education
3	advantages of a focused education
4	disadvantages of a focused education
5	conclusion
58
The world of work and education
3 Look at paragraph C in the model answer below and find features 1-5. Sometimes
more than one answer is possible.
1	the results
2	a topic sentence
3	an explanation/opinion
4	a disadvantage
5	an adjective of evaluation
A School education has a significant impact on people's future chances in life and
the focus on specific subjects can enhance or hinder these opportunities While
there are some advantages to a specific education, I feel that the drawbacks
outweigh the advantages of a general education
В The mam benefit of focusing on a smaller range of subjects related to one
particular career is that the individual will be better prepared to start working
life Some people argue that they will have a deeper knowledge of the key skills
required to undertake the tasks in their work. Furthermore, many argue that a
number of subjects studied in school are not useful in future working life
C It is debatable whether we should focus on a wider or narrower range of
subjects. I feel that focusing on a narrow range of subjects when young is
detrimental The lack of diversity could actually hinder someone's life chances
At such a young age very few people know what their strengths are and what
career they want to spend the rest of their life working in By not studying certain
subjects the opportunities available could be severely limited
D Furthermore, if a student goes to a technical secondary school and leaves
behind foreign languages, for example, they will face significant challenges if
they need to take a language up m the future Careers change frequently and
individuals may be held back from their career path
E In conclusion, there are both advantages and disadvantages involved in having
a focused education, but in my opinion the benefits of a general education
outweigh the disadvantages
4	Find words in paragraph C in the model answer that mean:
1	very negative
2	not enough
3	to limit
5	We usually present the opposing view to our own in the first paragraph after the
introduction. Why do you think we do this?
6	Now write your own answer to the task.
59
Mapping the world
Vocabulary: Nouns relating to places
Wordlist on page 215 of the Student s Book.
1	For 1-8 below, underline the correct noun in italics.
1	The national park is considered a real beauty spot/space/district.
2	The business district/locationfneighbourhood is to the south of the city.
3	The city is well-known for its green locationlregionlspace.
4	Barcelona is one of my favourite neighbourhoods/settings/places to visit.
5	Our offices are in an amazing location/place/region right next to the Thames.
6	There are lots of shops and services in the space/vicinity/spot.
7	The location/setting/area close to the station is quite run down.
8	My neighbourhood/space/vicinity is an upcoming area where lots of people want to live.
2	Choose the phrase a-c you most associate with phrases 1-10.
1	a secluded spot	a	located near a lake	b	stretching into the distance	c	full of shops and cafes
2	an empty desert	a	covered with trees	b	located near a lake	c	with huge sand dunes and no p
3	a wooded hillside	a	covered with trees	b	with huge sand dunes and no people	c	with no houses, just open fields
4	in a beautiful setting	a	with lots of cars and people	b	overlooking the sea	c	full of shops and cafes
5	an open space	a	full of shops and cafes	b	with lots of cars and people	c	with no houses, just open fields
6	a noisy neighbourhood	a	full of shops and cafes	b	covered with trees	c	full of wildlife
7	a sandy beach	a	located near a lake	b	stretching into the distance	c	with no houses, just open fields
8	in a lively district	a	surrounded by trees	b	full of shops and cafes	c	full of wildlife
9	a temperate zone	a	full of shops and cafes	b	with lots of cars and people	c	full of wildlife
10	a rugged mountain	a	with huge sand dunes and no people	b	stretching into the distance	c	full of wildlife
3	Put the words in italics into the correct order.
1	I live in a house large overlooking open wide fields.
2	My family home is trees surrounded by that are all sorts of full of wildlife.
3	My ideal place to live is in a full of cafds shops busy city and.
4	Our family has a holiday located home with huge on the coast people and no dunes.
60
Mapping the world
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
Maps in history
Humans have been sketching maps for millennia,
but Claudius Ptolemy was the first to use math and
geometry to develop a manual for how to map the
planet using a rectangle and intersecting lines - one
that resurfaced in 13th-century Byzantium and was used
untll the early 17th century. The Alexandria-based Greek
scholar, who may never have drawn a map himself,
described the latitude and longitude of more than
8,000 locations in Europe, Asia, and Africa, projecting a
north-oriented, Mediterranean-focused world that was
missing the Americas, Australasia, southern Africa, the
Far East, the Pacific Ocean, and most of the Atlantic
Ocean Ptolemy's Geography was a 'book with a 1,500-
year legacy,' says Brotton, a professor of Renaissance
studies at Queen Mary University of London.
The map produced by the German cartographer Martin
Waldseemuller in 1507 is considered to be the most
expensive map in the world because, as Brotton notes,
it is 'America’s birth certificate' - a distinction that
prompted the Library of Congress in Washington. USA,
where it still survives today, to buy it from a German
prince for $10 million. It is the first map to recognise the
Pacific Ocean and the separate continent of 'America',
which Waldseemuller named in honour of the then still-
living Amerigo Vespucci, who identified the Americas as
a distinct landmass. The map consists of 12 woodcuts
and incorporates many of the latest discoveries
by European explorers (you get the sense that the
woodcutter was asked at the last minute to make room
for the Cape of Good Hope). This is the moment when
the world goes bang, and all these discoveries are made
over a short period of time,’ Brotton says.
Maps often have political undertones to them and this
is the case with the map produced by the Portuguese
cartographer Diogo Ribeiro. Ribeiro's World Map of
1529 was composed during a bitter dispute between
Spain and Portugal over the Moluccas, an island chain
in present-day Indonesia and hub for the spice trade. In
1494, the two countries had signed a treaty dividing the
world's newly discovered lands in two. After Ferdinand
Magellan's expedition circumnavigated the globe for
the first time in 1522, Ribeiro, working for the Spanish
crown, placed the 'Spice Islands', inaccurately, just
inside the Spanish half of his seemingly scientific world
map. Ribeiro may have known that the islands (which
appear on the far-left and far-right sides of the map)
actually belonged to Portugal, but he also knew who
paid the bills. 'This is the first great example of politics
manipulating geography,' Brotton says.
Beginning under Louis XIV, four generations of the
Cassini family presided over the first attempt to survey
and map every metre of a country. The Cassinis used
the science of triangulation to create a nearly 200-sheet
topographic map of France, which French revolutionaries
nationalised in the late 18th century. This, Brotton says,
'is the birth of what we understand as modern nation-
slate mapping ... whereas, before, mapmaking was in
private hands. Now, in the Google era, mapmaking is
again going into private hands.'
In 1569, Mercator, the Flemish-German cartographer,
produced a map designed for European navigators.
Mercator's allegedly Eurocentric projection was a map
depicting countries and continents according to their
actual surface area - hence the smaller-than-expected
northern continents, and Africa and South America
appearing, in Brotton's words, 'like long, distended
tear drops.' In 1973, the left-wing German historian
Arno Peters unveiled an alternative to the 'equal area'
projection, which was nearly identical to an earlier
design by the Scottish clergyman James Gall and
was a hit with the press and progressive NGOs (non-
governmental organisations). But critics argued that any
projection of a spherical surface onto a plane surface
involves distortions, and that Peters had amplified these
by committing serious mathematical errors. "No map is
any better or worse than any other map,' Brotton says.
‘It’s just about what agenda it pursues.'
In June 2012, Brian McClendon, an executive at
Google, wrote in a blog post that Google was engaged
in nothing less than a 'never-ending quest for the
perfect map'. 'We've been building a comprehensive
base map of the entire globe - based on public and
commercial data, imagery from every level (satellite,
aerial and street level) and the collective knowledge of
our millions of users' McClendon noted. By strapping
cameras to the backs of intrepid hikers, mobilising
users to fact-check map data, and modelling the world
in 3D, he added, Google was moving one step closer
to mapmaking perfection. 'All cultures have always
believed that the map they valorise is real and true
and objective and transparent, Brotton, a professor
of Renaissance studies at Queen Mary University of
London, told me. All maps are always subjective ...
Evan today's online geospatial applications on all your
mobile devices and tablets, be they produced by Google
or Apple or whoever, are still to some extent subjective
maps.’ There are, in other words, no perfect maps -
just maps that (more-or-less) perfectly capture our
understanding of the world at discrete moments
in time.
61
Mapping the world
Questions 1-5
Complete each sentence with the correct ending, Л-G, below.
1	People originally
2	Claudius Ptolemy possibly
3	The Greek scholar’s work
4	The most valuable map
5	America was named after
the person who
A didn’t draw a map himself.
В didn’t include the Mediterranean.
C didn't use maths to create maps.
D included the continent of America.
E is no longer in the American Library of Congress.
F mainly described the Mediterranean.
G identified it as a separate area of land.
Questions 6-10
Do the following statements agree with the information in the Reading Passage?
Write:
TRUE if the statement agrees with the information
FALSE if the statement disagrees with the information
NOT GIVEN if there is no information on this
6	Diogo Ribeiro produced a non-political map.
7	Spain and Portugal controlled many newly discovered countries.
8	Spain was Portugal’s main trading partner.
9	One family produced the first map of a single country.
10	Revolutionaries used the France map to nationalise the country.
Questions 11-13
Answer the questions.
Write ONE WORD ONLY from the passage for each answer.
11	When looking at Peters’ map, what did critics say was caused when you take
something from a round surface to a flat one?
12	What type of mistakes had Peters made?
13	What is Google getting nearer to doing at the highest level?
62
Mapping the world
Language focus: Referring in a text
Q i Grammar reference on page 223 of the Student's Book.
1 What does the word in bold refer to in 1-3 below?
1	Rural to urban migration largely happens for economic reasons. It often occurs during
periods of industrialisation.
2	Push and pull factors are the main nfluences on migration. These are often the reason
why someone leaves an area and goes to another one.
3	Managing the development of new infrastructure is the key to success. This will allow a
city to grow in a controlled manner.
2 Complete the sentences with a pronoun from the box. Some words may be used more
than once.
it these this they his her that these
1	Town planners make decisions about the
development of a town.need
to decide how best to spend the money
available to improve an area.
2	Sir Norman Foster is an influential British
architect.work includes
famous buildings such as 30 St Mary Axe
(also known as the Gherkin) in London,
redevelopment of the Reichstag building
in Germany, and the Hearst Tower in New
York.are just a few examples
of the work Foster and Partners have been
involved in developing.
3	More than 40% of architecture graduates
are women but despite no
more than 12% of architects are women.
4	In 2004, the Iraqi-British architect Zaha
Hadid became the first woman to be
awarded the Pritzker Prize.
is the top award given to a living architect,
projects include the Lois &
Rosenthal Centre for Contemporary Art in
Cincinnati and the BMW Central Вjilding
in Leipzig.
5	One building that has been proposed but
not yet built is the X-Seed 4000 in Tokyo. If
tower were to be built it would
be the world’s tallest building and could
house over a million people.
6	There are a number of features that make
the Gherkin in London energy efficient.
features include open shafts
between each floor and curved windows for
increased natural light.
i iiiiilil
i iiniiri
I'liiin ||
Hearst Tower, New York
63
3 Use pronouns to remove the repetition from each sentence.
1	The town was once run down but now the town has been redeveloped, modernised
and expanded.
2	The standard of living in this country is rising, and the rising standard of living is set
to continue.
3	I like running in the park in the evening, running in the park in the evening is much cooler
and quieter than doing so in the day.
4	The government should pass laws to control urban development. Passing laws to control
urban development would make it more controlled.
5	The chief architect presented her plans to the local government. The chief architect was
confident of gaining the local government approval.
Section 4
SECTION 4 Questions 31-40
Questions 31-40
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/
OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Rural to urban migration
More than 31............of people in European
countries live in urban areas
This is the equivalent of everyone in 32.......
moving somewhere else
China’s 33............reduced families in the
countryside to 1.5 children
The Никои System 34.............the number of
rural to urban migrants
The limits were 35...........because of China's
major economic policy
Migrants born after 1990 have less 36..........as they leave at age 17
An increase in income has led to health-related problems such as 37........
38.............per	cent of kids younger than one have a higher survival rate in
urban areas
Many migrants can now afford terns that improve their 39...........
Urban residents have increased opportunity to continue in higher levels of 40........
64
Mapping the world flQ
Verbs relating to changes in places
1 Match verbs 1-6 to definitions a-f.
1 replace 2 knock down/demolish	a To destroy something, especially a building, b To put one thing in place of another.
3 turn into/convert	c To change the use of something.
4 chop down 5 transform	d To change dramatically. e To remove trees from an area.
6 was built in place of	f To construct as an alternative to something else.
2 Complete the sentences with the most suitable verb, 1-6, from exercise 1 in the correct
form. There may be more than one correct answer.
1	The old warehouse was and new housing was built to it.
2	The hotel was into flats.
3	The trees were to make way for the new train line.
4	The town centre has been into a more modern and contemporary
environment.
5	The park and ride facilities a new train station.
3 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from the box.
expand	extend	construct	change	demolish
convert	alter	become	take place	
1	The of the shopping mall has taken it from 2,000 square metres to
3,000 square metres.
2	The front of the building was slightly to make it look more modern.
3	The road has been along the coast.
4	The construction of a new shopping mall completely the town centre.
5	The of the old offices and construction of new ones took a year to complete.
6	A new school was on the edge of town.
7	Residents had objected to the of the old house to a hotel.
8	An event to showcase the plans in the town hall.
4 Correct the mistakes in the sentences.
1	They made small alters to the layout of the park.
2	The extend was completed in 2016.
3	They plan to construction a new town hall.
4	A group of hotels plans to conversion the old prison into a hotel.
65
Mapping the world
Task 1
1	Read the task below. What do you have to focus on, a or b?
a Describing each map individually.
b How the town has changed.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The maps below show changes in the town of Hillingford between 2000 and 2015.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features, and make
comparisons where necessary.
Write at least 150 words.
Hillingford 2000
Country
House
Woods
Fields
School
Market
Shop
_Cafe
Shop
Housing
Beach
Harbour
N
2	Look at the map of Hillingford in 2000. For 1-7 below, underline the correct phrase
in italics.
1	South of/West of the country house there are some woods.
2	In the east of/In the west of tre town there is a school.
3	In the north of/In the west of tie town there is a country house.
4	West of/East of the school is some housing.
5	The road is/runs halfway along the beach.
6	The harbour is situated/runs next to the sea.
7	There is/There are a market along the main road.
66
Mapping the world (Q
3 Now look at the map of Hillingford in 2015. Complete these sentences to describe the
changes to the map.
1	The tennis courts have been built on the site of.
2	The country house has become.
3	The school has.
4	The market has been turned into.
5	The woods have been given over to.
6	The housing near the harbour has been replaced by.
4 Insert phrases a-g into the correct spaces 1-7 to complete the model answer.
a has been converted into a hotel
b have been built on the site of the fields
c the construction of a train station in the north of the town
d has now been reconstructed to become a small tourist town
e extended further west along the coast
f The woods have been chopped down to construct
g has been turned into bed and breakfast accommodation
The maps show the changes that took place in Hillingford between 2000 and 2015
The town has undergone a complete transformation and modernisation
Originally, the town was probably a small fishing village that
1 The country house in the north west of the town 2 and
the housing near the harbour 3 In the west of the town, restaurants,
tennis courts and a playground 4 The road has also been 5
6 further housing and flats in the north west of the town Additionally, a
road has been added to reach these new developments This transformation of the
town into a more urban area has also seen 7
5
Circle) the adverbs of location in the completed model answer.
6 Write your own answer to the Task I question.
67

What is beauty?
Vocabulary: Beauty
Wordlist on page 215 of the Students Book.
1 Read the descriptions of the statues and monuments. Match them to the pictures.
The world famous moa, are monolithic
statues on Easter Island, one of the most
isolated islands in the world. They were
built in tribute to powerful leaders, but
the isolation and forgotten past makes
me feel melancholic
I think the Egyptian pyramids are
world famous. Nearby is a statue
commonly known as the Sphinx. It is a
stone statue of a creature with a lions
body and a human head. I think this
ancient sculpture is the oldest known
monument in the world.
2
The most famous statue in my country is the majestic
Genghis Khan Equestrian Statue. It’s just east of the
5
The statue of Mevlana Rum (a 13th-century
mystc, poet, and thedcgan) in Lzmr,
Turkey, is 20 metres in he^ht. It's a
magnificent statue and below it you can sit
in a caffe for a relaxing drric
capital Ulaanbaatar. The statue is 40 metres tall on
the bank of the Tuul River. I think people who visit
it should walk up to the head of the horse for views
Owe of the wiost famous statues iwslwgapcre
is the MerLiow. it's я liow-headed fish from
Local mythology. The MerLiow of .sewtosa is a
37-met re -tall stowe statue, iwsiwgapore, it's
our watiowal sy mbol.
68
What is beauty?
2 Find words in descriptions 1-5 in exercise 1 that match a-f below.
a beautiful and impressive
b big, beautiful, or impressive in a calm and serious way
c somewhere with a lot of space
d the hard substance rocks are made from
e very old
f a feeling of sadness
3 Match words 1-10 below to definitions a-j.			
1	evoke	a	a height bigger than average
2	tall	b	to describe something you admire a lot because it is very good or large
3	thoughtful	c	extremely impressive
4	impressive	d	something that expresses an idea clearly and makes you have a strong reaction to it
5	dazzling	e	reminding you of the past in a positive way
6	humbling	f	to be affected by something, especially to make you feel sad or angry
7	ecstatic	g	making you realise that you are not as important, good, clever, etc. as you thought
8	emotional	h	to affect someone’s emotions in a very powerful way
9	overwhelmed	i	very happy
10	nostalgic	j	to make you think seriously and deeply as a reaction to seeing it
4 (Circle)the words, 1-			10, in exercise 3 that are used to physically describe a statue or
monument. Underline the words that describe how someone might feel about it.			
5 Use the words from exercise 3 to write an opinion of the statues and monuments in
exercise 1.
69
What is beauty?
(Reading )
Questions 1-14
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-14, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The beauty of age
A Architecture is a direct and
substantial representation of history
and place. By preserving historic
structures, we are able to share
the very spaces and environments
in which the generations before us
lived Historic preservation is the
visual and tangible conservation of
cultural identity. Architecture is one
aspect of our heritage with which
we can interact and adapt. Some
buildings have specific historic
context and must be meticulously
and exactly preserved Most
buildings, however, must be lived
in, interacted with and maintained
by the public These buildings change
with us. thus recording a piece of each
generation's story We have an obligation
to respect this community resource
and preserve it for future generations.
Preservation works within the established
history and location of cities and towns to
build on the rich culture already at hand.
В In addition to solidifying a community's
past, preservation can help strengthen
a community's future. Histone buildings
help create vibrant, cultural downtowns
that draw tourism, art. festiva s, and other
activities which in turn draw investment,
revenue, and economic growth. A dynamic
historic downtown can be the centrepiece
of community life: a place to shop,
invest, create and live. Simultaneously,
preservation can be a tool to boost the
economy and quality of life Local residents
benefit through interpretive components
such as learning and recreational activities
that complement an histone site's didactic
offerings and illustrate a special meaning
between its past, present anc future The
more the community is involved, the more
attractive and effective an area will become
for locals and visitors.
C In the past, historic preservation has been
considered a luxury practice, but tn recent
years, research of the economic and public
benefits have revealed that it s a powerful
tool in sustaining local economy, creating
jobs, and even generating capital The
aesthetic, cultural and historical benefits
of preservation are well known, but now,
communities are realising that there are
positive economic effects also
D A number of studies have been conducted
throughout the United States in recent
Lowell National Historical Park
years, analysing the economic benefits of
histone preservation on property values
The results, on both state and local levels,
have consistently reported that properties
in historic districts appreciate significantly
faster than comparable properties not
located in historic districts. Property value
is determined by the buyers and sellers of
the market and when dealing with historic
properties, those buyers and sellers must
recognise the significance of the historic
properties in order for the value to remain
high. Studies have given evidence that
we. as a society, value those buildings
and homes that represent our collective
history. These findings make investment in
historic properties economically beneficial.
E Historic districts do have aesthetic
stipulations, but they are not intended
to hinder property owners. Bylaws
help ensure that the character of the
neighbourhood remains intact The
stability provided by these standards
usually raises property values because
investors can be assured that the histone
nature of the district will remain intact.
According to Donovan D Rypkema, a
scholar from Columbia University in the
field of preservation economics, local
district preservation commissions can
have a positive effect, 'It has been found
that when a local district has the greatest
positive impact on property values four
variables are usually in place: clear,
written design guidelines for the affected
properties, staff for the preservation
commission; active educational outreach
by the staff and commission to property
owners, real estate brokers, architects,
builders, etc.; and consistent and
predictable decisions by the commission'
70
What is beauty?
F Unfortunately, the international stye of
architecture, for all the beauty of its best
work, had the damaging effect of making
our cities more uniform and bland. In
its debased form of concrete and glass
slabs, it can be seen from Aberdeen
to Plymouth, New York to Caracas and
Sydney to Kuala Lumpur. Post-modernism
has an equally patchy record, though
contemporary buildings like the Ark in
Hammersmith, looming like an ocean
liner over an inner urban motorway, are
encouraging It shows that even basic
amenities can be a joy to look at and use
But while the pendulum of architectural
fashion has swung back towards
traditional materials, local character is
still under threat from the standardised
corporate style of commercial interests
The chain stores, with their expensively-
designed images, dominate British
towns, making them look increasingly
indistinguishable - and dull People enioy
difference, variety and individuality
They love the drama of the unplanned
—
townscape, where buildings old and new,
good and not so good, tell their own long
story of the town.
G There are many positive examples of
developments across the world. In
Baltimore, development was triggered
by the city council in the late 1950s,
followed by a programme of architectural
competitions and the establishment of
aesthetic criteria in planning to increase
quality. Lowell, widely seen as the first
US industrial town based on cotton
and textiles, was in decline in 1970. It
initiated 22 heritage projects re-furbishing
warehouses to create museums,
heritage and visitor centres, shops and
restaurants. This was presented as an
'urban cultural park' (the Lowell National
Historical Park) and is now considered to
have been very successful in changing
the image of Lowell, and attracting
tourists. Placing arts at the centre of
redevelopment may be one way to
maintain beauty and uniqueness in a city.
Questions 1-7
The Reading Passage has seven paragraphs, A-G.
Which paragraph contains the following information?
1	Laws protecting old buildings maintain the standard of an area as a whole.
2	Building prices rise quicker in old areas.
3	Appropriate town planning creates cultural and other facilities that draw visitors.
4	Residents should help protect their own area.
5	Preserving buildings allows us to build on our cultural past.
6	Previously, local communities did not realise preserving buildings was important.
7	People prefer cities to be unique.
Questions 8—14
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in the Reading Passage?
Write:
YES if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO	if the statement disagrees with the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this
8	We should not change the use of old buildings.
9	Historic areas often have modem uses.
10	Communities frequently want to change old areas.
11	Keeping historic areas can be good for people's finances today.
12	Communities don't understand +ie benefits of preserving old buildings.
13	All modern architecture is not beautiful.
14	Beauty was a factor considered in the regeneration of Baltimore.
71
What is beauty?
Word building: Prefixes under- and over-
1 Choose the best option in italics to complete each sentence.
1	The gallery was over/underrated. I didn’t enjoy it at all.
2	The project was over/underfunded. It ran out of money five years before completion.
3	Many people often over/underestimate the value of their own house.
They usually want too much money for it.
4	She should be paid a lot more. She’s definitely over/underpaid.
5	My boss says I’m not doing very well. I’m over/underperforming.
6	My son hasn't started school yet, so he should be able to travel for free
as he is under/over five.
7	When the construction boom started, builders were over/underemployed.
8	They were over/underprepared for the number of visitors. They couldn't cope.
9	Everyone goes in there. The building is completely over/underused.
10	They were very impressed.They found the events on the day completely
over/underwhelming.
Section 3
2.2 SECTIONS Questions21-30
Questions 21-30
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
21	The tour won't be traditional. It needs to be......tour.	Not something you
can find online easily.
22	The Empire State Building is so famous and it often has............
23	The tour will begin with...........
24	The tour should mainly look at............
25	Nassau County Museum of Art gardens are...............to	visit. The gardens are
very traditional but contain contemporary sculptures.
26	The museum has lots of.............by	artists from the last two centuries.
27	Long Island Museum has different displays of............
28	The main cost is for............
29	The cost per person when full is.............
30	Another way to make money is to do business with............
72
What is beauty?
Language focus: Modal verbs for evaluating
(Q • Grammar reference on page 224 of the Students Book.
1 Rewrite the sentences using the modal verb in brackets.
Example:
They built a new motorway. I don’t think it was a good idea.
They shouldn't have built a new motorway. (should build)
1	I don't know if she called.
________________________(might call).
2	This area is run down. The government needs to spend money on it.
(ought to) spend money on it.
3	I think something happened. Everyone looks sad.
(must happen) because everyone looks sad.
4	I don't know if he is here.
	(might be) here.
5	I don’t think the company dealt with this very well,
(could deal) with this better.
6	I haven't done as much work as I thought.
(should do) more work by now.
7	I think the building is really expensive.
(must be) really expensive.
2	Correct the mistakes in these sentences.
1	I shouldn't have not gone to work. I felt terrible.
2	They chopped down the trees. They should chop down the trees.
3	They should to clean up the graffti.
4	The building must have been finished now. There are very few workers here.
5	They must finish by now. It doesn’t take that long.
6	I: might have been ready, but I’m not certain.
3	Which sentences in exercise 2 express the following:
a a conclusion
b a regret
c a suggestion
d a criticism
e an expectation
f a possibility
73
НЗВ What is beauty?
1 Read the task below and answer questions 1 and 2 that follow.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Some people believe that modem architecture has made cities more attractive
in the last century.
To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	Do you need to give your personal opinion on the topic?
2	Does the question ask you to compare two specific things?
2	Match causes 1-8 with effects a-h.
1	Modern cities are compact which can lead to
2	Thanks to the number of tall buildings
3	As a result of their planning,
4	New constructions are frequently made by international firms which can have
a negative effect on
5	Modern cities are generally cleaner, which in turn
6	Ancient cities make
7	Tourism to an area can be affected by
8	Some countries have spent enormous amounts of money producing
a can make them more attractive.
b more people in a small area.
c people can feel trapped and oppressed.
d people feel more connected with their community and culture.
e newer cities can feel more ordered.
f a lack of old attractive cities.
g vast but attractive modern cities.
h a city’s appearance as it loses the local influence.
3	Replace the phrases in italics with phrases in the box.
has a positive effect	they shouldn’t have relaxed	focusing on
now lighten up	should be attractive	
1	Architects are looking at many aspects when they design a new building.
2	Modern cities need to be beautiful as well as functional.
3	Leaving enough green, open spaces in a city can lead to a good impact on
people’s well-being.
4	Modern architectural designs and construction methods mean new buildings
brighten up many former run-down inner-city areas.
5	It wasn't a good idea to go easy on the planning restrictions. The town now has
far too many ugly, modem office blocks and not enough affordable housing.
74
What is beauty?
4	Look at the model answer below and answer a-d.
a Identify the author’s main opinion.
b In paragraph 1, find two examples where no linking word is used to
express cause and effect.
c In paragraph 2, find one example of a linking word that expresses cause
and two that express effect.
d In paragraph 3, find words that mean to make new again and change significantly.
Around the world, cities are constantly expanding and changing as more and more
people move to urban areas Some people feel that modern architecture is not
attractive, however, I feel that when it is well planned it can significantly enhance the
appearance of a city
When the development and construction of new buildings happens in a rapid
manner it can have a detrimental effect on a city's appearance Many modern
buildings are cheap to build in comparison to historic ones due to the materials
and construction methods used As a result, a budding can have a simplistic or
ugly design it can also age quickly and consequently look run-down Many
modern buildings built m histone cities can also change the appearance of an area
dramatically If the surrounding area is not considered carefully it can make a once
histone and attractive area much more depressing to look at
However, modern architecture also has many positive effects It is responsible for
rejuvenating dilapidated areas of a city Some poor and run-down parts of cities have
been lightened upas a consequence of using modern architecture Additionally,
even famous old skylines can change and become even more iconic Take London,
for example, which has seen the addition of 30 St Mary Axe (otherwise known as the
Gherkin) and the Shard in recent years Both are modern yet beautiful buildings that I
think have transformed London's skyline for the better
In conclusion, while modern archtecture can appear cheap and ugly, I feel it largely
has a positive effect on transforming the appearance of many cities.
5	Write your own answer to the Task 2 question.
75
• ф
Is it art?
Vocabulary: Art
Wordlist on page 216 of the Student’s Book.
1 Look at the list of art forms 1-7 below and cross out the word in each list а-d that is
NOT associated with them.					
1	musical	a artist	b composer	c singer	d director
2	exhibition	a artist	b editor	c sculptor	d exhibitor
3	film	a producer	b director	c exhibitor	d writer
4	book	a writer	b editor	c director	d publisher
5	video game	a singer	b programmer	c designer	d player
6	sculpture	a sculptor	b producer	c artist	d exhibitor
7	play	a actor	b director	c programmer	d designer
2 Match each sentence beginning 1-10 with an ending a—j.
1 She designs
2	He’s an artist.
3	He has every teenager's dream job. He plays
4	He works in theatre and directed his first
5	She’s performing in
6	The plots in
7	He sang several
8	Lots of people start acting
9	He composed his first
10	It took eight weeks to construct
a musical last year.
b her films are very complicated to follow.
c clothes for period drama films.
d solo songs in the musical.
e He largely draws impressionist pieces.
f video games for a living.
g the ballet Swan Lake this month.
h in soap operas on television.
i the art installation.
j symphony when he was a young musician of just ten.
76
Is it art? Ц
0
3	Choose the correct form to complete these sentences.
1	The (exhibitor/exhibition) is open seven days a week.
2	You can meet the (sculpture/sculptor) this Friday at the exhibition.
3	The play has received a lot of (critic/criticism).
4	It's one of the most valuable (collect/collections) in the world.
5	The (scene/scenery) in the play tcok weeks to design and build.
6	The artist's (vision/visual) was clear for all to see.
4	Complete the text with words from the box.
plays	background	composed	highbrow
classical	critical	appreciate	abstract
The film Is set in Rome, but much of it was filmed in the studio. The 4
for the fight scene in the movie was generated by CGI, which means the special effects
are amazing. Viewers are also likely to 5-------------the excitement and tension
the music creates. Perhaps not surprisingly she won an Oscar for the soundtrack, and
she 6--------------the score for his last film.
The artist wanted U) create a mulll-sensory experience. Whlle
walking around the gallery looking at the 7-------------drt 0,1
di!.p|a> й______________music is played in the background. Wind
and smells of the sea an- also present In the room to transport
people to the coast.
77
ВГШ Is it art?
(Reading )
Questions 1-13
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The Floating Piers
For sixteen days - 18 June to 3 July, 2016 - Italy's
Lake Iseo was reimagined 100,000 square
metres of shimmering yellow fabric, carried by
a modular floating dock system of 220,000
high-density polyethylene cubes, undulated with
the movement of the waves as The Floating Piers
rose just above the surface of the water Visitors
were able to experience this work of art by
walking on it from Sulzano to Monte Isola and to
the island of San Paolo, which was framed by
The Floating Piers
The Floating Piers was first conceived by Christo
and Jeanne-Claude together in 1970 It was
Christo's first large-scale project since Christo and
Jeanne-Claude realised a project for Central Park,
New York called The Gates in 2005, and since his
wife, Jeanne-Claude, passed away in 2009 As
with all of Christo and Jeanne-Claude's projects.
The Floating Piers was funded entirely through
the sale of Christo's original works of art
For all of Christo and Jeanne-Claude’s projects,
there have been two different ways of choosing
a site. In one scenario, the artists had a specific
building or location in mind - such as the Pcnt-
Neuf in Paris or the Reichstag in Berlin In a
second scenario, the artists had an idea for a
project, but did not know where it would be
physically located In the case of The Floating
Piers, Christo and Jeanne-Claude knew a floating
pier would rise just above the surface of the
water, but they did not know which river or lake
would work best. Early renditions of what the
artists envisioned were created by Christo in 1970,
proposing a 2,000-metre-long inflated pier on the
delta of the Rio de la Plata in Argentina It never
happened because Christo and Jeanne-Claude
never got a permit. Twenty-five years later, in 1995,
after finishing The Wrapped Reichstag in Berlin,
the idea of The Floating Piers was still running
around inside the heads and hearts of the artists,
so they proposed making two floating piers 150
metres long, covered in fabric, which connected
to two artificial islands in Tokyo Bay and continue
on to Odaiba Park Again, after drawings and
sketches, a permit wasn't granted
Then, in 2014, Christo remembered the lakes of
northern Italy, with which he had been fami lar
since the 1960s when he worked and exhibited
in Italy extensively. In the spring and summer of
2014, Christo and his team scouted the lakes and
found Lake Iseo to be the most inspiring location
for the project.
———
Lake Iseo is located 100 kilometres east of Milan
and 200 kilometres west of Venice. ’Like all of
our projects, The Floating Piers was absolutely
free and open to the public,’ says Christo ’There
were no tickets, no openings, no reservations and
no owners The Floating Piers was an extension
of the street and belonged to everyone Those
who experienced The Floating Piers felt like they
were walking on water - or perhaps the back of a
whale The light and water transformed the bright
yellow fabric to shades of red and gold throughout
the sixteen days.’
Chnsto paid the entire costs associated with
The Floating Piers himself, including the permitting
process, manufacturing, installation and removal
of the project. He earns all of the money through
the sale of his preparatory studies and early
works from the 50s and 60s He does not accept
grants or sponsorships of any kind, viewing fees,
donated labour (volunteer help) or money for
things like posters, postcards, books, films or
any other products at all. Christo firmly believes
that to accept deals of this kind would alter and
compromise his art Refusing this money assures
him he is working in total freedom
A 3-kilometre-long walkway was created as
The Floating Piers extended across the water of
Lake Iseo. The piers were 16 metres wide and
approximately 35 centimetres high with sloping
sides The fabric continued along 2.5 kilometres
of pedestrian streets in Sulzano and Peschiera
Maraglio The piers were made of 220,000 high-
density polyethylene cubes held together by over
200,000 pins The piers were held in place by 200
anchors, each weighing 5 5 tons These anchors
were connected to the piers with 37,000 metres
of rope On top of the cubes is a layer of felt
before the bright yellow fabric is placed on top.
78
Is it art?
0
Christo had designed The Floating Piers
to be seen from the mountains, all
around the lake, from the roads, by boat
- and, of course, by walking on the piers.
Neither Christo nor Jeanne-Claude flew
over their previous works, because they
were designed to be experienced from
the ground - not from the air. Only the
Surrounded Islands were designed to be
seen also from above This project involved
—
surrounding eleven of the islands situated
in Biscayne Bay, Greater Miami, with 6 5
million square feet (603,870 square metres)
of floating pink woven polypropylene
fabric. This project was designed to be
experienced from the air, unlike The
Floating Piers project, which could not be
fully enjoyed from the air. Nature - the
water, the wind, the sun - all of this was
part of The Floating Piers project.
Questions 1-9
Complete the summary using the list of words, A-Q, below.
The Floating Piers project
The Floating Piers connected three main points.
It also 1............the Island of San Paolo. It
was Christo’s first major project since nis partner
2...............For some of the first projects they
collaborated on, they had a particulars............
or place they wanted to use. For other projects,
they had an idea but did not know where to
4.............it. They first wanted to place The
Floating Piers in Argentina or Tokyo but they weren’t
given 5..............  Lake	Iseo was chosen because
it was the most 6......................site.	You did not have to 7
A died	J use
В funded	К access
C structure	L impressive
D fees	Mpay
E on	N base
F surrounded	О expensive
G retired	P want
H person	Q free
I permission	
to visit the site.
The project was 8.............by	Christo himself. By accepting no money, he feels
9.............to	express his art how he wants.
Questions 10-12
Label the diagram below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage for each answer.
A cube from The Floating Piers
Question 13
Answer the question. Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS from the passage.
Where could people see The Floating Piers from a high position, but not by flying over it?
79
Is it art?
Language focus: Defining and non-defining relative clauses
Q > Grammar reference on page 224 of the Students Book.
1 Read texts A and B. Identify the defining and non-defining clauses.
A
Lisa:	Hamish Lightfoot has written an autobiography.
Tommy: Who?
Lisa: You know. The film star who played the hero in Majestic.
Tommy: I don't think I’ve seer that.
Lisa: You have. It’s the film that we watched together online.
Tommy: Oh, the one with the car explosion at the end that killed his girlfriend?
Lisa: No, you’re getting confused. He plays a man whose sister is really
successful and he has achieved nothing.
Tommy: Oh yes, I remember. So he’s written an autobiography? But he’s
only 25! That’s amaz ng!
В
Hamish Lightfoot, who has starred in films such as Majestic and Flying by
Morning, has written his first autobiography. The 25-year-old actor has been
acting since the age of five, and has appeared in over 30 films. His most famous
role to date was as the young pilot in Flying by Morning, which won a number
of awards. Fellow actor Theo Brennan said, ‘There are very few actors who can
be both popular and critically successful. Films which make money but also
change the acting world are rare. Hamish manages to achieve both.’The book,
which will be available from this Friday, costs £8.99.
2 Read the article below. Are clauses 1-8 defining or non-defining?
The play1 that the students put on at the end of term was Shakespeare's
Romeo and Juliet,2 * which was written in about 1595. The university theatre,
’which holds about 300 people, was sold out on Friday and Saturday night.
The tickets,4 5 which cost twenty-five pounds, sold out in 24 hours. Harry
Thomas, ’who played Romeo, was brilliant. Unfortunately, the actress ’who
played Juliet forgot her lines on more than one occasion. The set and prop
design also let down the play. Buildings 7whose features would not look out of
place on a modern high street and clothes ’that looked like they were borrowed
from another play really let the play down.
1 Defining	2	3	4
5	6	7	8
80
Is it art?
I
3 For 1-6 below, underline the correct relative pronoun in italics. More than one answer
might be possible.
1	The bestselling video game of all time, which/that/who has sold around 500 million
copies, is Tetris.
2	Dancers who/that/where pass the Eudition and interview are able to join the
Royal Ballet School,
3	Theatres which/who/where are not profitable are often closed down and converted into a
building with a different use.
4	George R.R. Martin, who/that/whose fantasy books were made into the HBO series
Game of Thrones, had to finish the books after the TV series was complete.
5	Leonardo DiCaprio, who/whose/which won an Oscar for the film The Revenant in 2016,
became famous in the 1997 film Titanic.
6	Edvard Munch's painting The Scream, which/who/that was stolen along with Madonna
from the Munch Museum, was recovered two years later.
Listening
Ф2.3 SECTION? Questions 11-20
Questions 11-15
Complete the flow-chart below using NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS for each answer.
College play production schedule
Choose 11.............by Friday
I
Choose 12.............
I
Appoint key casting and production staff
Choose 13.............
I
Design and build the sets
I
Design and create 14............
I
Setcp 15..............
Questions 16-20
Complete the sentences below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
16	............will take place in late March.
17	The............will	create the scenery.
18	The............will	make the outfits.
19	The show will run for.............
20	Tickets will go on sale........
81
Is it art?
1 Read the Task 2 question and answer questions 1 and 2 that follow.
Task 2
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
The number of people studying art, languages and creative writing often falls
during difficult economic times.
What do you think are the effects of this trend?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1 Do you have to talk about both positive and negative effects?
2 How could you summarise the subjects underlined above in one or two words?
2
Look at the students essay plan below. Is this student going to focus on:
a
positive effects only?
negative effects only?
both positive and negative effects?
b
c
Student's essay plan
Paragraph 1 A decrease in creative output
Paragraph 2 Job shortages in more popular areas
Paragraph 3 Narrower set of skills across society
3
Which introduction matches the plan in exercise 2?
Introduction 1
A fall in the arts subjects during
financially challenging periods is perhaps
unsurprising as people become more
focused on the economic benefits of
their chosen course I believe the effects
of this change will be largely negative
Introduction 2
Falling numbers in arts related subjects
is clearly connected to the jobs people
hope to obtain after studying However,
there are both positives and negatives for
the whole of society when these choices
are made
82
Is it art? £
0
4 Read the model answer below and find:
1	three effects
2	the results of these effects
3	examples of defining relative clauses if they exist
4	examples of non-defining relative clauses if they exist
5	an example of purpose
6	an example
7	anopinion
A fall in the arts subjects during financially challenging periods is perhaps
unsurprising as people become more focused on the economic benefits of their
chosen course. I believe the effects of this change will be largely negative
The first effect could be a decrease in creative output across the country
The creative arts, which are an important part of a society, not only enrich people's
lives but they also bring m income fora country Potentially, a country could see
a fall in the literature it produces, the works of art it creates, and its use of languages
For instance, fewer people learning languages may affect trade with other countries
Not only will the creative industries be affected but so too will the wider economy
if people study a narrower range of academic subjects there is the likelihood
that there will be a surplus of qualified people in these areas Jobs which are
oversubscribed will either see a fall m the salaries of these individuals or an increase
in unemployment.
Lastly, across the country there wJI be a narrower set of skills available to society
It s important that society has people with a range of skills in order to ensure it is
diverse Skills that are in short supply will become more expensive for companies
to obtain They may even limit the range of businesses available in a country and
ultimately could lead to a less diverse society.
In conclusion, falling numbers of students in the arts is likely to have a range of
negative effects on the whole of society It could lead to a less creative society,
a less skilled society and even a rise in unemployment levels.
5 Write your own answer to the Task 2 question.
83
ф The family and society
Vocabulary: The family
Wordlist on page 216 of the Student's Book.
1	Use the clues to complete the sentences below and the crossword.
Across
2	My husband died a long time ago. I’ve been a for five years.
5	My are from York, but my great-grandfather moved
to London in 1905. We don’t have any immediate family there now.
7	Most of my live in the same village. My aunts, uncles,
cousins and grandparents are all still in the same place.
8	My parents’ parents are my.
9	My mother and my father are my.
Down
1	I have a and two sisters.
3	My is quite small. I don’t know anyone beyond my great-grandparents. (6,4)
4	There are six people in our- my parents, my sister and my grandparents.
6	I have two- a brother and a sister.
2 Use some of the words in exercise 1 to complete the conversation.
A:	Look, here’s my 1.
B:	How did you find out all that information about your 2? I only know about
my 3 who are alive. I don’t know anything about those who have died.
A: A lot of the information came from my 4. My dad said I should speak to
them while they are still alive.
84
The family and society
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The return of the multi-generational
family household
A The multi-generational American
family household is staging a
comeback - driven, in part, by the job
losses of recent years but more so
by demographic changes that have
been gathering steam for decades.
As of 2012, a record 57 million
Americans, or 18.1 % of the total U S
population, lived in a family household
that contained at least two adult
generations or a grandparent and at
least one other generation, according
to a Pew Research Center analysis
of census data This represents a
significant trend reversal Starting right after World War II, the extended family household fell
out of favour with the American public In 1940, about a quarter of the population lived in one;
by 1980, just 12% did. Since bottoming out around 1980. however, the multi-generational
family household has mounted a comeback. The reversal has taken place among all major
demographic groups, and it appears to эе the result of a mix of social and economic forces
В One is the change in the median age of first marriage. The typical man now marries for the
first time at age 28 and the typical woman at age 26 For both genders, this is about five years
older than it was in 1970 One by-product of this cultural shift is that there are more unmarried
20-somethings in the population, many of whom consider their childhood home to be an
attractive living situation, especially when a bad economy makes it difficult for them to find jobs
or launch careers. The move into multi-generational family households has accelerated during
the Great Recession that began at the end of 2007.
C Older adults were once by far the likeliest of any age group to live in a multi-generational family
household. Back m 1900, fully 57% of adults aged 65 and older did so. But over the course
of the 20th century, older adults grew steadily healthier and more prosperous as a result of a
range of factors, including the enactment of social safety net programs such as Social Security
(financial support for poor families) and improvements in medical care. With these changes
came what amounted to a new intergenerational social contract within most families - namely,
that older adults who had the health and resources to live independently should do so By 1980
and 1990, just 17% of those aged 65 ard older lived m a multi-generational family household.
Since then, however, the trend has reversed course and the share has risen slightly - to 20%
D One possible explanation for the recent trend reversal is an increase in what demographers
refer to as 'kin availability' The outsized Baby Boom generation is now passing through late
middle age Compared with earlier generations, it offers its elderly parents about 50% more
grown children with whom they can share a household if and when their life circumstances
(such as widowhood, declining health o' poverty) take them in that direction Another possible
explanation is that cuts to Medicare (government health insurance for people over 65) enacted
in 1997 have increased the financial incentives for those who are elderly and infirm to move tn
with a grown child who is able to take on the role of informal caregiver
E Older adults are not the age group most responsible for the overall trend reversal since 1980.
That distinction belongs instead to young adults - especially those aged 25 to 34 In 1980, just
11% of adults in this age group lived in a multi-generational family household By 2012, 23.6%
did The increase in the share of young adults living with their parents is notable for another
reason: its gender profile The 25-34 age group is the only one in which significantly more men
than women are living in a multi-generational family household. Among older age groups, this
living arrangement is much more common among women than men At the later stages of the
life cycle, this disparity is partly explained by the fact that women are more likely than men to
outlive a spouse, at which point they become more likely candidates to live with a grown child.
85
The family and society
F The multi-generational household isn’t the only growth sector in the national landscape of
living arrangements. There's also been a steady long-term rise over the past century in the
polar opposite kind of household - the one made up of just a single person In 1900. just 1.1%
of Americans lived in such a household By 2012, that share had risen to 27.4%. According to
a Pew Research Center survey, adults aged 65 and older who live alone report they are not
in as good health and are more likely to feel sad, depressed or lonely than are older adults
who live with another person (be it a spouse or some other family member!. Also, a separate
Pew Research survey taken in 2014 found that 40% of 18-29 year olds consider it a ’family
responsibility' for adult children to take care of the elderly However, only 19% of people aged
over 65 felt that this was the case.
Questions 1-4
Complete the sentences below.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage
for each answer.
1	An increase in..............and	changes in the population structure are increasing
multi-generational families.
2	At the end of..............more	and more people stopped living in
multi-generational families.
3	The change is happening because of...............and financial pressures.
4	People now................about	5 years later.
Questions 5-8
The Reading Passage has six paragraphs, A-F.
Which paragraph contains the following information?
NB You may use any letter more than once.
5	It’s often economically beneficial to live with your extended family.
6	As older generations became better off they wanted to live alone.
7	Older people living alone do not feel as positive.
8	The patterns for men and women moving home are different.
Questions 9-13
Choose FIVE letters, A-H.
Which FIVE of the following statements are true about multi-generational families?
A Rich people do not like to live in multi-generational families.
В The trend rapidly increased in 2007.
C Older adults in multi-generational homes tend to live longer.
D Traditionally older people usually lived in multi-generational homes.
E In older age groups, women are more likely to live in a multi-generational family.
F Multi-generational households are not the only type of household increasing.
G Young people would prefer not to live in multi-generational families.
H In 2014, old people generally didn’t feel their family should look after them.
86
The family and society
Word building: Suffixes -hood and -ship
1 Match the suffixes in sentences 1-5 below to the correct meanings, a-e,
they express.
1	They won the championship.
2	There has been an increase in crime in the neighbourhood.
3	My favourite part of my childhood was when I was 11 or 12 years old.
4	You can see the standard of craftsmanship in his work.
5	The leadership of the country changes every five years.
a a period of time
b a group
c a skill
d a state
e an office or position
2 Add the words to the table.
relation apprentice boy brother adult champion partner
father friend musician sister scholar girl workman
hood	ship
boyhood	
3 Complete the sentences below with some of the words from exercise 2.
1	I don’t have a strong with my parents and my brother. We’ve never got on
very well.
2	I am in with a friend of mine. We run an online business together.
3	The hardest part about is all of the responsibilities - buying a house, having
children - it’s not easy!
4	She has started an in a company. She'll be fully qualified after two years.
5	When you buy a brand-new house, you expect it to be finished to a high standard
of.
4 Match the sentences in exercise 3 to the meanings a-e in exercise 1.
5 Replace the phrases in italics with words from the box.
leadership craftsmanship ownership parenthood
1	You can see the skill and quality needed to produce work of this standard.
2	The early days of being responsible for young children can be very tiring for both the
mother and father.
3	Having the financial responsibility of your business can be stressful, but many people
want to become their own boss.
4	I enjoy being in charge of a team. I ‘eel I can influence people and support them in
their role.
87
The family and society
(Listening )
Section 1
2.4 SECTION 1 Questions 1-10
Questions 1-6
Label the map below.
Write the correct letter, A-F, next to Questions 1-6.
Wellington Country Park
1	Children’s playground ...........
2	Picnic area	............
3	Farm animals ....................
4	Campsite	............
5	Restaurant	............
6	Birds
Questions 7-10
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Visitor’s name: 7..................
Card number: 8...............
Card expiry date: 04/2020
Card security number: 9..............
Car registration number: 10............
88
The family and society Д|Д
Language focus: Conditionals 2
Q > Grammar reference on page 225 of the Student s Book.
1 Correct the mistakes.
1 Provided that you gave children dear rules, they will behave well.
2 As long as there aren’t many problems, we would finish the work on schedule.
3 I won’t be able to come out unless I had got a babysitter.
4 Show them how to do it. Otherwise, they would make mistakes.
5 Supposing they had fail their exams, what will they do?
6 Even though they would gave us two weeks for the project, I still didn’t finish it.
2 (Circle)the correct conditional in italics to complete sentences 1-9 below.
It is possible to live a life without technology 1 as long as/unless you are willing to make
some basic changes. It is easy to live without social media 2 otherwise/provided that
you are willing to try. Televisions are also easy to live without 3 unless/supposing you
need them for work. 4 Even though/Supposing mobile phones seem integral to our
lives, most tasks we use them for are not actually necessary. 5 Supposing/Unless you
gave up all technology for a year. What would happen to your family?
The Millars in Canada did just that. When their sons were always playing on their
phones and tablets they decided they needed to make a change 6 otherwiselif they
would not have a good family relationship. They didn’t give up technology completely as
they still needed some to do their jobs. So they chose to use technology only
7 if/unless it came from before 1986.8 If possible/lf only, they would spend a
year living like it was in the 1980s The result? Their work was harder and so were their
daily lives, but they became much closer as a family. 9 If only/Unless all families could
live a simpler, technology-free lifestyle perhaps society would be happier.
3 Complete the sentences using words from the box.
if... not for	provided that	if... would
unless	even though	supposing
1	it were families taking children back in after college, many could
not afford a place to live.
2	families reconnect, older people will become increasingly isolated.
3	the government spent a lot of money regenerating the area, there are still a
lot of social problems, particularly crime.
4	the government invests in healthcare for the elderly, there won’t be a problem.
5	the government tax increases, will people's living conditions and quality of
life improve?
6	schools provide free lunches for children, this could improve
many children’s diets.
89
1 Read the following Task 2 question and then answer questions 1-3 below.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Technology has largely had a negative impact on family life.
To what extent do you agree or disagree?
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	What is the main topic you need to cover?
2	Do you need to give your own opinion?
3	How long do you have to complete this task?
2 Read the model answer below and answer questions 1 and 2.
A Technology influences nearly every aspect of family life Hardly anything is done
today the way it was fifty or sixty years ago From cooking dinner to reading
stories to children, nearly everything happens in a different way These changes
have had some negative mpacts on families but largely speaking the influence
has been positive
В Some people feel that technology has had a negative effect on family life, in
particular on how it has changed the way we communicate. Young children
spend more and more time on phones and online and this can lead to a lack of
interaction with parents Furthermore, it has increased inactivity and, as a result,
there are rising numbers of obese children
C However, while this is true to a certain extent, I feel the positives outweigh the
negatives Many technological inventions actually save people time when used
appropriately Tasks such as banking and supermarket shopping used to require
physical trips across town whereas nowadays all of this can be done on your
phone in a few minutes thus leaving more time for families to spend together in
addition, technology has actually reduced the number of physical goods a family
needs DVDs. CDs and bcoks no longer need to take up a lot of space as they can
simply be stored on a laptop or tablet Lastly, computers and the internet have
made it possible for some people to work from home, meaning that they can
spend more time with their family rather than commuting
D In conclusion, while there are inevitably some negative influences that
technology has had on family life. I feel these are outweighed by the positives.
1 Which sentence in the model answer introduction indicates the author’s main opinion?
2 Which paragraph supports the author’s point of view and which presents
alternative arguments?
90
The family and society
3 Underline the linking words used in the model answer and then put them in the correct
column in the table below.
Provides extra information	Provides contrasting information	Cause and effect
		lead to
4 Complete each sentence I -6 with a linker from the completed table in exercise 3.
Sometimes more than one answer is possible.
1	of increased working hours, parenthood has become more challenging.
2	The introduction of higher membership fees can lower numbers joining
the club.
3	Roles used to be clearly defined between motherhood and fatherhood.
nowadays there is not such a clear distinction.
4	to the environmental problems caused by cars, they have also led to families
living further apart from each other.
5	People who use social media a lot often do not feel positive about themselves,
when they reduce their usage their levels of happiness increase.
6	Mobile telephones have enabled people to stay in touch more easily., they
have reduced the need fortravel.
5 Which sentences in the model answer in exercise 2 could sentences 1-4 below replace?
1	If children spent less time using their electronic devices, then the increased levels
of obesity might not have occurred.
2	Providing that a person’s job is primarily done using a computer, it may be possible
to work from home. If this occurred, there could be more time available to spend together
as a family.
3	If children spent less time on phones and online, there might be increased interaction
within families.
4	If music and films are stored electronically, this will enable families to have fewer
physical goods filling their homes.
6 Now write your owm answer to the task.
7 Check your essay. Think about:
a Is the main argument clear?
b Does each paragraph have a clear focus?
c Are clear and relevant examples provided?
d Are ideas correctly linked?
e Is the conclusion logical?
91
Travelling around the world
Vocabulary: Adjectives with multiple meanings
Wordlist on page 216 of the Students Book.
1 For questions 1-7, replace the underlined words in a and b with the words and phrases
given in italics.
1	unfamiliar odd
a Have you tried Thai food? The first time I tried it, lots of the tastes were strange but now
I love it.
b This food tastes strange. I think it might be off. Can you check the date on it?
2	recently arrived inexperienced
a Let me introduce you to Michael. He’s new in this company.
He's just started in the marketing department.
b The company are new in this area of business. They have
more experience in engineering than design.
3	from another country unfamiliar
a I really like foreign food, especially spicy food from Asia.
b It took me a long time tc explain it to him because the concept
was completely foreign to him.
4	unusual irregular
a Each vase is odd in shape which makes them collector’s items
and therefore quite valuable.
b He's an odd person. Some people find him quite difficult to get
along with, but I quite like him.
5	recently made new and different
a Sales have been falling for two years now. This business is in need of some fresh ideas.
b When I was on holiday in Italy, we bought some delicious fresh bread every morning.
6	only happens in one place unlike anything else
a The island has a really diverse range of plants and animals, thanks in part to
its weather system that is unique to this region.
b I don't think there is much competition on the market for this. It’s a unique product
so I'm sure it will sell well.
7	new and untouched clean
a I've never used this so I'm going to sell it on eBay and say that it is in pristine condition-
b My parents are visiting this weekend so I want to make the place pristine.
2 Change the words from exercise 1 above to suit the meaning of the dialogues. You may
have to change the form of the word or replace it with a more suitable wrord.
1
A:	What’s your sister like? Is she similar to you?
B:	No, she's much more unusual. She likes travelling to lots of new places,
trying out new things and meeting new people.
2
A:	Why are you so interested in going to Chile?
B:	The country is famous for the unique of its landscape. It’s such a long
narrow country that you can really feel like you’ve been to lots of different countries.
92
Travelling around the world £
2
з
A:	This place is odd, but I feel like I have been here before.
В:	I know what you mean. I think it’s because it looks similar to Singapore.
4
A:	What’s the strangeness food you ve ever tasted?
В:	I went to London on holiday last year and we found a really unusual
restaurant. I ate insects there!
5
A:	What did you enjoy about travelling around India?
В: I think it was the diverse of people, food and culture. Every area is quite unique.
6
A: I’m taking my younger brother travelling this summer.
B:	Has he travelled much before?
A: No, he's fresh to foreign travel.
(listening
Section 2
2.5 SECTION 2 Questions 11-20
Questions 11—15
Match the trip, A-C, to the information 11-15.
A Mount Etna
В Agrigento
C Caltagirone
11	Explore ancient buildings.
12	This trip is good for buying presents.
13	Taste local dishes during the day.
14	Can be shown around by a guide.
15	This is a trip for the entire day.
Questions 16—20
Complete the notes in the table below.
Cable car at Mount Etna
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
Location	Activities	Time	Price
Taormina	Visit 16	 Visit the beach Shop and eat lunch	17		50 euros
Palermo	Visit various 18	 Shopping Lunch	All day Thursday	19	
Castel di Tusa	Stay in an 20		Saturday night	150 euros
93
ИкЖ Travelling around the world
Word building: Words related to memory
1 Match the definitions 1-5 to the words a-e.
1	a written record of your memories
2	to learn something well enough that it is in your long-term memory
3	a monument or something else physical to remember people who died
4	things that people collect related to one thing such as a football club or a band
5	something you buy to remind you of a place or experience
a memorabilia
b memoir
c memorise
d memento
e memorial
2 For 1-9 below, underline the correct word in italics. Then decide the form of the word
you have chosen, writing either A (adjective), N (noun), or V (verb).
1	Although he lives in Hong Kong, he collects memorabilia/memories connected
to Manchester United FC. One day, he hopes to visit their football ground.
2	It is difficult to remember/mamohse the time I spent at school in the
south of France.
3	The test requires people to memorise/memories a lot of rules about
driving overseas.
4	The former prime minister plans to publish his memorabilia/memoir
next spring. I'm really interested to hear about his time as a child living in lots of
different countries.
5	It’s one of the most memorable/memory films of the last decade.
It was filmed on the beautiful island of Mauritius.
6	I’ve bought some small memoirs/mementos to remember the place
where we had such a happy vacation.
7	While I was in New York City, I saw some amazing sights. The Strawberry
Fields memory/memorial is a beautiful tribute to John Lennon.
8	My memory/memorise isn’t as good as it used to be. I can't remember most of the
countries I’ve travelled to around the world. I think I've been to Lisbon,
but I’m just not sure.
9	Could you send a memoir/memo to the travel team asking them to book me on
a flight to Paris as soon as possible?
94
Travelling around the world
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-14, which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The Galapagos Islands
A The Galapagos Islands are located on the Nazca tectonic plate This perpetually moving
plate is heading eastward over the Galapagos Islands hot spot, a volcanic hot spot in
the east Pacific Ocean responsible for the creation of the Galapagos Islands. The islands
were formed through the layering and lifting of repeated volcanic action This geographic
movement is correlated to the age of the islands, as the eastern islands (San Cristdbal and
Espanola) are millions of years older than the western islands (Isabela and Fernandina).
В Most of the islands have a distinctive conical shape that is often associated with volcanic
action. The mountainous islands have been formed through continuing volcanic eruption,
building layer upon layer. Due to this volcanic formation, the islands are characterised by
many steep slopes, with heights ranging from a few metres above sea level to more than
5,000 feet above sea level Each maior island, with the exception of the largest island,
Isabela, consists of a single large volcano. Isabela was formed when six volcanoes joined
above sea level. Geologically, the Galapagos Islands are quite young, probably no more
than five million years old, compared to say the islands of Hawaii, which are more than 70
million years old. Some of the westernmost islands, which are the most volcanically active,
may only be hundreds of thousands of years old and are still being formed today. The most
recent eruption, after 30 years, was in 2015 from the main island of Isabela's Wolf volcano
C Biologists are fascinated by island ecosystems and the unique species that inhabit them.
For this reason, the Galapagos Islands are quite arguably the most studied archipelago in
the world. The Galapagos Islands also have a unique set of environmental conditions that
set them apart from all other island groups in the world Their sunny equatorial position
on the globe combined with their location amid the cool Humboldt and Cromwell ocean
currents allow these special islands to display a strange mix of both tropical and temperate
environments, which is reflected in the complex and unusual plants and animals that
inhabit them.
D Five to ten million years ago, the tops of underwater Galapagos volcanoes appeared above
water for the first time, about 600 km frcm mainland Ecuador in the middle of the Pacific
Ocean Those volcanic peaks were completely devoid of plant and animal life All plants
and animals that are now native to the isands must have arrived to the islands originally
through some form of long-distance dispersal When considering the diversity of species
that inhabit the Galapagos Islands, it is important to note how 'unbalanced', in comparison
to continental species diversity, the variety of Galapagos species are. For instance, there
are many native reptile species such as turtles and iguanas, but no amphibians; there is
an abundance of land and sea bird species, such as the Galapagos penguin, flightless
Cormorant and waved Albatross, but very few mammals When considering plants, those
with large flowers and big seeds are absent while grasses and ferns abound.
One theory is that the ancestors of the present-day
Galapagos animals (sea lions, sea turtles penguins)
actually swam their way to the islands with the
help of some swift ocean currents. On the other
hand, biologists have some theories as to how the
ancestors of the present-day Galapagos animals
arrived on the island. One theory is reptiles and
small mammals (rice rats) were carried to the islands
from the South or Central American mainland on
natural rafts of vegetation. The vast majority of such
rafts would have sunk well before they ever reached
Galapagos, but it would have only taken a handful
of successful rafts to wash ashore to explain the
present reptile diversity m Galapagos. This ‘raft’
theory of arrival also explains why there are no native
amphibians, few mammals, and many reptiles in the
Galapagos Islands - reptiles are the best adapted
to deal with the harsh salty and sunny conditions of
weeks at sea
95
Travelling around the world
F The human population on the Galapagos Islands is limited to 3% (100 square miles/236.5 km2)
of the land area of the islands Approximately 85% of the inhabitants live in the coastal
villages The population has grown rapidly since the 1970s, driven by a rapidly growing tourism
industry beginning in the mid 1S70s, and heavy government expenditures during Ecuador's
oil boom (1972-19831 Migration was fuelled further by a weak economy in mainland Ecuador
during the 1980s and 1990s and a boom in sea cucumber fishing (1993-2000). From 1999
to 2005, the population in Galapagos grew by 60% During much of the 80s and 90s, the
population was increasing at mere than 6% per year This rate would double the population in
Galapagos every 11 years, but. in part due to immigration controls, the population only doubled
over a 20-year period and today is approximately 25,000 inhabitants.
G The year 2007 was an important time in many ways in terms of international, national and local
discussions related to the many challenges associated with Galapagos conservation In April
of 2007 the President of Ecuador, Rafael Correa, declared the Galapagos Islands 'at risk' and
their protection a national priority President Correa made this announcement during a visit
of a United Nations (UNESCO) delegation which was to determine whether the archipelago
should be put on the List of Word Heritage Sites in Danger. The decree called for a variety
of immediate conservation measures including the restriction of some tourism permits, the
return of individuals with 'irregular' residency to the mainland, finding a comprehensive plan
to control the spread of invasive species not native to the Galapagos Islands, implementing
educational reform, and ensuring the development of sustainable businesses. On June 26,
2007 the World Heritage Committee recommended that the Galapagos Islands be added
to UNESCO's List of World Heritage Sites in Danger in hopes of rallying support for their
conservation. The Islands were removed from the List of World Heritage Sites in Danger in
July 2010 following significant progress made by Ecuador in addressing many of the problems
that had been identified. In 2016, the Islands are still off the danger list.
Questions 1-7
The Reading Passage has seven sections, A-G.
Choose the correct heading for each section front the list of headings below.
List of Headings
i Where are the Galapagos Islands?
II Islands under threat
iii The range of plants and animals
iv The extinction of some animals
v The human impact
vi How are the islands formed?
vii How animals arrived on the islands
viii What makes the islands so unique?
1 Section A
2 Section В
3 Section C
4 Section D
5 Section E
6 Section F
7 Section G
Questions 8-14
Do the following statements agree with the claims of the writer in the Reading Passage?
Write:
YES	if the statement agrees with the claims of the writer
NO	if the statement contradicts the claims of the writer
NOT GIVEN if it is impossible to say what the writer thinks about this
8	The islands are all very different ages.
9	The animals and plants are quite unique.
10	The islands are owned by Ecuador.
11	The plants and animals did not have to travel far to get to the islands.
12	All animals swam to the islands.
13	The population is likely to ccntinue to grow.
14	The government's plan covered all areas it needed to.
96
Travelling around the world
Language focus: Articles
Q • Grammar reference on page 225 of the Student's Book.
1 Complete the rules for articles 1-8 using aJan, the or the zero article. Then match the
rules to the sentences a-i below. Some rules match to more than one sentence.
1	We use only with a singular noun.
2	goes with single, plural and uncountable nouns.
3	We	use when we have already mentioned something.
4	We	use when there is only one thing.
5	We use when the speaker/listener knows which one we are talking about.
6	We	use when we don't know which one the speaker is referring to.
7	We	use when we use a plural noun or an uncountable noun
that has a meaning on its own.
8	We use when we talk about some places or institutions.
a Sally starts college on Monday.
b I work in a school in London.
с I like relaxing by the sea.
d We stayed in a holiday cottage. The holiday cottage was really cosy.
e He gave the taxi driver a note.
f It’s the biggest hotel in town.
g The government are not very popular at the moment.
h Holidays in Spain are very popular with British and German tourists.
i I like going out for a walk in the morning.
2 Correct the use of articles in the conversation.
A:	What are you doing this weekend?
B:	We’re having the short break in Paris.
A:	Wonderful! I love a city. It’s so romantic. Where are you staying?
B:	We’re staying in the small hotel in Montmarte. A hotel was a recommendation from
Jason's parents. You studied there, didn’t you?
A:	I did. I went to the university there in 2015.1 had the flat on the edge of the city
though, not in a tourist area. It's too expensive. Have you decided what to do?
В: I want to see all of a famous sights - the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, have the lunch in
Le Marais, but Jason wants to do other things.
A: What does he want to do?
B:	He wants to walk around Petite Ceinture. It’s an old abandoned railway line around
centre of Paris. He wants to go to a restaurant called Dans le Noir. You eat the
dinner in the dark! And he wants to go to a French naval history museum!
A:	Oh, quite different then. How are you getting there?
B:	We’re taking train from London.
97
Travelling around the world
1 Read the Task 2 question below. Then answer questions 1 and 2 which follow.
WRITING TASK 2
You should spend about 40 minutes on this task.
Write about the following topic:
Some people think that international travel is damaging to local cultures.
Others, however, say that it has a positive effect on culture.
Discuss both these views and give your own opinion.
Give reasons for your answer and include any relevant examples from your own
knowledge or experience.
Write at least 250 words.
1	Complete the paraphrase of the question:
Do I think is good or for local cultures?
2	In addition to the two sides of the argument, what else do you need to give?
2 Skim the model answer on page 99 and decide which is the correct outline below,
A or B.
Outline A
1	introduction with opinion
2	positive effect of international travel
on local cultures
3	disadvantages of international travel
on local cultures
4	conclusion
Outline В	—
1	introduction with opinion
2	advantages and disadvantages of K. ^3
international travel on local cultures
3	positive effect of local travel
4	conclusion
3 Decide which of the ideas, 1-8, below you think are most relevant to the Task 2 question.
If it is irrelevant mark it with an X. Then add your own ideas to the list.
1	local food is changing and styles of cooking are being lost
2	traditional forms of entertainment are disappearing
3	governments are working more closely
4	global brands and products are pushing out local ones
5	wider positive exposure to other cultures 
6	it’s increasing climate change 
7	better infrastructure Ц
8	increased cultural understanding 
4	Generate ideas for your essay by thinking of the opposites of the relevant ideas in
exercise 3. Can you think of examples to support your ideas?
98
Travelling around the world C
2
5	Read the introduction in the model answer below and identify the missing articles.
6	Insert sentences a, b and c into the model answer and explain their purpose.
a Whether that is the global brand oi a sport such as premier league football, or
one of a film or music star, it still arguably removes an opportunity for local brands,
musicians and actors.
b For instance, better infrastructures have been built due to the increased income
from tourism.
c While there has been a benefit to many cultures as a result, there can be no denying
that much has been lost because of this.
In the last century, the increase n international travel has meant world has
become much smaller place and, arguably, the cultures within it have become
more and more similar 1________________________________________
Globalisation and international tavel have, to a certain extent, enhanced many
cultures. International travel has enabled many cultures to improve much
about their local society 2 Furthermore,
these local cultures have been able to import various things from around the
world Whether that is food, cinema, music or fashion, it is arguable that this has
benefited these cultures as they now have a wider exposure to different tastes,
styles and genres
However, while many view this as a positive, it does, arguably, take something
away from the local culture Local foods are increasingly influenced by
international brands, and products such as pizza and burgers are now
prevalent throughout the world In addition, in many societies young people
pay more attention to global brands and diminished attention to local
ones 3_______________________________________
In conclusion, while international travel has benefited local communities to
some extent, there can be no doubt that it has had a negative impact on many
of the local traditions Change is natural, but it is perhaps the pace of change that
is worrying in many cases.
7	Read the model answer again and answer questions a and b.
a Underline three verbs of positive change and three of negative change,
b (Circie) linking words to show:
I another point
ii an alternative point.
8	Write your own answer for the Task 2 question.
99
The importance of infrastructure
Vocabulary: Nouns related to systems
Wordlist on page 217 of the Student’s Book.
1 Match the words that go together.				
1	satellite	a filter/purification	-i	infrastructure
2	railway —	b mobile/fibre optic	/	ii	network
3	telephone	c tunnels/bridges	ill	system
4	water	d dish/communications	iv	supply
5	gas/oil	e host/access	V	supply
6	electricity	f pylons/cables	vi	grid
7	the internet	g pipelines/fields	vil	web
2 Form a collocation, using all the words 1-7 in exercise 1 and the words in the box below,
to complete each sentence. You will need to put one of the words into the correct form.
browsing	network	appliances	industry
tunnel	purification	channel	supply
Example:
The longest railway tunnel in the world is Gotthard Base in Switzerland. It connects
Erstfeld station with Bodio through the Alps mountain range.
1	The has been central to the economic growth of many countries in the
Middle East. This sector has enabled investment in infrastructure and education.
2	Siemens, who are now bes: known for mobile communications, started the world’s first
	in Berlin.
3	Twenty per cent of our time online is spent.
4	China has seen the fastest growth in the purchase of at home in the last
20 years. Sales of fridges, freezers and washing machines have grown particularly quickly.
5	Some countries rely on from the sea because they do not have
a fresh supply they can drink.
6	The for Europe largely comes from Russia’s vast fields.
7	In 1962, over 100 million people watched the first broadcast by Telstar.
Gotthard Base railway tunnel, Switzerland
100
The importance of infrastructure
3 Cross out the word that doesn't belong in each group.
1	Oil industry	satellite	field	exploration	supply
2	Telephone network	browse	satellite	weather	mobile
3	Satellite system	appliance	receiver	channel	broadcast
4	Internet/web	server	industry	connection	host
5	Water supply	tap	field	treatment	well
6	Gas supply	industry	appliance	viaduct	pipeline
7	Electricity grid	access	national	generator	station
8	Railway infrastructure	line	viaduct	pylon	tunnel
(Listening j
ction 3
2.6 SECTIONS Questions21-30
Questions 21-23
Choose the correct letter, A, В or C.
21	Mia’s presentation is about
A disease prevention in the developing world.
В structuring the health system in poorer countries.
C what the short-term impacts of disease prevention are.
22	Jan is finding the research hard because
A he doesn’t understand the theory.
В most of the examples are from the media.
C he doesn’t understand the topic in English.
23	Mia wants to
A do her presentation for Jan.
В record her presentation.
C tell Jan about the main points.
Questions 24-30
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
24	In poorer countries there is a lack of.........
25	One solution is to offer more money or.........to encourage people
not to leave.
26	Pharmacies across the country need supplies but the drugs are often in........
27	People do not like to make payment for something prior to it being .......
28	Use.............to	check supplies.
29	The current system can mean there is not enough of a drug in ...........
30	Using messaging systems..............the	number of times regional medical officers
didn't have a drug available.
101
The importance of infrastructure
Word building: Modal verbs to adjectives
1	Complete the table using the words in the box.
likely	expected	certain	unlikely	obligatory	able
essential	necessary	possible	prebable	compulsory	
Possibility	Probability	Obligation
possible	probable	compulsory
2	For 1-8 below, decide which sentences are correct. Rewrite the sentences that are
incorrect using the correct modal verbs.
1	They don’t have to build a new high-speed rail network; it's not certain.
2	The tunnel should be finished in January, but that’s only probable and not for certain.
3	Could the internet speed be improved? Yes, it’s expected.
4	The company didn’t need to spend so much money. It was unnecessary.
5	The government do not want to upgrade the rail network. They are very willing.
6	The internet provided many people with the opportunity to set up their own business.
People were possible to put into action a whole range of new ideas.
7	Internet security needs to improve. It’s essential because it’s becoming more and
more vulnerable.
8	It’s expected that investment would improve the country’s infrastructure dramatically as
there is little there in terms of a secure banking system at the moment.
102
The importance of infrastructure (
3
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13 which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The rise of the meg a-city
byAlhster Heath from The Telegraph
In 1800, just 5% of the world's population lived in
cities, the rest resided in small towns and villages
In 2014, 54% of the world's population lived in cities
The transformation has been dramatic; urbanisation
and the rise of cities is one of the most important
changes that humanity has undergone as it has
become richer. The trend is set to continue, posing
huge challenges in some areas but creating vast
opportunities for those willing and able to seize
them It is not just that we are now much more
likely to live in cities - more and more of us live
in extremely large urban areas At the start of the
19th century, just one city had a population that
was greater than 1 million - Bering Now, there are
about 500 cities with a population of over 1 million,
accounting for 22.7% of the world's total population.
The rise of the mega-aty. a city with a population over ten million, is even more striking: 40 years
ago, just Tokyo and New York fell into that catego'y, joined by Mexico City in 1975. Today. 35 mega-
cities boast 10m or more people The largest, at 376m, is Tokyo, followed by Jakarta (30m), Delhi
(24.1m), Seoul (23m) and Manila (22.7m). Some of the mega-cities are shockingly little-known in the
West, at least among the general public, including Guangzhou-Foshan, two cities in China's Pearl
Delta that are gradually combining into one area, (which counts 18 3m inhabitants) or Nagoya in Japan
(10.2m) There will be another 10 or so mega-cities in a decade's time, with an extra six or so in two
decades' time, according to forecasts
All of these facts, and many more, are drawn from The Problem with Mega-Cities by Joel Kotkm and
colleagues, and published by Chapman University's Centre for Demographics and Policy. While I tend
to disagree with many of the book's conclusions, and am more upbeat about cities than its authors
are, it is chock-a-block with fascinating insights and statistics
London was the smallest of the 29 mega-cities, with its urban region (which includes not just Greater
London but a swathe of the home counties' commuter belt) now home to 10.15m, compared with
10.98m for the Pans region Crucially, however, London's population grew at a much faster rate than
any other mega-city in the developed world - more than 10% over the past decade, against 8% for
Pans, 6% for Los Angeles and just 3% for New York. Net migration figures suggest that London is
continuing to expand at a very fast rate, a development which is bound to continue to put pressure on
house prices at a time of still limited supply
Britain’s capital city, which has regained much of its erstwhile commercial and cultural greatness, is
a good example of how a mega-city drives growth, progress, jobs and prosperity in a wider national
economy. But that is not true of every mega-city. According to global management consultants,
McKinsey, middle-sized cities rather than mega-cities typically drive global growth.
In the US, New York, despite its recent renaissance, has nevertheless been in continuing relative
decline, with corporate headquarters and the centre of economic gravity shifting to places such
as Texas Being a mega-city is not enough: you also need the right economic policies One of the
greatest problems in London, but also in New York San Francisco and elsewhere, has been over-
regulated property markets that have pushed up prices Many cities fail to get the infrastructure right,
creating immense transport problems Crime and educational failure can be rife Mega-cities in the
emerging world, where almost all of the population growth and urbanisation is being concentrated,
suffer especially badly from such intractable issues
On balance, however, the likes of Harvard's Economics professor, Ed Glaeser, are right: cities are
where the action lies, even though many people find the countryside a more pleasant place in which
to reside. They facilitate the intensification of the division of labour and knowledge, the specialisation
and the trade that fuel progress The increasing returns to scale from urbanisation may partly be
eroded by technology but the general principle will remain. Expect the rise of the mega-city to
continue in the years and decades ahead
103
The importance of infrastructure
Questions 1-9
Complete the summary below.
Choose NO MORE THAN TWO WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage for
each answer.
Reasons for the rise of the mega-city
The rise of living in cities is linked to how society has 1.....More	of us live in
cities and these are becoming very big 2............Two	centuries ago, only
3.............had over a million inhabitants.
The largest city in the world today is 4.......... In twenty years’ time there will be
another sixteen 5............
London’s population from the 6...........is	over 10 million. The number of inhabitants
there grew 7............than any other mega-city in the developed world. A mega-city
like London can make the 8...........stronger,	however in general, large cities have
not caused 9............in	recent times.
Questions 10—13
Answer the questions below.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS from the passage for each answer.
10	What are there too many rules about in many mega-cities?
11	What issue is caused by poor infrastructure?
12	Where do people prefer to live?
13	What will continue to grow in the coming years?
Language focus: Concession and developing ideas
) Grammar reference on page 226 of the Student’s Book.
1 Complete sentences 1-8 with words from the box. More than one option
might be possible.
though	although... may may... but	while... may
nevertheless	much as	but	nonetheless
1	the roads in the area need improving, the government are unlikely to spend
the money.
2	The mobile telephone network be improving,it is not a priority.
3	a high-speed rail link is a good idea, the cost be prohibitive.
4	education standards are generally high, they not be of an
international standard.
5	The average standard of living has improved dramatically._at least
20% of the population live in poverty.
6	the energy supply has improved, parts of the country still
do not have a reliable supply.
104
The importance of infrastructure
7	The development was a success it did not have the
infrastructure legacy the government had hoped for.
8	Renewable energy can be expensive to develop., it is an
important part of the country's future energy supply.
2	Match these extreme ideas a-h to the sentences in exercise 1.
a We should invest in more primary teachers rather than secondary teachers.
b Income needs to be redistributed.
c Fossil fuels won't run out in my lifetime.
d They tend to waste money on other areas such as military spending.
e Without investing in communications, many areas will fail to attract business investment.
f Billions of dollars is too much money to spend to simply reduce commuting times
by a few minutes.
g The country should focus on providing essentials such as this; otherwise it will severely
limit people’s lives.
h The money could have been bette' spent elsewhere.
3	The linking words in some of these sentences have been used incorrectly.
Correct any that are wrong.
1	Although the road network has been significantly improved, the changes may not be
enough to reduce the congestion levels noticeably.
2	The train network may be old. Although it is a vital part of the transport network.
3	The water supply may be reliable but it is not considered clean enough to drink.
4	Nevertheless good communication networks are an important part of society, the costs
outweigh the benefits involved in the investment.
5	Many diseases are preventable although people lack access to clean water.
6	Though the government planned die development in a sustainable way there have still
been many environmental problems.
105
1Д The importance of infrastructure
1 Read the Task 1 question and answer questions 1-4 below.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The pie charts show the source of electricity in 2000 and 2014 in the UK.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features,
and make comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
UK Electricity Supply
2000	2014
For the purposes of these pie charts, figures have been rounded up to the nearest %.
1	Underline the correct words in italics to describe the main difference between
a task with one pie chart and a task with two pie charts.
One/Two pie chart is usually just a trend/comparison task.
One/Two pie charts usually indicate comparison/compare and a comparisons/trend.
2	Use the words in the box to complete the gaps to group the fuels shown in the pie charts.
renewable non-renewable fossil
a Coal, gas and oil are known as fuels.
b Coal, gas, oil and nuclear energy are fuels.
c Hydroelectricity, wind and solar power are all energy.
3	Look at the pie charts. Which category has seen the biggest fall?
4	Which categories have seen the biggest rise?
106
The importance of infrastructure
2 Complete sentences a-e with words from the box.
Which is the introductory sentence for the model answer in exercise 3?
falling by	fuel	respectively	rose from ...to
fell from ... to	production	reduction	
a Total non-renewable energy use for electricity 93%75%.
b Renewable energy use 3% just under 20%.
c The data in the pie charts show the source of for electricity in
the UK between 2000 and 2014.
d Use of coal and nuclear energy to produce electricity fell by 2% and 4%.
e The main was in the use of gas with levels 10%.
3 Put the remaining sentences from exercise 2 into the correct place in the
model answer below.
1	The biggest change overall is the lower dependence on
non-renewable energy and the increased use of renewable energy
2	The use of some fossil fuels has actually changed very little
3	4 This fall has been made up for by the
increasing use of renewable energy 5 Hydroelectricity has
shown very little growth whereas wind and other renewable sources have increased
by a total of 15 per cent Finally, the UK is importing slightly more of its electricity than
it did in 2000
4 How has the model answer grouped different information from the pie charts?
5 Write your own answer for the Task 1 question.
107
Money and well-being
Vocabulary: Money matters
Wordlist on page 217 of the Student’s Book.
1	Match the words 1-8 to the definitions a-h.
1	money management	a	a place where money can be safely stored
2	money market	b	money usually given to children to spend either monthly or weekly
3	pocket money	c	a place to trade money
4	money laundering	d	looking after and organising your money
5	paper money	e	money that has been illegally copied
6	sponsorship money	f	money given to someone for doing an activity, e.g. running a race, to raise money, usually for a charity
7	counterfeit money	g	to move illegal money to make it appear legal
8	money box	h	money in note form, not coins
2	Complete each sentence 1-8 with one of the words from the box.
Decide the correct position for the word in the sentence.
finances	cash	currency	limit	finance
account	consumer	income	debt	
Example:
Local authorities are required to distinguish between revenue
and capital finance in their accounting.
1	The country’s burden has become
increasingly high since the financial crisis. The amount it owes
is increasing by billions each day.
2	The company is thinking of spending some of
the surplus on new premises oecause its
reserves are high.
3	I have reached the credit on my
credit card. I can't spend any more money.
4	My wife keeps control of the family.
I don't really know what money we have coming in or going out.
5	There have been high levels of fluctuation since the
government’s decision. The pound fell by 10% but has now recovered about 5%.
6	He has a savings but the interest rate is so low he doesn’t put
much money in there.
7	spending is at an all-time low. Purchases of luxury goods have
especially fallen.
8	I have a lot of shares and I generally live on my investment.
108
Money and well-being
3 Cross out the word that does not collocate with each word 1				-9 on the left.
1	finances	a government	b state	c crop
2	savings	a bank	b plan	c transfer
3	currency	a consumer	b market	c speculation
4	credit	a terms	b bank	c transfer
5	debt	a mountain	b collection	c capital
6	income	a capital	b household	c arrangement
7	expenditure	a welfare	b consumer	c public
8	spending	a flow	b public	c government
9	cash	a crisis	b settlement	c speculation
Listening )
Section 4
2.7 SECTION 4 Questions 31-40
Questions 31-34
What comments does the lecturer make about these topics?
Choose FOUR answers from the box and write the correct letter, Л-F, next to
Questions 31-34.
Factors which affect our happiness
Topics
31 Crime	.....
32 Trust	.....
33 Advances in technology ....
34 Television	.....
Comments
A increasing levels
В fallen
C stayed the same
D more violent
E changing social life
F more pressure on family
Questions 35-40
Complete the notes below.
Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER for each answer.
The effect of TV on our well-being
Television has arguably affected society in many ways.
Television has 35...........we have for our own life.
People's experiences not limited to their 36..........
In 1982, half the characters on prime-time TV were 37...........
How rich we feel depends on 38............with others.
For every hour Americans spend watching TV, they spend an extra
39.............to	be the same as other people.
The pressure from advertising is the worst for 40...........
109
Q9 Money and well-being
Word building: Values and beliefs
1	Choose the correct word in italics to complete each sentence.
1	It's the custom/belief to give a business card with two hands in Japan.
2	The company didn’t behave ethically/idealistically by employing child labour.
3	By what standardlmoral are you measuring this?
4	An important value/custom is showing your elders respect.
5	One of the standards/beliefs of our company is to provide everyone with
equal opportunities.
6	Young children learn the principals/standards of right and wrong from the adults
around them.
7	The moral/value of the story is to not rush things.
8	He hasn't started working yet and I feel he has an ideal/idealistic view of the
working world.
2	Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word in brackets.
1	It is important to the marking so that all students are treated fairly, (standard)
2	I don’t think he acted in a very manner, (ethics)
3	Individual freedom is by many in our society, (values)
4	It’s to give a small oresent when going to visit someone, (customs)
5	We in equal rights for men and women, (beliefs)
6	He’s a very person, (principles)
7	speaking, I think you made the wrong decision, (morals)
Questions 1-13
READING PASSAGE
You should spend about 20 minutes on Questions 1-13 which are based on the
Reading Passage below.
The pursuit of happiness can
be a lifelong search for some
- but researchers believe they
may have found a key factor in
feeling a greater overall sense
of wellbeing. Individuals who
feel a strong sense of belonging
to social groups are much
happier people, according to
research published in 2016 by
psychologists. Nottingham Trent
University researchers found
that the more an individual
identified with a particular
group, such as family, in their
local community or through a
hobby, the happier they were
with their life.
110
Money and well-being
Contrary to popular belief, happiness can
be bought According to a 2016 study from
the University of Cambridge, we can buy
happiness, but only if your spending matches
your personality type. People who spent
more money on purchases which matched
their personality were found to be happier,
with spending in the right way mattering
more than total income or spending The
study found that those with a particular
personality spend more on products that
match their personality type. The degree to
which this occurred was found to be highly
predictive of a person's happiness For
instance, someone who scored highly for
'Agreeableness' tended to spend more on
chanties and pets, and a greater correlation
between those two variables would be
predictive of increased happiness
A weekend relaxing, reading a book or
playing with the children might seem like
the perfect recipe for contentment, but
none of those things actually make Britons
very happy, scientists have conduced
Instead, we are much more likely to enjoy
birdwatching, gardening, the theatre or
going for a run, according to a stud/ in 2015
by the University of Sussex and the London
School of Economics They also found
the things that are most likely to make us
unhappy Many of these are connected to
work and study - travelling and commuting;
bemg in a meeting, seminar or class.
Health also has a significant negative
impact on our happiness whether that is
being sick ourselves or looking after and
caring for another adult
While certain activities seem positively or
negatively to affect our mood, there is a
big difference between men and women
and their happiness later m life A study
m 2016 from the University of Edinburgh
has revealed that men who hold a greater
number of jobs (and exhibit other indicators
of career instability) between the ages of
15 and 27 are less likely to feel content
and accomplished in later life Brett found
that the male participants of the '6-Day
Sample Study' who achieved or exceeded
career goals they set at the age of 18
were found to believe, in older age. that
life had more meaning ‘In men,' explains
Brett, 'unstable early careers or lack of
goal attainment appears to be negatively
related to their subsequent outlook on life,
and the degree to which life makes sense
in old age ' Women were similarly found
to attach importance to life achievements,
but different ones to those valued by men
Whilst a stable and established career
topped the list of factors conducive to male
happiness, female participants were found
to be most satisfied and contented once
they had reached a high level of education
or experienced upward social mobility.
Modern developments may also be having
a negative impact on our happiness
According to research in 2015. by
the Happiness Research Institute in
Copenhagen, giving up Facebook for even
just seven days boosts happiness and
reduces anger and feelings of loneliness.
The report suggests that Facebook distorts
our perception of reality - we buy in to
the oh-so-fabulous commentary on other
people's lives to such an extent that we
can't help but evaluate our own less than
perfect lives as being inadequate Not only
would many of us feel better by not reading
these updates, but we could also gain
more time back to do the things that make
us happy.
Arguably, we can actually be too happy It's
been well documented that grief or 'broken
heart syndrome' can take a physical toll on
the body But according to a study from the
University Hospital Zurich, over-excitement
can cause 'happy heart' syndrome, which
mimics the symptoms of a heart attack.
Researchers cited joyful events, such as
birthday parties, weddings, or the birth
of a grandchild as possible causes. In the
ground-breaking book The Happiness Myth,
historian Jennifer Hecht says there are
different types of happiness - most notably
contentedness and euphoria Euphoria is
for those moments where you're so happy
it's the only thing you can feel: think getting
into university, getting engaged or being
offered your dream job. Great as these
euphoric moments are, they're potentially
not very good for you. What we should be
looking for, in terms of happiness, is being
content Happy - but not too happy
111
Money and well-being
Questions 1-7
Look at the following statements (Questions 1-7) and the list of people/institutes below.
Match each statement with the correct person or institute, A-G.
1	Security and achievement through work affects men more.
2	Job and education related activities make us unhappy.
3	Exposure to too many really interesting things is a major health risk.
4	What we purchase can have a big impact on our happiness.
5	The people around us affect our happiness.
6	Giving up social media can make us happier.
7	We shouldn’t try to have only low levels of happiness.
List of people/institutes
A Nottingham Trent University researchers
В University of Cambridge researchers
C Researchers from the University of Sussex and
London School of Economics
D University of Edinburgh researcher Brett
E Happiness Research Institute
F Researchers from the University Hospital Zurich
G Historian Jennifer Hecht
Questions 8-12
Complete the sentences below.
Choose NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS AND/OR A NUMBER from the passage
for each answer.
8	What we spend our money on is more important than.............wealth
and money spent.
9	Most things that make us feel negative are linked with..........
10	Stopping using social media for only...........makes	us feel more positive.
11	Reading about other individual’s lifestyles can make us feel.........
12	............might	actually be bad for us as it might lead to a heart attack.
Question 13
Choose the correct letter, А, В, C or D.
Which of the following is the most suitable title for the Reading Passage?
A Money makes us happy
В Happiness in life
C Work leads to unhappiness
D Social media makes us unhappy
112
Money and well-being ДЕЙ
Language focus: Substitution and ellipsis
Q Grammar reference on page 226 of the Students Book.
1
Circle)the words in the second sentence or clause that substitute words in the first.
1	Television has an impact on
us when we are young and it
continues to do so as we
get older.
2	Money has an impact on our
levels of happiness. It
especially affects us at lower
levels of income.
3	Redistributing wealth may have
a positive impact on society.
Doing so may make people feel
more equal.
4	I was unemployed for the first
three years of my working life.
Being so affected my morale
significantly.
5	I went back to university in my
late thirties. I did so because
I had become disillusioned with
the profession I was working in.
6	Changing careers later in life is a challenging decision. However,
to do so can often make people feel happier in the long run.
2 Match the sentences 1-7 with a su table continuation a-g. Then underline the words or
phrases in a-g that have been used to substitute words from sentences 1-7.
1	Our company has a moral code of conduct.
2	State finances should be used to mprove the lives of the poorest in society.
3	It is the custom to let the senior person lead in meetings.
4	I have always given ten per cent of my income to charity.
5	Credit arrangements have increased the individual debt burden.
6	Many TV programmes show very glamorous lifestyles that are unattainable.
7	It’s important people try to minimise stress and pressure in their life.
a These could be allocated to basic things such as healthcare.
b I will continue to do so while I can afford it.
c This tells employees the expected standards of behaviour.
d These facilities and their impacts have made life stressful for many.
e Doing so is a sign of respect.
f If they do, then feelings of happiness and contentment may increase.
g Such images can make people feel depressed.
113
r
Money and well-being
Task 1
3 For sentence 1-5 below, cross out or replace any unnecessary words.
1	People can be unaware of the values in their own society, because these values are
often unwritten.
2	My parents gave me a happy childhood, and I’m very thankful to my parents for giving me
this happy childhood.
3	Technology can have a negative impact on relationships. To prevent this negative impact
on relationships, we should try to limit our use of technology.
4	Some people believe there is a need for change in government spending. This change in
government spending is important for the country's economic stability.
5	Although many people have hundreds of friends on social media, very few of these
friends are actually close friends.
1 Look at the following Task 1 question and answer questions 1-4 below.
WRITING TASK 1
You should spend about 20 minutes on this task.
The bar chart shows the level of life satisfaction and income in America.
Summarise the information by selecting and reporting the main features,
and make comparisons where relevant.
Write at least 150 words.
Are you satisfied?
Very satisfied
I Somewhat dissatisfied
Very dissatisfied
Somewhat satisfied
1 How many income levels does the bar chart show?
2 How many categories of satisfaction does the bar chart show?
3 Who are the most satisfied?
4 At what level of income does dissatisfaction fall below 10% in total?
114
Money and well-being СШЦ
2 Complete the gaps 1-5 in the model answer with phrases from the box.
little difference income group a link mirrors similarity
The bar chart shows changes m we (-being in relation to the income earned by
individuals in America The happiest 1 are those who earn over $500,000
a year There is 2 between low levels of income and dissatisfaction,
with more than half of the people earning under $10,000 a year reporting high
levels of unhappiness Increasing your income from 20,000-50,000 to
100.000-150,000 is not always positive To do so. has little effect on those who
are somewhat satisfied However, in general there is a gradual rise m the number of
very satisfied people in relation to income Having said that, there is a fall from the
$30,000-40,000 section and $40,000-50,000 This higher income section almost
3 the $20,000-30,000 category There is quite a lot of 4---------------------
between the income brackets of $75,000-100,000 and the next one Furthermore,
there is 5 m how satisfied the top two are In conclusion, there is a
strong correlation between increasing income and life satisfaction
3 Read the model answer in exercise 2 again and answer questions 1-5 below.
1	What is the highlighted word ‘those substituting in the sentence it appears in?
2	In the first highlighted sentence, what same word has been left out in the sentence?
3	What does the highlighted phrase ‘to do so’ substitute in the sentence it appears in?
4	What does the highlighted word ‘ore’ substitute in the sentence it appears in?
5	What words have been left out in the last highlighted sentence?
4 Write your own response to the Writing Task 1 question.
115
Listening scripts
Unit 1
Ф 1.1
(A = Andrea; R = Representative)
A: Hi. My name's Andrea. I'm
calling to find out about the
holiday camp you're launching
this summer. I’m interested in
sending my children there.
R: Sure. What would you like to
know?
A: What age groups can come to
your camp?
R: We have our junior camp for 5 to
10 year olds and then our senior
camp is for 11 to 16 year olds.
A: OK. Can I ask you some questions
about the senior camp?
R: Sure.
A: What time does the camp start?
R: Well... it varies. It can start from
7 am, but this costs more. The
standard start time is 830 am.
Both go on until 6 pm.
A: What do you do on the different
days?
R: Well, we start the week with
sports activities and do these
every other day. This can be
indoor or outdoor depending on
the weather. On the other two
mornings, we do arts activities.
Sometimes there will be special
themes and other activities as
well. The first Tuesday we will go
shopping in town.
A: And how about the afternoons?
R: It's free choice. The children
choose what they want to do.
We have pool tables, table tennis,
board games, a swimming pool
and playgrounds they can use.
A: OK, do you do any other special
days out?
R: Yes, every Wednesday children
can sign up for a day trip. It costs
an extra £20. Sometimes we go
to the beach or a local historical
site. In the first week we're going
to Cambridge.
A: And how do you involve the
families of the children?
R: Parents can stay and play
anytime. We also encourage
families to come on the trips if
you have time. Then at the end
of every week, we organise a
barbeque for everyone in the
evening. Is there anything else
you’d like to know?
A: Let me think ...
A: Do you have many spaces
available?
R: Yes, it’s quite far in advance at
the moment. We still have 8
weeks to go before the holiday
camp begins. Really it’s best
if you reserve a place a month
before the start.
A: OK, that sounds fine. How much
is it per child?
R: It varies depending on the
number of children you're going
to send. How many children are
you enquiring about?
A: There would be twro of them
coming.
R: OK, the basic cost for each one
is £325 per week. So that’s £650
in total. However, there will be a
reduction for the second child.
A: How much?
R: It's a £65 discount.
A: That’s good. So, around a fifth
off.
R: Exactly, it’s a 20% reduction.
A: OK, let me talk to my husband
about it and we’ll get back to you
R: Sure. Could I take a phone
number to get back to you on?
A: It’s 07886695719.
R: Thank you. Let me just give you
this number. It will give you an
extra 5% off the total booking
when you use it. It’s 0885693190.
Just quote the number when you
contact us.
A: That’s great. Thank you.
Unit 2
Г» 1.2
Welcome. My name’s Lynn Harris,
and I’m the Director of the science
museum. Today, we unveil our
exhibition of the House of
tomorrow. This follow’s on from our
widely popular Homes of the past
exhibition from the spring show. It
is being launched in conjunction
with our wider exhibition, Cities
of the future - or smart cities as
they have become known. As many
of you will have read in the news,
a smart city is one which makes
greater use of technology to improve
how the town works. In the same
way, the aim of modem houses is to
use technology to improve how our
homes work. We're fortunate with
this project to have sponsorship
from some of the largest technology
companies in the world. Not only
are firms investing their money, but
they have also researched into and
developed the technology that might
be used in future homes.
One of the main features of smart
homes is their increased energy
efficiency. This type of home uses
75% less energy than most modem
homes. It also uses three times less
water than your typical home. The
home will actually produce more
energy than it uses for half of the
year, meaning it actually uses zero
energy. Our featured home uses
many similar budding techniques
to the smart home in California that
was built by Honda. California is a
particularly hot and dry climate, but
the design of the buildings means
that they are able to keep the inside
30 degrees Fahrenheit cooler than
the outside without the need for air
conditioning. The state of California
also aims to reduce its water waste
by a quarter, and homes like these
could go a long way to helping
achieve this target.
Before we open the house for you
to look at let me just talk briefly
about some of the main features.
Firstly, traditional bricks are no
longer used. The house is built
from materials that naturally use
less energy to produce. To keep the
heat in wre have used a number of
natural materials such as straw
116
Listening scripts

panels. The roof is made of solar
panels to generate energy. The house
is also designed to make the most
of its local environment whether
that's in a mountainous region or a
desert. Outside the house, the drive
is made from recycled plastics and
has a charging station for electric
self-drive cars. The windows also
include a new smart system to
change colour depending on the
brightness. All of which is obviously
operated by Wi-Fi.
So what about inside the house?
Well, you'll find innovations
everywhere. Lets start in the
kitchen. Recipes are projected
digitally onto the work surface so
you no longer need lots of space
for books that become covered in
food. All food is registered on the
computer system and recipes using
these ingredients are suggested
every day. People have always
found the timing of cooking meals
difficult. Dishes often do not cook
well because the times are not
accurate. The oven will recognise
the dish that you have put in and
know exactly how to cook it and for
how long.
The bathroom has also been
significantly transformed.
Bathroom scales no longer just
provide people s weight. A heavy
person is not necessarily fat. It
can be due to muscle weight. Now
the scales measure your weight,
body fat, heart rate and BMI. Not
only that, they will also connect to
your smartphone and recommend
activities and food to improve
your health.
Not everyone thinks about the
impact technology has on sleep.
Scientists have increasingly linked
excessive screen use with poor
quality sleep and health in recent
years. However, technology can
actually help with sleep. Surround
sound speakers generate calming
noises such as the sound of waves or
the wind blowing through trees. The
lighting in the bedroom also tunes
into your body clock to help you to
fall gradually asleep and to w'ake up
slowly rather than being suddenly
woken by an alarm clock and a
bright light.
We think you’ll be amazed as you
walk through the house, and hope
you enjoy the exhibition while it is
here for the next 6 weeks.
Unit 3
(H = Hayley; M = Mark)
H: Hi Mark, how are you? How's
the research for your sports
psychology project going?
M: It's going well. I’ve found out
some interesting things.
H: So, what exactly did you decide
to focus on?
M: Well, I've been looking at the
effects of physical activity on
stress. To see whether more
exercise can lower the levels
and in particular does one type
of exercise have a bigger effect
than another.
H: That sounds interesting. How did
you study that?
M: It was mainly a questionnaire
given to people before and after
they had done exercise. In total
forty people took part in the
study and 1 divided them into
four groups.
H: How did you divide them into
their groups?
M: Each group had ten people in
them. The first group did no
exercise. I needed this as the
group to compare the other
groups to. Basically, there should
have been no difference between
the first time and the second time
they completed the questionnaire.
H: I had something similar in my
study. The lecturers seem keen
on this in any study. What did the
second group do?
M: For the second group, I wanted
something they could do
individually. So, I asked each
person to go for a jog two times a
week. I didn't ask them to go far.
H: I hate doing things like that. I’d
much rather do something with
other people.
M: In that case, you would have
been better in the third group.
I asked this set to take part in
team sports. Again, two times
a week. The last group was
quite an interesting one. Some
people weren't very keen to be in
that group,
H: What did they have to do?
M: They had to do an extreme sport
twice a week. This doesn’t mean
I asked them to bungee jump
twice a week. Most did mountain
biking or climbing. They w'ere
quite difficult though so some
people felt nervous.
H: So, which activities were the
most effective to reduce stress?
M: Well, of course for the first group
there was no change in how
much pressure or worry they felt.
This is obviously what you would
expect from this group.
H: Yes, there would be some
problem if that happened. But
what about the difference
between the other groups? Is one
type of exercise more effective?
M: In the second group of people
it had a reasonable impact. On
average this set demonstrated a
20% fall after exercise. This was
also fairly consistent across
the group.
H: What about the team sports?
I think exercising with other
people does help but does your
study support that?
M: Yes, it does. This group had
the biggest reduction in how
stressed they felt. It seems that
doing activities with others is the
best way.
H: And what about the last group?
M: Well, their results were harder
to interpret. For some people,
it works really well, but not for
others. My study showed that
their outcome varied the most
from person to person. It seems
extreme sports aren't for everyone.
Unit 4
ф1-4
So what I’m going to look at today is
the impact the aviation industry has
had on our society and economy.
On 17 December, 1903, Orville and
Wilbur Wright flew the first airplane
just 40 metres in North Carolina.
117

Listening scripts
In 1908 the first ever passenger was
L6on Delagrange, who flew from a
meadow just outside Paris. The first
actual scheduled air service began
in Florida on 1 January, 1914. By
2014, over three billion passengers
boarded an aircraft annually. Today
I’d like to look briefly at the history
of the aviation industry before
going into more detail on its social
and economic impacts.
Early flights caught peoples
imagination however commercial
aviation was very slow to develop.
World War I certainly helped to
develop the technology but in
the public s mind flying became
associated with war and not foreign
travel. In 1933 Boeing developed
what was considered to be the
first modern passenger aircraft.
The Boeing 247 accommodated 10
passengers and cruised at 155 miles
per hour. Arguably, the plane that
changed the world was the DC-3. It
was the first aircraft that actually
enabled companies to make money
from carrying people.
Although planes such as these were
significant aviation advances they
could fly no higher than 10,000
feet. The reduced levels of oxygen at
higher altitudes made people dizzy'
and ill. The breakthrough came at
Boeing when in 1940 it released its
first plane with a pressurised cabin.
Planes could now fly much higher
and faster. The growth in plane
building grew dramatically in this
period as well. When World War II
started in 1939 the US had under
300 transport aircraft. By the
end of the war, US aircraft
manufacturers were producing
50,000 planes a year!
At this time the first jet engine
was also built. Isaac Newton wras
actually the first person to theorise
jet propulsion in the 18th century.
However, it was not until the 1930s
that the British pilot, Frank Whittle,
designed the first jet engine and not
until 1943 that the Americans built
the first jet plane.
Nineteen sixty-nine marked the
debut of another revolutionary-
aircraft, the Boeing 747. It was the
first wide-body plane, with two
118
aisles, an upper deck over the front
section and four engines. It was
80% bigger than the largest jet up
until that time and could seat 450
passengers. Cheap oil and further
improvements in technology have
continued to push the growth of the
aviation industry.
So how big is the industry and what
impact has it had on our society?
Well, if the sector were a country, it
would be the 19th largest economy
in the world! It supports 56.6 million
jobs and over two trillion dollars in
economic impact. Clearly aviation
is indispensable for tourism.
Worldwide, 52% of international
travel is by plane. However, it is
also key to international trade. Air
transport helps countries take part
in the global economy. The total
value of goods moved by air is 35%
of all international trade.
On a more local scale, air transport
offers a vital lifeline to communities
that lack good quality road or
rail networks. In many remote
communities and small islands,
access to essential services such as
health care is often only possible by
air. Aviation's speed and reliability
are also vital when people urgently
need assistance during emergencies
such as natural disaster, famine
and war.
Clearly, though, everything about
the sector isn’t positive. Airline
firms produced 689 million tonnes
of carbon dioxide in 2012 and 705
million tonnes in 2013. While this
does not sound like the industry
is improving, it does when you
consider the increased number of
flights. CO2 emissions per kilometre
are 70% down since the first jet
aircraft in 1943. Airlines currently
use traditional derivatives of oil
but they are also looking to develop
more environmentally friendly fuels.
The key one being biofuels - fuels
made from plant based products.
To date, over 1,500 passenger
flights have operated partially on
sustainable fuels. By moving to
alternative fuels the amount of CO,
released could be 80% lower per
kilometre compared with traditional
jet fuel.
Unit 5
1.5
(R = Representative; C = Customer)
R: Good afternoon. Joyosa
developments, how can I help?
C: Hi, I’m calling to find out about
your new development in the
south of Spain.
R: Sure, what would you like to
know?
C: Well, I’ve read about the
development on your website
and I see that you have
exhibitions showcasing the
development throughout the UK.
I was wondering when the next
one would take place?
R: Sure, booking closes for our next
one on the 18th March, the week
after next. The actual exhibition
itself is on the 23rd March.
C: Where is the exhibition exactly?
R: Do you know the Town Hall in
Stafford town centre?
С: I do.
R: Next to the town hall is the
Regent Hotel. We will be having
the exhibition there. Would you
like me to reserve you a ticket?
C: Yes, please. Actually, I’d like
to sign up for myself and
my partner. Are there any
restrictions on numbers?
R: There aren’t any restrictions.
You can bring up to four children
on these tickets as well.
C: That’s OK. We only need the two
tickets.
R: Would you like me to post the
tickets to you?
C: Actually, could you send them by
email?
R: Of course. Is there anything else I
can help you with today?
С: I can probably find most things
out at the exhibition, but could
I just check a couple of things
as the website isn’t completely
clear?
R: Sure, no problem.
C: Does the site have its own
private beach?
Listening scripts
R: There's a beach within 500
metres of the site but it's not
actually part of the development.
C: OK. Well, eh, what about a pool?
Is there a private pool?
R: The development will have
its own pools - a fun pool for
children and a leisure pool
for adults.
C: Hmmm, what shopping facilities
will there be on the site?
R: We’ll have a small shop for basic
things but for large shops such
as your weekly food shop from
a supermarket you’ll have to go
to the main high street. It’s just
a short walk away, as are the
restaurants and bars.
C: W'ill there be any other leisure
facilities?
R: There'll be two children's play
areas, a football pitch and
tennis court.
C: OK, great. One concern I
have is that because it’s a new
development, what will the
transport links be like? We won’t
have a car in Spain so how will
we be able to get around?
R: Although it’s a modern
development, the location is
actually quite central. Outside
the front entrance is a tram stop
and just around the comer is a
bus stop.
C: Ah, how often does the tram
come and where does it go to?
R: They are really frequent. The
number 12 is the most useful
and it comes every 15 minutes. It
goes along the coast in the region
and stops at every small town
along the way.
C: Is it expensive?
R: A single costs two euros fifty.
Both ways is four euros. Weekly
passes are also available.
C: You mentioned a bus as well.
Where does that go from?
R: It leaves from Marco Square
every fifteen minutes.
C: And where can you go to?
R: Well, that’s the best way if you
want to travel to the central areas
away from the coast. It’s also the
best way to get to Water World
and it’s five euros for a return
ticket.
C: Oh yes, the grandchildren
have seen that. They're really
excited. OK, I think I’ll find out
other things on the day of the
exhibition. See you then.
unite
® 1.6
Hello and welcome to Hill Primary
School. I’ve invited you all here this
evening to give you more details
about an exciting new development
for the school. As many of you
know, the school has been given
permission to use and develop a
local woodland into an educational
centre for the school. We officially
get access to the site from this
April, but we have plans to develop
the site in time to make use of it
from September. Work will then be
ongoing until the following January.
Initially we will use it for outdoor
play for years one and two, but as
we develop the facilities, we will
open up the access to all school
members. In fact, some of the older
year groups will help in building
the camping area as part of their
nature project. In return for being
given use of the woodlands the
school has been asked to take part
in a TV programme highlighting
the importance of outdoor play
and community developments.
All children can take part in this
programme, but if you do not want
your child to take part there is a
form to complete. This was sent
with a letter last week and also
circulated via email.
So, I’d now like to show you the
plans for developing the woodlands.
At the bottom here we have the
entrance and as you go through,
on the left, there's the educational
hut. We plan to use this area in
our lessons to develop students’
scientific and geographical
knowledge. We also want to develop
the students' practical skills so north
of here, on the left, you can see the
fire building areas and behind that
the den building area. We really
want this to be a practical but also
fun space.
These small squares you can see
in the top left-hand corner are the
bird boxes we will be installing.
The children will be making these
in Art and Design. Then in the long
rectangle you can see at the top,
below the bird boxes, we will have
a bird-watching area for students
to observe the behaviour of the
birds. On the right-hand side of the
woods we have the more ‘fun’ area.
This will be used by our younger
students. Next to the hammocks, to
the right of the entrance and beside
the educational hut, we are having a
treehouse built and a rope swing just
south of this. There is a playground
which is shown by the large
rectangle to the right of the den
building area. The one education
area above the playground is the
insect area. Students will have
microscopes and other equipment
to observe the insects of the woods
up close. Below' the playground is
a large picnic area. When students
have lessons before or after lunch
they will be able to stay and eat here.
Obviously we have funding to
help develop the area but we are
always looking for volunteers. If
any parents or carers would like
to help in July or August by giving
time to the development, that w'ould
be greatly appreciated. Please sign
up at the desk near the door before
you leave tonight. The children
are already getting involved over
the next month when they will
compete to design the treehouse.
The winning design will be built this
summer. OK, well, we have time for
a few short questions now' but you
can always send me questions over
the summer via the email address on
the screen.
Unit?
00 1-7
(S = Sue; J = Jack)
S: Hi Jack, how’s the research for
your presentation going?
J: Good. What about your research.
Sue?
119
Listening scripts
S: Really well. I've been reading the
second edition of a landmark
book by Richard Layard called
Happiness : Lessons front a
Hew Science. Its full of really
interesting research.
J: Ah, what have you found out?
S: So the book looks at the main
issue of whether we are happier
today than we were in the past.
J: What conclusions does it reach?
S: Well essentially, we’re not.
J: But we have more money than
we had in the past. People are
healthier today than they were
50 years ago. My grandparents
never took a holiday, I take one
every year!
S: Yes, but money has a small
impact on our happiness. Many
other things affect our happiness
more.
J: So if money doesn’t make us
happy. What does?
S: According to Richard Layard
there are a number of factors
that affect our happiness,
including family relationships,
for example, how well we get
on with members of our family.
The frequency with which we
argue has a negative impact on
happiness. Another factor is
health...
J: Oh I always feel depressed when
I'm ill!
S: The main issue is serious pain
or mental illness. The way these
make us feel has a big impact
on us. Two other key factors are
personal freedom and personal
values. In countries where people
have free choice, in other words
a democracy, they are generally
happier. And personal values,
how we feel about ourselves and
our philosophy of life affect our
happiness.
J: What do you mean by philosophy
of life?
S: Well, how we view life. Social
groups and community are
important to our happiness.
Some argue that a sense of
belonging can even have an
impact on how long we live.
J: So can we say one country is
happier than another?
S: To a certain extent, yes. Five
main factors: positive family
relationships, unemployment
rate, level of trust, membership
of organisations, and quality of
government can all be compared
between countries and they
account for a large percentage of
the difference in happiness.
J: And what do we know about the
impact of money?
S: Well, the World Values Survey
was started in 1981 and has been
carried out six times since; the
last time was in 2014. People
from nearly 100 countries have
answered the survey. It scores
people on a scale of happiness
from 10 to 100. When someone’s
income falls by one third their
happiness score falls by two
points.
J: So quite a small fall really.
S: Exactly! I imagine the thought
that you had earned $10,000
dollars less last year seems
terrible but for your overall
happiness it is not so bad.
J: So what other factors are there?
S: Work is a key factor. Partly the
work we do and the satisfaction
we get from it, but mainly
our job security. For example,
had you lost your job last year
the negative impact on your
happiness would have been high.
J: Interesting, so what’s the last
factor?
S: The last factor is community and
friends. This in particular relates
to feeling you can trust people.
In countries where trust is high,
happiness is generally higher.
J: That sounds like you've got
the research right for a really
interesting talk.
S: Thanks! I hope so.
Unite
Ф 2.1
Today I'd like to look at one of the
single biggest migrations in history
- the rural to urban migration that
has taken place in China. Most
countries in Europe have urban
populations of over 80% of the
citizens, but until recently this
number was much lower in China.
In recent years it has gone from a
predominantly rural country to an
increasingly urban one. In research
conducted by Kam Wing Chan from
the University of Washington, just
under half a billion people moved to
urban areas between 1979 and 2009.
That is the equivalent of the total
populations of Mexico and America
moving. So what led to this huge
migration pattern? It largely comes
dowm to three government policies.
In 1979, China introduced the One
Child Policy. This often led to people
getting married later and a fall in
rural family size to 1.5 children.
This fall in rural population led
to a drastic drop in the number of
agricultural workers. Soon after
this, in the mid-1980s, the Никои
(or Huji) System was loosened. This
was a residence registration system
designed in the 1950s to limit and
control internal migration within
China. Largely due to this system,
the number of internal migrants
from the countryside to cities was
very limited. China simultaneously
introduced its major economic
reform - the Reform and Open
Policy. Up until this point in time,
China had been a relatively closed
country, but this policy led to levels
of growth never seen before. This
growth led to the need for more
workers in cities and hence the
government reduced the limits of
rural to urban migration to allow
the growth to continue.
So what has been the impact of
this mass urbanisation? According
to a report by the China National
Bureau of Statistics, 44.4% of new-
generation migrant workers work
in manufacturing. Those bom after
1990 are just seventeen years old
when they migrate to the city and,
as a result, often have very few years
of schooling. On the positive side,
this movement of new-generation
migrants has significantly reduced
levels of poverty' in the country by
increasing the income for many
poorer families.
120
Listening scripts
One of the biggest concerns
regarding migration is the impact
on peoples health. The lack of
affordable healthcare for many
along with the overpopulation in
certain urban areas has led to poor
ratios of doctors to patients in
certain parts of China. People also
now eat increasing amounts
of fast food and meat as salaries
have increased. What was once
too expensive for many is consumed
in much greater quantities.
As a result, health-related issues,
such as obesity, have become a
growing concern.
On the plus side, there have also
been many positive developments in
healthcare in China. Life expectancy
is higher in cities than in rural areas.
Infant mortality, or child deaths, is
also much lower. Children under
the age of one have an 86% survival
rate in cities compared to 66% in
rural areas. Furthermore, only
3% of children in urban areas are
malnourished compared with 14%
in rural areas.
Lifestyles have also dramatically
changed with ownership of cars,
televisions, computers and white
goods (for example, washing
machines, refrigerators, clothes
dryers) all increasing in urban
areas. The people growing up in
cities today tend to have higher
literacy rates and urban residents
tend to pursue higher levels of
education as more and more go to
university as opposed to those living
in rural areas.
Unit 9
2.2
(A  student A; В = student B)
A:	I'm really enjoying this travel and
tourism degree. I think it's going to
be very practical for getting a job.
B:	Definitely! This project and
presentation is exactly the kind
of thing you might do if you were
managing a tour operator.
A: It is. Right, so we’ve decided to
focus on New York. Are we going
to do the traditional sights like
The Empire State Building and
the Statue of Liberty?
B: No, I think we should plan an
alternative tour, to show people a
different side of the city; one they
couldn’t just find in five minutes
on Google.
A:	Really? But the Empire State
Building is so famous.
B:	It is, but it's also quite ugly and
there are often long queues.
A:	How about starting the tour
with a breakfast somewhere?
Tours always make people go
place to place to place. We could
plan a whole day out with food,
shopping and sights.
B:	That’s a really good idea. How
about starting the day in Louie’s
Manhasset? They serve great
breakfasts there.
A: That sounds good, but I also
think we need a specific focus for
the day. How about focusing on
beautiful places?
B: Yes, that’s a great idea. Why don’t
we start the day at the Nassau
County Museum of Art? There is
an admission fee for the museum
but the gardens are free to visit.
A:	What's so special about the
gardens and the museum?
B:	Well, the landscape of the
gardens is very traditional. They
have gazebos, flower beds and
old trees, but these are mixed
with contemporary sculpture.
A:	Some people really hate
modem art though. Is there any
traditional work there?
B:	Mmm, less so in the garden. The
point is traditional landscapes,
nature and modem art. However,
in the museum there are over
500 works by famous 19th and
20th century artists, including
paintings and drawings.
A:	OK, that sounds good. Perhaps
we could provide a picnic in the
grounds in the spring, summer
and autumn?
B:	That sounds good. We'd need to
find a local catering firm for that.
How about the afternoon?
A: We could take people to Long
Island Museum. For those that
like history there is a lot to learn,
but also they have ever-changing
displays of American art. Then in
the evening, we could go to Little
Italy for dinner. The traditional
architecture there has been made
famous in many movies.
B: Great! So we need to work out
the financial aspects of the tour
for the business plan in the
project. We need to work out
how much we will need to spend
on each person, how much we
need to spend on the tour guide
and how many tickets we need to
sell to make the tour profitable.
A: OK, well the cost per person is
very little. Everything on the tour
is free so we simply need coach
hire. I think a fifty-seater coach
costs about $500 for the day. So a
full coach is $10 per person.
B: Yes, but if we only sell half of the
tickets the cost will be $20 per
person. Is there any way we can
make money from other things
to cover this risk a bit?
A: Well, we could make deals with
restaurants in Little Italy. Lots of
restaurants would be very happy
to get a coach of 50 people. They
could offer a discount to our
customers and we could take a
percentage for providing them
with so many diners. What do
you think?
B: Great idea. Let’s look at some
restaurants and try to work
out the possible profit.
Budgeting is going to be a key
part of the assessment.
Unit 10
2.3
Thank you all for coming today.
I know you’re all keen to find out
about the college play and to be
involved. As always we will need
lots of volunteers for various parts
of the production and there are
many ways you can get involved.
So, today I’d like to update you on
when we are going to make various
decisions. As you will have all seen
from the voting on the website, we
are down to the three final choices
of Shakespeare plays and we expect
to know the final chosen play by this
Friday. Many of you have already
expressed interest in production
and acting roles. Obviously, the
121
Listening scripts
first person we need to appoint
is the director. Once we’ve done
this we will be moving on to put in
place the team who will cast the
actors and support the director in
all elements of the production. We
hope to have all of this done as soon
as possible, at which point we will
start the auditions to select our lead
actors. Shortly after, work will also
begin on designing and building
the sets. Obviously, depending on
the play we choose, some of the sets
will require a lot more work. At the
same time we will be creating the
costumes for the actors. We do have
the help of two other departments
for this, but if you have talents in
these areas I can put you in touch
with the right people to speak to.
We are also looking for volunteers
to help promote the play on social
media and to start a basic website
for us. The website will need to take
payments for tickets so whoever
helps develop this will need a certain
level of skill.
OK, so that gives you an idea of
what will be happening and when.
Now, looking around the room, I
see many faces of people who have
spoken to me about acting in the
play. In late March we will begin
auditions for parts in the play. So
keep an eye on your emails for
dates. Now, I’d like to introduce a
few other people here today. As I’m
sure you’re aware, putting on such
a large production means we will
be using people from departments
all across the campus and not just
the media department. Mary Smith
is here representing our Art School
and they will be leading in the
creation of the scenery. If you’d like
to get involved in set design Mary
will be available to speak to you at
the end of this meeting. Secondly,
may I introduce Paul Harvey from
the Fashion School. As you can
imagine the School will be leading
in the costume design. Again they
will need more volunteers so please
speak to Paul later if you’d like to
be involved. All in all this process
will take us from early March up
until the end of June, which is three
weeks before the play is due to
start. Rehearsals with the full set,
costumes and scripts will then
happen on the stage here for these
three weeks. The show will open
on Friday 22nd July and continues
for two weeks. We’ve scheduled it
so late so that it doesn’t interfere
with your upcoming examinations
too much. Now, obviously we want
to attract a sell-out audience every
night and to do so we will be
advertising heavily online and
around campus. Tickets will be on
sale for £25 and we will start selling
tickets at the end of next week.
Once we have covered the costs of
production all further money raised
will go to a local children’s charity
that uses dance and drama as a
form of therapy. Now if I can take
some questions...
Unit 11
Ot>2.4
(R = Representative; C = Customer)
R: Hi, Wellington Country Park,
How can I help?
C: Hi, I’m just ringing to find out
more about your park and
whether it's suitable for
young families.
R: Oh, it’s ideal. Let me tell you a
little bit about the park. As you
come in the entrance, you'll
see to your right some small
children's rides and to your left a
children’s playground.
C: Are the rides included in the
entrance fee?
R: No, I’m afraid not. There’s a
small charge of $2 per ride.
C: OK. My friend told me
something about Dinosaur Land.
What is that and do you have to
pay extra?
R: That’s next to our children’s
playground and it’s included in
the price. It has large climbable
dinosaur models in the woods.
The kids love them.
C: Is it OK to bring your own food?
R: It is. We have a.picnic area just
north of the lake after Dinosaur
Land. It’s next to a small ice
cream shop. The only place we
ask people not to eat is near the
animals. At the far end of the
park, just east of the lake, we have
a small farm. Children can buy
food there to feed the animals.
C: Is it possible to stay overnight?
R: It is. Outside the park there’s
a small hotel, but in the park
we also have a campsite. It's in
the south east comer below the
childrens train station.
C: OK, great. I think w(e might stay
for a night or two. Are there any
places to buy food other than the
ice cream shop?
R: Yes, next to the campsite we
have a small restaurant. If you’re
camping it opens from 8 am so
you can get a cooked breakfast.
It's also quieter then as the site
doesn’t open to the public until
later.
C: That sounds good. Are there
any other animals apart from
the farm?
R: Yes, we have a small zoo, with
meerkats, monkeys and birds.
This is all along the south of the
park.
C: OK great. I think I'd like to book
a pitch in the campsite, please.
R: Excellent. Could 1 just take a few
details? Could I take your name?
C: Sure. It’s Margaret Dillion. That’s
m-a-r-g-a-r-e-t and Dillion is with
two Ts and two ‘is.
R: How many nights would you like
to book for?
C: Two nights. Friday 24th and
Saturday 25th June.
R: When you book for a weekend
the Sunday night is free. Would
you like to stay the extra night?
C: No, we can’t I'm afraid. We have
to get back for work.
R: I need to take a deposit of $50.
Have you got a card to hand?
С: I do. The long number is 4539
7675 2564 9215.
R: Thank you. And the expiry date?
C: 04/2020.
R: And the security number?
C: 265.
R: Thank you. On the Friday, you
can arrive from 8 am. The park
doesn’t open until 10, but the
campsite opens earlier. Could I
take a registration number of the
vehicle you'll be arriving in?
122
Listening scripts f
C: Sure, it's a blue Skoda Octavia,
registration EBS247.
R: Thank you. Is there anything else
I can help you with?
C: No, I think that's all.
R: We look forward to seeing you in
a few weeks.
Unit 12
€t>2.5
Thank you all for coming today.
I hope you're having a relaxing
holiday and enjoying your stay in
this amazing hotel in Cefalu. Er, I’m
just going to take a few minutes now
to tell you about the various trips
available this week. So, the first trip
tomorrow is to the tallest volcano in
Europe. The volcano is still active
but it’s monitored frequently so
there should be little danger! We
travel there by bus, stopping at one
of the local patisseries to sample
some local food and drink. Once we
have gone as far as we can by bus,
we will all take the cable car to the
next stage. From there on you can
either walk or hire a jeep to the very
top. The cost for the whole day trip
is 80 euros. This includes the food
and cable car but not the jeep for the
final stage.
Er, the following day we are offering
a trip to the largest archaeological
site in the world. Obviously this is
a trip for people who enjoy history.
You can explore the site on your own
or there are guided tours every hour.
The Greek temples are in Agrigento
on the southern coast, so again
we'll be travelling down by coach.
This will be from 9 am to 2 pm and
costs 30 euros. When we get back
in the afternoon, there is a second
trip you can go on if you would like.
This is to the small inland town of
Caltagirone. It means ‘castle of jars’
in Arabic. The old castles were all
destroyed in a large earthquake,
but the town is still famous for the
ceramics it produces today. These
make great souvenirs or gifts to
take back after the trip. The trip is
from 2 until 5 pm and it costs just
20 euros to cover the coach hire.
It doesn't include any food or drinks
for the day.
The following day we will go to the
famous town of Taormina. The town
was the home of the English writer
D H Lawrence. It’s also well known
for its amazing views and historic
streets to walk through. Some of the
best views come from the ancient
Greek theatre we will visit in the
morning. From here, to your left,
you have amazing views across the
bay and on a clear day, to your right,
you can see Mount Etna. There’s a
small, but beautiful beach you can
take the cable car down to visit in
the afternoon and go for a swim out
to the small island of Isola Bella.
This trip will be all day Wednesday
and costs 50 euros which includes
the coach but not the cable car.
On Thursday, we will move back to
the north coast and visit the capital
city of Palermo. This sprawling
city is home to just under 700,000
people and the city is full of ancient
buildings which we will visit. There
will also be a chance to do some
shopping if you would like to. It’s
also a great opportunity to try some
local food in the street markets
throughout the town. This is again
another full day trip, and the cost of
the trip is 65 euros per person.
Finally, the last activity we will be
offering is a short trip just down
the coast from here to the village of
Castel di Tusa. Until a few years ago,
this was just a simple fishing village
that would never have attracted
tourists. Today, it is much more
popular since one local resident
decided to build an art hotel. Each
room in the hotel is designed by
a different artist from around the
world. There are tours available, but
obviously the best thing is to stay
there. This trip will take place on
Saturday and the cost for a night in
an art room is 150 euros. OK, does
anyone have any questions about
the trips?
Unit 13
ft>2.6
(M = Mia; J = Jan)
M: Hi Jan, how’s your work going?
J: Not too bad. What topic did you
decide on for your presentation?
M: Well, I've decided to focus on
healthcare infrastructure in the
developing world. How’s your
research?
J: It’s OK. There’s a lot of
information in both the theory
and the practical examples but
I’m finding it quite hard.
M: Why is that?
J: Well, the examples in the theory-
books are quite dated. Then
the newspapers have lots of
examples but they are not
from a researcher or a specialist
in the area. They’re interesting
and easy to understand, but
the teacher won’t let us use
journalistic pieces.
M: Sounds hard. I’m a bit
worried about delivering my
presentation.
J: Why?
M: I’ve never done a presentation
in English.
J: Why don’t you record yourself?
M: Oh, I’m not sure I'm ready for
that. Can I just talk you through
the outline?
J: Sure.
M: So, I thought I’d focus in on
three main areas. Firstly, medical
professional staffing levels and
then pharmaceutical stock levels.
Finally, stock management and
technology.
J: That sounds like a good way to
divide it. So, tell me more about
the first issue.
M: Well, in developing countries
there is a critical shortage of
healthcare workers. For example,
in Europe and North America
there is roughly one doctor
to every 160 to 560 patients.
However, in many parts of Africa
there is only one doctor to every
20 to 50 thousand people.
123
Listening scripts
J: Wow! That’s a huge difference.
Obviously more people can be
trained but that takes time. Can
anything else be done?
M: Well, many trained people leave
these poorer countries to go and
work in countries where there
is more money. Higher salaries
or other benefits may persuade
people to stay.
J: That’s still an expensive solution.
Are the other options cheaper?
M: Possibly. The first one -
improving communication
between donors, governments
and emergency pharmacy chains
- is really important. Small
stores need to be widely available
across the country to distribute
supplies that tend to sit in large
central locations.
J: I guess most countries do not
have free healthcare.
M: Often not, and payment is an
issue. A payment system needs
to be introduced so that patients
pay for the medicines when they
get them rather than pay when
they order them and then have
to wait for a delivery. There are
issues of trust and shortages of
money that mean people do not
like to take the risk of paying for
something before it is delivered.
J: Mmm, so what’s your last point
again?
M: Using technology to monitor
stock levels. Many places still
use a paper system to track stock
levels of medical supplies. This
can lead to sudden shortages of a
medicine in one location.
J: How would technology help?
M: Well, for example, in Tanzania,
regional medical officers
maintained text contact with
central medical supplies. This
enabled them to keep better track
of the rate each drug was being
used at. In three districts, this
meant they reduced the drugs
they ran out of stock of from 79%
to 26%.
J: So they can really monitor use
and disease development?
M: Exactly, data is key!
Unit 14
So today I’m going to look at what
is going wrong in society in terms
of factors affecting our happiness.
We know largely which things have
an impact so why is our society
generally not getting happier?
So, to begin with, crime levels have
had an effect on people’s happiness.
While in Britain and America these
have fallen in the last few' decades,
the overall rise in crime is 500%
in Britain and 300% in America
over the last century. Clearly a
rise in crime levels affects people’s
happiness, but there are other
important social changes that
have also contributed to low levels
of happiness.
Firstly, at different points in time
people have teen asked the question
‘would you say that most people can
be trusted?' In Britain and America
the number of people who answered
yes to this nearly halved in a 40
year period. This trend can help to
explain why happiness levels have
not really risen.
Domestic and work roles have also
changed a lot due to advances in
technology. Generally, families have
fewer children and the parents live
much longer. Domestic chores such
as cleaning and washing clothes also
became much simpler with changes
in technology. This meant that it
was much easier for both parents
to work. However, this placed
increased pressures on the whole
family. Couples now had to deal
with housework, raising children
and having two full-time jobs. In
many families :here was simply a
lack of time to be happy!
With regards to technology, there
were no televisions in most homes
in the 1950s. Now in Britain over
a person’s lifetime they will spend
more time watching TV than
doing paid work. This time has to
come from somewhere and it has
generally come from social life.
People spend less time with others,
do fewer sports and are generally
less creative. All of which has held
back happiness levels.
Television has also impacted on
happiness in society in many other
ways. It has certainly increased
the expectations we have of our
personal life. Previously, society
was not exposed to such a diverse
range of people and experiences.
No longer are people's experiences
solely confined to their immediate
surroundings. They have moved
beyond this small group or
community to be exposed to a whole
range of people through the medium
of television. Unfortunately, TV is
often quite misrepresentative. For
instance, in social dramas on peak
time TV in the USA in 1982, fifty
per cent of the characters were
millionaires. Obviously, there was
nowhere near this number in real
life. Is this really important? Surely,
everyone knows TV is not reality?
Well, how rich we feel often does
not depend on how much money
we have. We feel rich or poor when
comparing ourselves with others. If
we are constantly being shown more
affluent lifestyles, we will feel poorer
and less happy. This can actually
be seen in changes in purchasing
behaviour of people who watch TV.
Research has shown that there is a
direct link between how much TV
we watch and how much we spend.
Each hour of television someone
watches in the US directly leads to
an additional $4 being spent. This
behaviour happens because people
want to maintain their status in
relation to others.
Unfortunately, advertisers lend
to target one of the most easily
influenced groups of society. It is
part of human nature to fit in or
copy other people. However, the
ones who feel the greatest levels of
pressure to keep up with others is
young people. Advertisers know this
and arguably target this age group
more aggressively than any other.
124
Answer key
Unit 1
Vocabulary: Describing people Page 4
1
1g 2j 3a 4b 5e 6c 7h 8d 9f
lOi 111 12k
2
1 reliable 2 ambitious 3 talkative 4 artistic
5 adventurous 6 sporty 7 supportive 8 patient
9 creative 10 considerate 11 helpful
12 conscientious
3
1 caring 2 humourous 3 talented 4 sociable
5 knowledgeable 6 confident 7 generous
8 punctual
Listening Section 1 Page 5
Questions 1-6
1 8.30/eight thirty/half past 8 2 sports 3 arts
4 free choice 5 Cambridge 6 Friday
Questions 7-10
7 month 8 325/three hundred and twenty-five
9 20/twenty 10 07886695719
Language focus 1: Likes and dislikes Page 6
1
1 a’d like/want 2 b enjoyed 3 b wants
4 a'd love/b wanted 5 a enjoys 6 b visiting
2
1	want to
2	don’t seem to take any pleasure in
3	appeals to me
4	really likes to
5	get a lot of pleasure from/get enormous
enjoyment from
6	get a lot of pleasure from/get enormous
enjoyment from
3
1 hates working 2 like eating 3 don’t like studying
4 loves going 5 like meeting 6 hate playing
7 doesn’t like reading 8 love listening
Reading Questions 1-14 Page 7
Questions 1-7
1 В ix 2 C i 3 D ii 4 E vi 5 F v 6 G iii 7 H vii
Questions 8-11
8 single friend 9eight/8 10 friendships 11 quality
Questions 12-14
12 TRUE 13 NOT GIVEN 14 FALSE
Language focus 2: Present simple, present
continuous and past simple Page 9
1
1 study 2 am studying 3 did you choose 4 has
5 speak 6 am 7 are you living 8 am staying
9 do you do 10 met 11 go 12 go 13 saw 14 see
15 chat 16 visited 17 was 18 love
2
la 2b 3a 4c 5b 6a 7 b, b 8c
Writing Task 1 Page 10
1
1 hit а реаД 2 hit a low 3 soared
4 fell and then levelled off 5 remained flat
6 fluctuated 7 plummeted 8 rose gradually
9 declined steadily
2
1 declined 2 a rise 3 a drop 4 a dip 5 fell
6 fluctuated
3
1	There was a fluctuation in the sales of mobiles in the
first few months of last year.
2	There was a gradual decline in the number of people
studying engineering until 2010.
3	There has been a steady rise in household income
since 2010.
4
1 social media use in Americans aged 12-24 between
2014 and 2015 2 20 minutes 3 150 words
5
1 declined 2 rose 3 change 4 plummeted 5 declined
6 dipped/dipping 7 rose 8 soared 9 remained flat
6
a The first.
b Users of Snapchat.
c Users of Twitter.
Unit 2
Vocabulary: Verbs of cause and effect Page 12
1
Down
1 advance - advancement 2 damage - damage
3 harm - harm 4 promote - promotion
5 deteriorate - deterioration
Across
6 improve - improvement 7 affect - effect
8 ruin - ruination 9 produce - production
10 result - result 11 enhance - enhancement
12 destroy - destruction
129
Answer key
2
1	enhancement (the word is Positive but
the sentence is Neutral)
2	promote (Positive) 3 increased (Negative)
4 effects (Neutral) 5 damaged (Negative)
6	produce (Neutral)
Listening Section 2 Page 13
Questions 11-15
11B 12C 13A 14C 15A
Questions 16-20
16	В too large and dirty
17	D not precise timing
18	A did not give you enough detail
19	C bad for your health
20	F too dramatic and bright
Word building: Evaluating adjectives Page 14
1
2 insignificant 3 unappealing 4 inappropriate
5 unacceptable 6 ineffective 7 imperfect 8 hopeless
9 useless 10 unimportant 11 unnecessary
12 uninspiring 13 inconvenient 14 invaluable
2
1 impractical 2 perfect 3 appealing 4 ineffective
5 hopeless 6 useless 7 unacceptable 8 significant
9 important 10 necessary' 11 uninspiring
12 inconvenient 13 harmful 14 inappropriate
3
1 worthwhile 2 effective 3 unsafe 4 insignificant
5 useless 6 valuable 7 harmless 8 inappropriate
Language focus 1: Past simple and present perfect
Page 15
1
1 has declined 2 has risen 3 was 4 made
5 were/didn't use 6 went/have been
7 studied/haven’t spoken 8 got/have worked
2
1 was used 2 led 3 were 4 generated 5 was grown
6 moved 7 were produced 8 was dominated
3
1	Not logical. The sentence could be put in the active
by starting with ‘They’ but it is better usually with a
named subject.
2	The Industrial Revolution was led by Britain.
3	Not logical.
4	Energy was generated by steam engines.
5	Not logical. The sentence could be put in the active
by starting with ‘They’ but it is better usually with a
named subject.
6	Not logical. It would change the meaning to suggest
that someone moved the people.
7	Machines produced clothes.
8	Small business owners dominated the economy.
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 16
Questions 1-6
1 FALSE 2 TRUE 3 NOT GIVEN 4 FALSE 5 FALSE
6 TRUE
Questions 7-12
7 A 8B 9A IOC 11 В 12C
Question 13
13 C
Language focus 2: Habit in the past + Adverbs of
frequency Page 17
1
Correct -1, 4,5
Incorrect - 2 and 3 - would cannot be used with states.
1
1 always 2 frequently 3 usually 4 occasionally
5 rarely 6 hardly ever 7 never
3
1 always 2 occasionally 3 never 4 usually
5 hardly ever
Writing Task 2 Page 18
1
1	communication and technology
2	How communication has been affected by technology
in a positive (advantages) or negative (disadvantages)
way
3	Examples from your own knowledge or experience
and your own opinion
2
1	+ social media
2	+ emails, texts, etc
3	- more contact electronically
4	- communicate less
3
lb 2a 3c
4
1	An example - for instance, such as
2	Reasons - because
3	Results - consequently, therefore, limits, enhanced
4	Additional information - similarly, furthermore
5	Purpose-so
6	Contrast - while, although
5
1 however 2 For example 3 because 4 As a result
5 such as 6 In order to 7 Moreover
Unit3
Vocabulary: Sports Page 20
1
Across
2	boxing 4 water-skiing 8 bodybuilding
Down
1	football 3 swimming 5 running 6 squash 7 golf
130
Answer key
2
1 Winter 2 combat 3 equestrian 4 motor 5 Water
6 racket 7 Outdoor, indoor 8 table 9 team
Listening Section 3 Page 21
Questions 21-26
21 stress
22 40/forty
23 compare
24 jogging
25 team
26 mountain biking
Questions 27-30
27 no change
28 20%/20 per cent/twenty per cent
29 biggest reduction
30 varied
Language focus 1: Adjectives with prepositions
Page 22
1
I in 2 with 3 on 4 of 5 about 6 of 7 about
8 to 9 about 10 to
Word building: Adjectives ending in -ingl-ed
Page 22
1
1 challenging 2 excited/exciting 3 motivated
4 amazed 5 dissatisfying 6 thrilling
2
1 encouraged 2 tiring 3 worrying 4 astonished
5 bored
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 23
Questions 1-6
IB 2D 3E 4C 5D 6A
Questions 7-12
7 NOT GIVEN 8 FALSE 9 TRUE 10 NOT GIVEN
11 FALSE 12 NOT GIVEN
Question 13
13C
Language focus 2: Comparison Page 25
1
1 the most popular 2 more dangerous 3 the worst
4 the noisiest/the most noisy 5 better
6 the most difficult 7 cheaper 8 the most stressful
2
1	There's more difficulty finding places to do extreme
sports than regular sports.
2	Many people find the challenge of running long
distances greater than running short distances.
3	For me, there is more interest in playing sports than
watching them.
4	Which sports do you get the most motivation from?
5	People want a greater thrill from sports now* than they
did in the past.
6	I get more inspiration from effort than success.
7	What do you get the most irritation from in sports?
8	The annoyance I get from team sports is greater than
that from doing individual activities.
Writing Task 1 Page 26
1
1 8/eight 2 Hiking, running and yoga 3 Running and
yoga 4 Baseball, basketball, softball, swimming and
weightlifting 5 Swimming
2
1 False 2 True 3 False 4 False 5 True 6 False
3
1	The number of people playing baseball fell from 3.8
million to 2.2 million. I The number of people playing
basketball fell from 9 million to 7.8 million.
2	The number of people taking part in hiking has risen/
has gone up/has increased.
3	In general, team sports are becoming less popular.
4	Not all individual sports/Two out of four individual
sports/Only hiking and yoga have shown an increase
in the number of people taking part.
5	True.
6	The numbers taking part in weightlifting have
changed/gone down/decreased slightly.
4
most popular, least popular, less interesting, fewer, less
inspired, more motivated
5
1	Generally speaking, people had less interest in team
sports than individual activities.
2	People found less inspiration in swimming in 2014
than 2010.
3	The table shows that the sports which people had
more motivation for in 2014 were running, hiking
and yoga.
6
1	In general
2	the range of sporting activities
3	numbers of people taking part
4	the same as
5	falling
6	levels of engagement
7
Possible answers
1	The main pattern demonstrates that exercise levels
have stayed the same.
2	Generally, taking part in group sports has shown a
large decrease.
3	There has been a dramatic rise in the amount of
individuals doing sport on their own.
131
Answer key
Unit 4
Vocabulary 1: General nouns Page 28
1
1 c perfect 2 a burning 3 b imaginative
4 a insurmountable 5 b golden 6 c unfavourable
7 c false 8 b memorable 9 a adverse 10 c festive
2
1 likely cause 2 good impression
3 golden opportunity 4 state occasion
5 effective solution 6 growing problems
Listening Section 4 Page 29
Questions 31-37
313 billion passengers/three billion passengers
32 war 33 10 passengers/ten passengers
34 dizzy and ill/ill and dizzy 35 1940 36 Americans
37 eighty per cent/80%
Questions 38-40
38A 39C 40 E
Language focus: Countable and uncountable nouns
Page 30
1
1 bottles, cash 2 magazines, media 3 Crime, burglaries
4 Goods, fruit 5 Merchandise, shirts 6 Furniture, chairs
7 luggage, suitcases
2_________
Cuncountable^>cash, media, crime, fruit, merchandise,
furniture, luggage
countable: bottles, magazines, burglaries, goods, shirts,
chairs, suitcases
3
1	New accommodation is often smaller than older.
2	Cash is being used less and less as we use contactless
payments more.
3	Crime has been declining in America since the 90s.
4	Social media is now a popular advertising method
for companies.
5	Opportunities for greater cultural understanding have
increased with globalisation.
6	Litter in slums is seen as an opportunity by some local
people to make money.
7	Suggestions about a healthier diet do not seem to
change peoples behaviour.
4
1 transports - transport 2 correct
3 businesses - business 4 moneys - money 5 correct
6 equipments - equipment
Reading Questions 1-14 Page 31
Questions 1-9
1 E chance 2 H intelligence 3 A positive 4 M respond
5 P same 6 L note 7 N stressed 8 C focus 9 D change
Questions 10-14
10 No 11 No 12 Yes 13 Not given 14 Yes
Vocabulary 2: Developing ideas Page 33
1
1	alarming, frightening
2	shocking, stunned
3	increasing, growing
4	motivating, encourage
5	satisfying, pleasing
6	tempting, appealing
7	worrying, troubling
2
1	motivating
2	growing
3	worrying
4	satisfying
3
Possible answers
1	This alarming trend is particularly prevalent in some
areas of the w'orld.
2	These shocking levels of avoidance mean less income
for the country as a whole.
3	It is worry ing that such people are in power.
4	They are motivated by the future success of
many firms.
5	This was particularly satisfying for the police.
6	They can be attracted to a particular career to simply
make a lot of money.
Writing Task 2 Page 34
1
1 Youth unemployment 2 Negative
3 causes and solutions 4 Yes 5 40 minutes 6 Yes
2
la 2c 3d 4b
3
3	, 1,2,5.4
4
la 2c 3e 4d 5b
5
1 however 2 As a result 3 Consequently
4 Furthermore 5 As a result
132
Answer key
Units
Language focus: Ways of looking at the future
Page 36
1
1c 2b 3a 4e 5d 6f
2
a 6 going to b 1 present continuous c 4 future perfect
d 2 future continuous e 5 will f 3 present simple
3
1 will be using 2 will have changed 3’re going to buy
4 close 5 will probably get married 6'm starting
7 will be delivered 8 will often choose
4
1	will have finished
2	starts/is starting/wrill start/uill be starting
3	lasts
4	will be earning
5 are going to go
6 will control
Vocabulary 1: Adjective/Noun collocations Page 37
1
1 indigenous 2 general 3 thriving 4 modem
5 agricultural 6 urban 7 governing 8 dominant
2
1 general public 2 indigenous people
3 agricultural region 4 urban population
5 modem area 6 dominant culture 7 governing elite
8 thriving economy
Listening Section 1 Page 38
Questions 1-4
1 23rd March/twenty-third March 2 Regent Hotel 3
two/2 4 email
Questions 5-6
5	В swimming pool 6 E tennis court
Questions 7-10
7	fifteen minutes/15 minutes
8	four euros/4 euros 9 Marco Square 10 Water World
Word building: Forming adjectives from nouns
Page 39
1
1 Dangerous 2 powerful 3 harmful 4 Ambitious
5 cultural 6 economical 7 peaceful 8 technological
2
1 economic/economical, power 2 cultural, technology
3 ambition, dangerous 4 peace, harmful
3
1	America, pow'er
2	society, technology, changes, development
3	people, businesses, ambition, society
4	breakdown, peace, talks, region
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 39
Questions 1-7
1 second skin 2 and discarded 3 5/five years’
4 bacteria 5 fish 6 longer 7 intelligence
Questions 8-11
8C 9B 10A 11C
Questions 12-13
12 (the) ageing process 13 protection
Vocabulary 2: Verbs of prediction Page 42
1
1 is estimated 2 are forecast 3 is projected
4 is anticipated 5 is expected 6 are predicted
Writing Task 1 Page 42
1 4
1 6 2 Food and drink 3 Housing
2
1 13%, 10% 2 25%, 14% 3 7%
4 electricity, gas and water 5 2% 6 38%
3
1 illustrate 2 are 3 is forecast 4 is anticipated
5 will be 6 are predicted 7 are projected
8 are expected 9 will be affected 10 will be
4
1 whereas 2 w'hile 3 but 4 In contrast
5	In comparison
Unit 6
Vocabulary 1: Lifecycles and processes Page 44
1
lb 2c 3a 4d
2
Possible answers
a
Seeds, germinate, swell up, oxygen
b
Frog spawn, floating eggs
c
Green plants, leaves. Oxygen is produced
d
without flowers, strawberries
133
Answer key
Reading Questions 1-14 Page 45
Questions 1-5
ID 2F 3B 41 5G
Questions 6-8
6	TRUE 7 NOT GIVEN 8 FALSE
Questions 9-14
9	the Equator 10 seeds/beans 11 (carefully) dried
12 roasted 13 conching (process) 14 tempering
Language focus: Transitive and intransitive verbs
Page 47
1
1 emerge [intransitive] 2 crushes [transitive]
3 rises [intransitive] 4 is made [transitive]
5 collect [transitive] 6 occurs [intransitive]
2
1 are cultivated 2 cross-pollination 3 bears/produces
4 grow/sprout 5 grows/produces/sprouts
6 produce/bear 7 ripen 8 grow/sprout 9 pruned
3
1 c buds 2 b branches 3 c buds 4 c seeds 5 b trees
6 b saplings 7 c saplings 8 c trees
Vocabulary 2: Conservation Page 48
1
le 2d 3h 4f 5c 6b 7g 8a
2
1 conservation 2 sights 3 spectacular 4 view
5 scenery 6 tranquil 7 spoilt 8 extinction
3
1 correct 2 breath taking scenic - breath-taking scenery
3 correct 4 domination - dominated
Listening Section 2 Page 49
Questions 11-13
НС 12C 13B
Questions 14-17
14G 15A 16E 17D
Questions 18-20
18 giving time 19 treehouse 20 Questions
Writing Task 1 Page 50
1
use - step 7 process - steps 2-5 chop down - step 1
re-process - steps 9-11 production - step 6
2
a at first, initially, first
b all words apart from at first, initially, first, and finally
c finally
3
1 At first, and 2 Initially, and 3 subsequently 4 before
5 Following that 6 and 7 then
Correct order is: 6 7 1 3 2 4 5
4
1c 2a 3f 4b 5d 6e 7g
Unit 7
Vocabulary’ 1: Work Page 52
1
Across
1 work 3 career 5 professional
6 qualification 7 job
Down
2 occupation 4 livelihood
2
1 career 2 qualify 3 professional 4 work
5 livelihood 6 occupation 7 job
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 53
Questions 1-7
1 stressed 2 55/fifty-five 3 health 4 body clock
5 11 am/eleven 6 output 7 international
Questions 8-12
8D 9A 10C 11В 12A
Question 13
13 C
Vocabulary 2: Collocations Page 55
1
1 outweigh 2 wasted 3 depends on 4 career
5 distinct 6 total 7 a lack of 8 is room for
9 deserves
2
1	improve your chances - c boost your prospects
2	a chance unlikely to ever happen again - a once in a
lifetime opportunity
3	lead to something not being achieved - e result in
failure
4	to lose an opportunity - h throw away a chance
5	the chance for things to get better - g room for
improvement
6	how well something does is connected to something
else - b success depends on
7	something that is clearly negative - d distinct
disadvantage
8	something someone has done well - f outstanding
achievement
3
1	once in a lifetime opportunity
2	boost your prospects
3	outstanding achievement
4	room for improvement
134
Answer key
Listening Section 3 Page 56
Questions 21-25
21 A money 22 В health 23 D relationships
24 F values 25 G freedom
Questions 26-28
26 live 27 five/5 28 third /3rd
Questions 29-30
29 security 30 trust
Language focus: Conditionals 1 Page 57
1
1	leave, 11 catch
2	tried, would get
3	had prepared, would have got
2
1	C third conditional
2	В second conditional
3	A first conditional
3
1	Paul won’t be able to get in if the office is closed.
2	I won’t stay in the job unless I get more money.
3	She needs to leave now otherwise she won’t get
her train.
4	If we lose the contract, Harry will be upset.
4
1	We might be late.
2	My phone isn’t working.
3	Hayley might call.
4	He/She is busy.
5
1	He would have got the job if he had given a better
presentation.
2	If he had got good grades at school, he would have
gone to university.
3	He would have come to the meeting if he had known
about it.
4	If I had booked the table earlier, we could have gone
to Quattros.
Writing Task 2 Page 58
1
1	the number and variety of subjects taken in different
types of secondary schools
2	a general education across a range of subjects and
a general education that focuses on fewer subjects
related to a particular career
3	Yes
2
A
3
1	By not studying certain subjects the opportunities
available could be severely limited.
2	It is debatable whether we should focus on a wider or
narrower range of subjects.
3	I feel that focusing on a narrow range of subjects when
young is detrimental.
4	The lack of diversity could actually hinder someone’s
life chances. / At such a young age very few people
know what their strengths are and what career they
want to spend the rest of their life working in.
5	limited
4
1 detrimental 2 lack of 3 hinder
5
It makes it easier to argue that your position is stronger
than the one you have just explained.
Unite
Vocabulary: Nouns relating to places Page 60
1
1 spot 2 district 3 space 4 places 5 location
6 vicinity 7 area 8 neighbourhood
2
la 2c 3a 4b 5c 6a 7b 8b 9c 10c
3
1	I live in a large house overlooking wade open fields.
2	My family home is surrounded by trees that are full of
all sorts of wildlife.
3	My ideal place to live is in a busy city full of cafes and
shops./My ideal place to live is in a busy city full of
shops and cafes.
4	Our family has a holiday home located on the coast
with huge dunes and no people.
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 61
Questions 1-5
1C 2A 3F 4D 5G
Questions 6-10
6	FALSE 7 TRUE 8 NOT GIVEN 9 TRUE
10 NOT GIVEN
Questions 11-13
11 distortions 12 mathematical 13 mapmaking
Language focus: Referring in a text Page 63
1
1	rural to urban migration
2	push and pull factors
3	managing the development of new infrastructure
' 2
1 They 2 His, These 3 this 4 It, Her 5 that/this
6 These
135
Answer key

3
1	... but now it has been redeveloped ...
2	... and this/it is set to continue.
3	... it is much cooler.
4	... These laws/This would make it more controlled.
5	... She was confident of gaining their approval.
Listening Section 4 Page 64
Questions 31-40
31	80/eighty
32	Mexico and America/America and Mexico
33	One Child Policy/1 Child Policy
34	limited
35	reduced
36	schooling
37	obesity
38	86%/eighty-six per cent
39	lifestyle
40	education
Verbs relating to changes in places Page 65
1
lb 2a 3c 4 e 5d 6f
2
1	knocked down/demolished, replace
2	converted/tumed into
3	chopped down
4	transformed
5	were built in place of
3
1 expansion 2 altered 3 extended 4 changed
5 demolishing/demolition 6 constructed
7 conversion, become 8 took place
4
1 small alters - small alterations 2 The extend was -
The extension was 3 plan to construction - plan to
construct 4 plans to conversion - plans to convert
Writing Task 1 Page 66
1
b
2
1 South of 2 In the east of 3 In the north of
4 West of 5 runs 6 is situated 7 There is
3
1 the fields 2 a hotel 3 not changed 4 a supermarket
5 housing and flats 6 bed and breakfast accommodation
4
Id 2a 3g 4b 5e 6 f 7c
5
in the north west of, in the west of, west, in the north
west of, in the north of
Unit 9
Vocabulary': Beauty Page 68
1
IE 2C ЗА 4B 5D
2
a 5 magnificent b 2 majestic c 2 spacious d 3 stone
e 4 ancient f 1 melancholic
3
Id 2a 3j 4b 5c 6g 7i 8f 9h lOe
4___
(Circle): tall, impressive, dazzling
Underline: thoughtful, humbling, ecstatic, emotional,
overwhelmed, nostalgic
5
Students’ own answers.
Reading Questions 1-14 Page 70
Questions 1-7
IE 2D 3G 4B 5A 6C 7F
Questions 8-14
8 Yes 9 Not given 10 No 11 Yes 12 Not given
13 No 14 Yes
Word building: Prefixes under- and over- Page 72
1
1 over 2 under 3 over 4 under 5 under 6 under
7 over 8 under 9 over 10 over
Listening Section 3 Page 72
Questions 21-30
21 an alternative 22 long queues 23 breakfast
24 beautiful places 25 free 26 works
27 American art 28 coach hire
29 $10/ten dollars/10 dollars 30 (local) restaurants
Language focus: Modal verbs for evaluating Page 73
1
1	She might have called.
2	The government ought to spend money on it.
3	Something must have happened because everyone
looks sad.
4	He might be here.
5	The company could have dealt with this better.
6	I should have done more work by now;
7	1 think the building must be really expensive.
2
1	I shouldn't have net gone to work. I feel terrible.
2	They chopped down the trees. They shouldn't have
chopped down the trees.
3	They should te clean up the graffiti.
4	The building must be finished now. There are very few
workers here.
5	They must have finished by now. It doesn't lake that
long.
6	It might be ready, but I’m not certain.
136
Answer key
з
a4 b 1 c3 d2 e5 f6
Writing Task 2 Page 74
1
1	Yes 2 No
2
lb 2c 3e 4h 5a 6d 7f 8g
3
1 focusing on 2 should be attractive
3 has a positive effect 4 now lighten up
5 They shouldn’t have relaxed
4
a I feel that when it is well planned it can significantly
enhance the appearance of a city.
b expanding, changing
c cause: due to
effect: as a result, consequently
d rejuvenating, transformed
Unit 10
Vocabulary: Art Page 76
1
la 2b 3c 4c 5a 6b 7c
2
1c 2e 3f 4a 5g 6b 7d 8h 9j lOi
3
1 exhibition 2 sculptor 3 criticism 4 collections
5 scenery 6 vision
4
1 plays 2 critical 3 highbrow 4 background
5 appreciate 6 composed 7 abstract 8 classical
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 78
Questions 1-9
IF 2A 3C 4N 51 6L 7M 8B 9Q
Questions 10-12
lOpin 11 fabric 12 anchor
Question 13
13 (the) mountains
Language focus: Defining and non-defining relative
clauses Page 80
1
A defining - who played the hero in Majestic
defining - that we watched together online
defining - that killed his girlfriend
defining - whose sister is really successful
В non-defining - who has starred in films such as
Majestic and Flying by Morning
non-defining - which won a number of awards
defining - who can be both popular and
critically successful
defining - which make money but also change the
acting world
non-defining - which will be available from
this Friday
2
1 Defining 2 Non-defining 3 Non-defining
4 Non-defining 5 Non-defining 6 Defining
7 Defining 8 Defining
3
1 which 2who/that 3 which 4 whose 5 who 6 which
Listening Section 2 Page 81
Questions 11-15
11 (the) play 12 (the) director 13 lead actors
14 (the) costumes 15 (the) website
Questions 16-20
16 Auditions 17 Art School 18 Fashion School
19 2 weeks/two weeks 20 next week
W'riting Task 2 Page 82
1
1	No, students don’t have to talk about positive and
negative effects, they can just talk about either (or
alternatively they can talk about both).
2	(the) arts
2
b
3
Introduction 1
4
1	three effects:
The first effect could be a decrease in creative output
across the country.
Not only will the creative industries be affected but so
too will the wider economy.
Lastly, across the country there will be a narrower set of
skills available to society.
2	the results of these effects:
Potentially, a country could see a fall in the literature
it produces, the works of art it creates, and its use
of languages. For instance, fewer people learning
languages may affect trade with other countries.
If people study a narrower range of academic subjects
there is the likelihood that there will be a surplus of
qualified people in these areas.
Skills that are in short supply will become more
expensive for companies to obtain. They may even
limit the range of businesses available in a country and
ultimately could lead to a less diverse society.
137

Answer key
3	examples of defining relative clauses:
Jobs which are oversubscribed will either see a fall
in the salaries of these individuals or an increase in
unemployment.
Skills that are in short supply will become more
expensive for companies to obtain.
4	examples of non-defining relative clauses:
The creative arts, which are an important part of a
society, not only enrich people's lives but they also bring
in income for a country.
5	an example of purpose:
For instance, fewer people learning languages may
affect trade with other countries.
6	an example:
It’s important that society has people with a range of
skills in order to ensure it is diverse.
7	an opinion:
I believe the effects of this change will be largely
negative.
Unit 11
Vocabulary: The family Page 84
Across
2 widow 5 ancestors 7 relatives 8 grandparents
9 parents
Down
1	brother 3 family tree 4 household 6 siblings
2
1 family tree 2 ancestors 3 relatives 4 grandparents
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 85
Questions 1-4
1 job losses 2 World War Two/World War 2/World War II
3 social 4 get married
Questions 5-8
5D 6C 7F 8E
Questions 9-13
9B 10D HE 12F 13H
Word building: Suffixes -hood, and -ship Page 87
1
1 D championship 2 В neighbourhood 3 A childhood
4 C craftsmanship 5 E leadership
2
3
1 relationship 2 partnership 3 adulthood
4 apprenticeship 5 workmanship
4
Id 2b 3a 4e 5c
5
1 craftsmanship 2 parenthood 3 Ownership
4 leadership
Listening Section 1 Page 88
Questions 1-6
1C 2A 3D 4B 5E 6F
Questions 7-10
7 Margaret Dillion 8 4539 7675 2564 9215 9 265
10EBS247
Language focus: Conditionals 2 Page 89
1
1 gave - give 2 would finish - will finish
3 had got - have got 4 would make - will make
5 had fail - fail 6 would gave - gave
2
1 as long as 2 provided that 3 unless 4 Even though
5 Supposing 6 otherwise 7 if 8 If possible 9 If only
3
1 If ...not for 2 Unless 3 Even though 4 Provided that
5 Supposing 6 If... would
Writing Task 2 Page 90
1
1 impact of technology 2 Yes 3 40 minutes
2
1	These changes have had some negative impacts on
families but largely speaking the influence has been
positive.
2	paragraph В = alternative;
paragraph C = supports authors view
3
Provides extra information	Provides contrasting information	Cause and effect
Furthermore In addition in particular	However whereas	lead to as a result
4
1 As a result 2 lead to 3 Whereas/However
-hood	•ship
boyhood brotherhood adulthood fatherhood sisterhood girlhood	relationship musicianship apprenticeship scholarship partnership friendship championship workmanship
4	In addition 5 Whereas/However 6 Furthermore
5
1	... it has increased inactivity and, as a result, there are
rising numbers of obese children.
2	... computers and the internet have made it possible
for some people to work from home, meaning that
they can spend more time with their family rather
than commuting.
3	Young children spend more and more time on phones
and online and this can lead to a lack of interaction
with parents.
138
Answer key
4	... technology has actually reduced the number of
physical goods a family needs. DVDs, CDs and books
no longer need to take up a lot of space as they can
simply be stored on a laptop or tablet.
Unit 12
Vocabulary: Adjectives with multiple meanings
Page 92
1
1	a unfamiliar
b odd
2	a recently arrived
b inexperienced
3	a from another country
b unfamiliar
4	a irregular
b unusual
5	a new and different
b recently made
6	a only happens in one place
b unlike anything else
7	a new and untouched
b clean
2
1	tmtrsttel - inquisitive
2	tmiqthe - uniqueness
3	odd - unfamiliar
4	strangeness - strangest
5	diverse - diversity
6	fresh - new
Listening Section 2 Page 93
Questions 11-15
11 В 12C 13A 14В 15A
Questions 16-20
16 (the) Greek theatre 17 all day Wednesday
18 ancient buildings 19 65 euros/sixty-five euros/€65
20 art hotel
Word building: Words related to memory Page 94
1
1 b 2c 3e 4a 5d
2
1 memorabilia (N) 2 remember (V) 3 memorise (V)
4 memoir (N) 5 memorable (A) 6 mementos (N)
7 memorial (N) 8 memory (N) 9 memo (N)
Reading Questions 1-14 Page 95
Questions 1-7
1 A i 2 В vi 3 C viii 4 D iii 5 E vii 6 F v 7 G ii
Questions 8-14
8 Yes 9 Yes 10 Not given 11 No 12 No
13 Not given 14 No
Language focus: Articles Page 97
1
1	a/an - sentences b, d, e, and i
2	the - sentences c, f and g
3	the - sentence d
4	the - sentences c, e, f, g, and i
5	the - sentences d and e
6	a/an - sentences b and i
7	no/zero article - sentence h
8	no/zero article - sentences a and f
2
A:	What are you doing this weekend?
B:	We re having a short break in Paris.
A:	Wonderful! I love the city. It's so romantic. Where are
you staying?
B:	Were staying in a small hotel in Montmarte. The
hotel was a recommendation from Jasons parents.
You studied there, didn't you?
A:	I did. I went to the university there in 2015.1 had a
flat on the edge of the city though, not in a tourist
area. It’s too expensive. Have you decided what to do?
В: I want to see all of the famous sights - the Eiffel
Tower, the Louvre, have the lunch in Le Marais, but
Jason wants to do other things.
A: What does he want to do?
B: He wants to walk around Petite Ceinture. It’s an old
abandoned railway line around the centre of Paris.
He wants to go to a restaurant called Dans le Noir.
You eat the dinner in the dark! And he wants to go to
a French naval history museum!
A: Oh, quite different then. How are you getting there?
B:	We’re taking a train from London.
Writing Task 2 Page 98
1
1 international travel, bad 2 your own opinion/view
2
Outline A
3
Irrelevant ideas are:
3 governments are working more closely
6 it's increasing climate change
4
Possible answers
1 Local food has been influenced positively by
international food. For example, people now mix
traditional dishes with new ingredients.
2 Traditional forms of entertainment have adapted to
become more relevant and modem. For example,
films now handle more modem themes.
4 Global brands give people more choice. For example,
people can choose from a wider range of styles.
5 People are only exposed to dominant cultures, such as
. American culture.
7 Increased pressure on infrastructure due to more
tourists. Tourists have doubled the number of people
using the roads.
8 People are less tolerant of other cultures. For instance,
they see the new cultures as a threat to their way of life.
139
I Answer key
5
In the last century, the increase in international travel
has meant the world has become a much smaller place
and, arguably, the cultures within it have become more
and more similar.
6
1	c - comparison/presenting the main argument
2	b-example
3	a - result
7
a Positive change: enhanced, improve, benefited
Negative change: take ... away, diminished, removes
b i Furthermore, in addition ii however
Unit 13
Vocabulary: Nouns related to systems Page 100
1
1	satellite - d dish/communications - Hi system
2	railway - c tunnels/bridges - i infrastructure
3	telephone ~ b mobile/fibre optic — ii network
4	water - a filter/purification - iv/v supply
5	gas/oil - g pipelines/fields - iv/v supply
6	electricity - f pylons/cables - vi grid
7	the internet - e host/access - vii web
2
1 oil industry 2 telephone network
3 browsing the internet 4 electric appliances
5 water purification 6 gas supply
7 satellite channel
3
1 satellite 2 weather 3 appliance 4 industry
5 field 6 viaduct 7 access 8 pylon
Listening Section 3 Page 101
Questions 21-23
21 В 22 В 23 С
Questions 24-30
24 healthcare workers 25 (other) benefits
26 (large) central locations 27 delivered 28 technology
29 one location/1 location 30 reduced
Word building: Modal verbs to adjectives Page 102
1
Possibility	Probability	Obligation
possible certain able	probable likely unlikely- expected	compulsory obligatory essential necessary
2
1	They don't have to build a new high-speed rail
network; it’s not necessary.
2	The tunnel should be finished in January, but that’s
only possible and not for certain.
3	Could the internet speed be improved? Yes, it’s
possible.
4	Correct
5	The government do not want to upgrade the rail
network. They are very unwilling.
6	The internet provided many people with the
opportunity to set up their own business. People were
able to set up a whole range of new ideas.
7	Correct
8	Correct
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 103
Questions 1-9
1 become richer 2 urban areas 3 one/1 city 4 Tokyo
5 mega-cities 6 urban region 7 more 8 economy
9	global growth
Questions 10-13
10	property markets 11 transport problems
12	the countryside 13 (the) mega-city/mega-cities
Language focus: Concession and developing ideas
Page 104
1
1	Though/Much as
2	may... but
3	Although ... may/While ... may
4	Although ... may/While ... may
5	Nevertheless/Nonetheless
6	Though/Much as
7	but
8	Nevertheless/Nonetheless
2
a4 b5 c8 dl e2 f3 g6 h7
3
1 correct 2 although - nonetheless/nevertheless
3 correct 4 nevertheless - much as 5 although - but
6 correct
Writing Task 1 Page 106
1
1	One pie chart is usually just a comparison task. Two pie
charts usually indicate comparison and a trend.
2	a fossil
b non-renewable
c renewable
3	Gas
4	Wind and Solar, and Other renewables
2
a fell from ... to b rose from ... to
. c fuel, production d respectively
e reduction, falling by
Sentence c is the introductory sentence.
3
1c 2a 3 e 4d 5b
140
Answer key
4
By fuel type - renewable/non-renewable energy and by
large and small falls.
Unit 14
Vocabulary: Money matters Page 108
1
I d 2 c 3 b 4 g 5 h 6 f 7 e 8 a
2
1 debt [burden] 2 cash [reserves] 3 [credit] limit
4 [family] finances 5 currency [fluctuation]
6 [savings] account 7 Consumer [spending]
8 [investment] income
3
1 c crop 2 c transfer 3 a consumer 4 b bank
5 c capital 6 c arrangement 7 b consumer 8 c flow
9 c speculation
Listening Section 4 Page 109
Questions 31-34
31 A 32 В 33 F 34 E
Questions 35—40
35 increased expectations 36 immediate surroundings
37 millionaires 38 comparing ourselves
39 $4/four dollars/4 dollars 40 young people
Word building: Values and beliefs Page 110
1
1 custom 2 ethically 3 standard 4 value 5 beliefs
6 principals 7 moral 8 idealistic
2
1 standardise 2 ethical 3 valued 4 customary
5 believe 6 principled 7 Morally
Reading Questions 1-13 Page 110
Questions 1-7
ID 2C 3F 4B 5A 6E 7G
Questions 8-12
8 total 9 work and study/study and work
10 7/seven days 11 inadequate 12 Over-excitement
Question 13
13B
Language focus: Substitution and ellipsis Page 113
1
1 it 2 It, affects 3 Doing so 4 Being so 5 I did so
6 to do so
2
1 c - This 2 a - These 3 e - Doing so 4 b - to do so
5 d - These facilities and their impacts
6g- Such images 7 f - do
1	People can be unaware of the values in their own
society, because these are often unwritten/they are
often unwritten.
2	My parents gave me a happy childhood, and I’m very-
thankful to my parents for giving me this/and I'm very
thankful to them.
3	Technology can have a negative impact on
relationships. To prevent this, we should try to limit
our use of it. I Technology can have a negative impact
on relationships. To prevent this negative impact, we
should try to limit our use of it.
4	Some people believe there is a need for change in
government spending. This is important for the
country’s economic stability.
5	Although many people have hundreds of friends on
social media, very few of these are actually close. /
Although many people have hundreds of friends on
social media, very few of these people are actually
close friends/ones.
WritingTaskl Page 114
1
1 11/eleven 2 4/four 3 those earning over 500
thousand/those earning over five hundred thousand
dollars/those earning over $500,000 4 fifty to seventy-
five thousand dollars/50-75,000 dollars/$50-75,000
2
1 income group 2 a link 3 mirrors 4 similarity
5 little difference
3
1	individuals
2	dollars
3	increasing your income from 20-30,000 dollars to
100-150,000 dollars/ increasing vour income from
$20-30,000 to $ 100-150,000
4	income bracket/group/category
5	income brackets/groups/categories
141
Ready for	2nd Edition
Ready for IELTS is an extensive course for students preparing for the IELTS Academic exam.
•	It helps students progress from a global IELTS band score of 5.0 to a band score of 7.0
•	Fully updated, providing further practice in the tasks from the Listening, Reading and
Writing papers
•	Consolidates the vocabulary and grammar in the Student's Book
•	Full answer key, audio CDs, listening scripts and wordlists included
For students
Student's Book and eBook
Digital Student's Book
Student's Resource Centre
with class audio
For teachers
Ready for
IELTS
J
Teacher's Book
Teacher's Resource Centre with
class audio
Digital Student's Book
eBook
www.macmillanenglish.com/exarns
MACMILLAN
Dictionary
COMMON EUROPEAN FRAMEWORK
Al A2 Bi B2 Cl C2
macmillan
education
Search
QctamaH' jIhaiBiwi J
www macmiHandictionary.ccxTi
                

Укажите регион, чтобы мы точнее рассчитали условия доставки

Начните вводить название города, страны, индекс, а мы подскажем

Например: 
Москва,
Санкт-Петербург,
Новосибирск,
Екатеринбург,
Нижний Новгород,
Краснодар,
Челябинск,
Кемерово,
Тюмень,
Красноярск,
Казань,
Пермь,
Ростов-на-Дону,
Самара,
Омск